Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration Nos. 333-113393, 333-113397, 333-113396, 333-104002, 333-113398

	Maximum Available Units	Net Asset Value per Unit
		$
Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.	3,712,885.097	33.49
Morgan Stanley Spectrum Technical L.P.	3,383,902.744	25.55
Morgan Stanley Spectrum Strategic L.P.	8,481,896.749	15.51
Morgan Stanley Spectrum Global Balanced L.P.	9,260,965.484	15.56
Morgan Stanley Spectrum Currency L.P.	11,115,706.260	15.58

Each partnership trades futures, forward and option contracts pursuant to trading programs employed by the trading advisors for that partnership. You may purchase units as of the last day of each month. The price you pay for each unit will equal 100% of the net asset value per unit on the date of purchase. The actual net asset value per unit on the date of your purchase may differ significantly from the net asset value per unit set forth above, which we provided for referral purposes only.

The net asset value per unit for each partnership and the maximum available units as of February 29, 2004, are set forth above.

Before you invest you will be required to represent and warrant that you meet applicable state minimum financial suitability standards. You are encouraged to discuss your investment with financial, legal and tax advisors before you invest.

Your subscription funds will be held in escrow at JPMorgan Chase Bank, New York, New York until they are transferred to the partnership whose units you have purchased.

Morgan Stanley DW Inc. is the selling agent for each partnership and is offering units on a 'best efforts' basis without any agreement by Morgan Stanley DW to purchase units.

All performance information contained in this prospectus is presented net of all fees and expenses.

These are speculative securities. You could lose all or substantially all of your investment in the partnerships. Read this prospectus carefully and consider the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 10. In particular, you should be aware that:

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN ANY ONE OF THESE POOLS NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT.

YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER WHETHER YOUR FINANCIAL CONDITION PERMITS YOU TO PARTICIPATE IN A COMMODITY POOL. IN SO DOING, YOU SHOULD BE AWARE THAT FUTURES AND OPTIONS TRADING CAN QUICKLY LEAD TO LARGE LOSSES AS WELL AS GAINS. SUCH TRADING LOSSES CAN SHARPLY REDUCE THE NET ASSET VALUE OF THE POOL AND CONSEQUENTLY THE VALUE OF YOUR INTEREST IN THE POOL. IN ADDITION, RESTRICTIONS ON REDEMPTIONS MAY AFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THE POOL.

FURTHER, COMMODITY POOLS MAY BE SUBJECT TO SUBSTANTIAL CHARGES FOR MANAGEMENT, AND ADVISORY AND BROKERAGE FEES. IT MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THOSE POOLS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO THESE CHARGES TO MAKE SUBSTANTIAL TRADING PROFITS TO AVOID DEPLETION OR EXHAUSTION OF THEIR ASSETS. THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT CONTAINS A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF EACH EXPENSE TO BE CHARGED TO EACH POOL BEGINNING AT PAGE 19 AND A STATEMENT OF THE PERCENTAGE RETURN NECESSARY TO BREAK EVEN, THAT IS TO RECOVER THE AMOUNT OF YOUR INITIAL INVESTMENT, AT PAGE 8.

THIS BRIEF STATEMENT CANNOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER FACTORS NECESSARY TO EVALUATE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN THESE COMMODITY POOLS. THEREFORE, BEFORE YOU DECIDE TO PARTICIPATE IN ANY OF THESE COMMODITY POOLS, YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY STUDY THIS DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT, INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF THE PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS OF THIS INVESTMENT, BEGINNING AT PAGE 10.

YOU SHOULD ALSO BE AWARE THAT EACH OF THESE COMMODITY POOLS MAY TRADE FOREIGN FUTURES OR OPTIONS CONTRACTS. TRANSACTIONS ON MARKETS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING MARKETS FORMALLY LINKED TO A UNITED STATES MARKET, MAY BE SUBJECT TO REGULATIONS WHICH OFFER DIFFERENT OR DIMINISHED PROTECTION TO THE POOL AND ITS PARTICIPANTS. FURTHER, UNITED STATES REGULATORY AUTHORITIES MAY BE UNABLE TO COMPEL THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE RULES OF REGULATORY AUTHORITIES OR MARKETS IN NON-UNITED STATES JURISDICTIONS WHERE TRANSACTIONS FOR EACH POOL MAY BE EFFECTED.

Because this is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and its exhibits before you decide to invest.

The Morgan Stanley Spectrum Series currently consists of five continuously offered limited partnerships, each organized in the State of Delaware:

Partnerships		Date Organized
Spectrum Select		March 21, 1991
Spectrum Technical		April 29, 1994
Spectrum Strategic		April 29, 1994
Spectrum Global Balanced		April 29, 1994
Spectrum Currency		October 20, 1999

The office of each partnership is located at 825 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10022, telephone (212) 310-6444.

Each partnership provides the opportunity to invest in futures, forward, and option contracts managed by an experienced, professional trading advisor(s). Since each partnership's assets are traded by different trading advisors, each employing a different trading program, you should review the specific information relating to each partnership and its trading advisor(s) to better understand how a partnership may fit into your overall investment plan. If you decide to invest in more than one partnership, you may allocate your investment among any one or more of the partnerships and, after an initial six month holding period, you may shift your investment among one or more of the other Spectrum Series partnerships.

A futures contract is an agreement to buy or sell a fixed amount of a commodity or other underlying product, instrument or index at a predetermined price at a specified time in the future. In order to secure its obligation to make or take delivery under a futures contract, the trader must deposit funds, referred to as margin, with the commodity broker through which it trades. An option on a futures contract gives the buyer of the option, in exchange for a one-time payment known as premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a futures contract at a specified price within a specified period of time. The seller of an option on a futures contract receives the premium payment and has the obligation to buy or sell the futures contract at the specified price within the specified period of time. Futures contracts and options on futures contracts are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges. A forward contract is an agreement directly between two parties to buy or sell a fixed amount of an underlying product at an agreed price at an agreed date in the future. Forward contracts are not traded on exchanges, but rather are traded in the dealer markets. A partnership may take long positions in futures, forwards, and options contracts in which the partnership is obligated to take delivery of the underlying commodity, product, instrument, or index. A partnership also may take short positions in those contracts in which the partnership has an obligation to deliver the underlying commodity, product, instrument, or index. Futures, forwards, and options contracts are traded in a number of commodities, products, instruments, and indices, including foreign currencies, financial instruments, precious and industrial metals, energy products, agricultural commodities, stock indices, and "soft" commodities like cotton and cocoa. For additional information on the futures, options, and forwards markets, see "Statement of Additional Information" beginning on page 140.

mix of trading advisors and trading programs. You should review and compare the specifics of each partnership, its terms, and its trading advisor(s) before selecting one or more partnerships in which to invest.

This partnership currently allocates its assets among five trading advisors: EMC Capital Management, Inc., Graham Capital Management, L.P., Northfield Trading L.P., Rabar Market Research, Inc., and Sunrise Capital Management, Inc. The trading advisors employ proprietary trading programs that seek to profit through the analysis of technical market information, such as analyzing actual daily, weekly, and monthly price fluctuations, volume variations, and changes in open interest. The trading advisors collectively trade futures, forwards, and options in a portfolio of agricultural commodities, energy products, foreign currencies, interest rates, precious and base metals, soft commodities, and stock indices. The average leverage employed by the partnership from March 2003 through February 2004 was 9.9 times net assets. The actual leverage used in each market may change over time due to liquidity, price action and risk considerations.

This partnership currently allocates its assets among four trading advisors: Campbell & Company, Inc., Chesapeake Capital Corporation, John W. Henry & Company, Inc., and Winton Capital Management Limited. The trading advisors employ proprietary trading programs that seek to identify and follow short- to long-term trends through the analysis of technical market information. The trading advisors collectively trade futures, forwards, and options in a portfolio of agricultural commodities, energy products, foreign currencies, interest rates, precious and base metals, soft commodities, and stock indices. The average leverage employed by the partnership from March 2003 through February 2004 was 12.1 times net assets. The actual leverage used in each market may change over time due to liquidity, price action and risk considerations.

This partnership currently allocates its assets among three trading advisors: Allied Irish Capital Management, Ltd., Blenheim Capital Management, L.L.C., and Eclipse Capital Management, Inc. The trading advisors collectively employ discretionary and systematic trading approaches that seek to profit through the analysis of fundamental and technical market information. The trading advisors collectively trade futures, forwards, and options in a portfolio of agricultural commodities, energy products, foreign currencies, interest rates, precious and base metals, soft commodities, and stock indices. The average leverage employed by the partnership from March 2003 through February 2004 was 4.7 times net assets. The actual leverage used in each market may change over time due to liquidity, price action and risk considerations.

This partnership currently allocates its assets to a single trading advisor, SSARIS Advisors, LLC. SSARIS offers a balanced portfolio trading approach using futures, forwards, and options to gain long biased exposure to global stock markets and global bond markets, as well as long and short exposure to a component of managed futures contracts in agricultural commodities, energy products, foreign currencies, precious and base metals, and soft commodities. The average leverage employed by the partnership from March 2003 through February 2004 was 5.3 times net assets. The actual leverage used in each market may change over time due to liquidity, price action and risk considerations.

This partnership currently allocates its assets between two trading advisors: John W. Henry & Company, Inc. and Sunrise Capital Partners, LLC. The trading advisors employ proprietary trading programs that seek to identify favorable price relationships between and among various global currency markets through the analysis of technical market information. The trading advisors collectively trade world currencies primarily in the forward dealer markets, but also in the futures and options markets. The average leverage employed by the partnership from March 2003 through February 2004 was 3.1 times net assets. The actual leverage used in each market may change over time due to liquidity, price action and risk considerations.

You must have a brokerage account with Morgan Stanley DW in order to purchase units in a partnership. You should purchase units in a partnership only if you understand the risks involved in the investment and only if your financial condition permits you to bear those risks, including the risk of losing all or substantially all of your investment in the partnership. You should invest in the units only with the risk capital portion of your investment portfolio.

If you are a new investor in the Spectrum Series of partnerships, you must invest at least $5,000, unless you are investing through an IRA, in which case your minimum investment is $2,000. You may allocate your initial investment among any one or more of the partnerships in the Spectrum Series, but you must invest at least $1,000 in a partnership. Once you become an investor in any Spectrum Series partnership, you may increase that investment or make an investment in any other Spectrum Series partnership by making a contribution of at least $500. In the case of a Spectrum Series exchange, you must exchange a minimum of 50 units, unless you are liquidating your entire interest in a partnership.

If you are an investor in another limited partnership for which Demeter Management Corporation serves as the general partner and commodity pool operator, you may redeem your interest in that other partnership and use the proceeds to invest in any one or more of the Spectrum Series of partnerships.

The general partner may, in its sole discretion, reject any subscription in whole or in part.

Unless otherwise specified in the subscription agreement under "State Suitability Requirements," you must have either: a net worth of at least $75,000, exclusive of home, furnishings, and automobiles; or both a net worth of at least $30,000, exclusive of home, furnishings, and automobiles, and an annual income of at least $30,000. You should be aware, however, that certain states impose more restrictive suitability and/or higher minimum investment requirements. Before you invest you will be required to represent and warrant that you meet the applicable state minimum financial suitability standard set forth in the subscription agreement, which may also require a greater minimum investment.

After you subscribe for units in any Spectrum Series partnership, you will have limited rights to revoke your subscription. You may only revoke a subscription and receive a full refund of the subscription amount, plus any accrued interest, within five business days after execution of the subscription agreement or no later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of the applicable monthly closing, whichever comes first, by delivering written notice to your Morgan Stanley financial advisor.

Each partnership is continuously offering units of limited partnership interest for sale at monthly closings held as of the last day of each month. Since you must subscribe for units prior to the month-end closing date, you will not know the actual per unit purchase price until after the monthly closing has occurred. The purchase price of each unit in a partnership will be equal to 100% of the partnership's net asset value per unit as of the month-end closing date. The general partner calculates each partnership's net asset value per unit on a monthly basis by dividing the partnership's month-end net assets by the number of its month-end outstanding units. A partnership's net assets is its assets minus its liabilities.

During each partnership's continuous offering, your subscription will be transferred to, and held in escrow by, JPMorgan Chase Bank, New York, New York. Subscription funds held in escrow will be invested in the escrow agent's money market account and will earn interest at the rate then paid by the bank on that money market account. If the general partner accepts your subscription, the escrow agent will pay the subscription amount to the appropriate partnerships and pay any interest earned on those funds to Morgan Stanley DW Inc., the non-clearing commodity broker for each partnership. In turn, Morgan Stanley DW will credit your customer account with the interest. If the general partner rejects a subscription, your account will be credited in an amount equal to the rejected subscription amount, together with any interest earned on those funds while held in escrow.

The general partner for each partnership is Demeter Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation. The general partner is or has been the commodity pool operator of 33 other commodity pools and currently operates 21 other commodity pools. As of February 29, 2004, the general partner managed approximately $3.1 billion of client assets. The general partner's main business office is located at 825 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10022, telephone (212) 310-6444.

The commodity brokers for the partnerships are responsible for holding the partnerships' funds deposited with them as margin for trades. If the commodity broker is also a clearing broker, it will also be responsible for assuring that the partnerships' trades are properly processed and recorded or "cleared" by the clearinghouse affiliated with the exchange on which the trade took place.

Morgan Stanley DW Inc., an affiliate of the general partner, is the non-clearing commodity broker for each partnership. As non-clearing commodity broker, Morgan Stanley DW Inc. holds each partnership's funds and provides margin funds to the clearing commodity brokers for the partnership's futures, forwards, and options positions.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, an affiliate of the general partner, serves as the clearing commodity broker for each partnership, with the exception of trades on the London Metal Exchange, which are cleared by Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, also an affiliate of the general partner. In addition, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated acts as the counterparty on all of the foreign currency forward trades for the partnerships.

Following is an organizational chart that shows the relationships among the various parties involved with each offering. All of the parties are affiliates of Morgan Stanley, except the trading advisors.

	%		%
	Management fee (annual rate)	%	Brokerage fee (annual rate)
	Management fee (annual rate)	Incentive fee⁽²⁾	Brokerage fee (annual rate)

Spectrum Select	2 or 3⁽¹⁾	15 or 20⁽³⁾	7.25
Spectrum Technical	2 or 3⁽⁴⁾	19 or 20⁽⁵⁾	7.25
Spectrum Strategic	3	15	7.25
Spectrum Global Balanced	1.25	15	4.60
Spectrum Currency	2	20	4.60

The management fee payable to each trading advisor and the brokerage fee payable to Morgan Stanley DW are based on a percentage of net assets and will be paid monthly regardless of a partnership's performance. Each partnership pays its trading advisor(s) an incentive fee only if trading profits are earned on the portion of net assets managed by the trading advisor. Trading profits represent the amount by which profits from futures, fowards, and options trading exceed losses after brokerage, management, and incentive fees have been paid. You should understand that, except in the case of Spectrum Global Balanced, which has only one trading advisor, a trading advisor may receive an incentive fee even though the partnership as a whole is not profitable.

Neither you nor the partnerships will pay any selling commissions or continuing offering expenses in connection with the offering of units by the partnerships. Morgan Stanley DW will pay all costs incurred in connection with the continuing offering of units of each partnership and will pay the ordinary administrative expenses of each partnership. Each partnership will pay any extraordinary expenses it may incur.

Following is a table that sets forth the fees and expenses that you would incur on an initial investment of $5,000 in each partnership and the amount that your investment must earn, after taking into account estimated interest income, in order to break even after one year and after more than two years. The fees and expenses applicable to each partnership are described above.

	$5,000 Investment
	Spectrum Select		Spectrum Technical		Spectrum Strategic		Spectrum Global Balanced		Spectrum Currency
	$		$		$		$		$

Management Fee	145.00	⁽¹⁾	130.00	⁽¹⁾	150.00		62.50		100.00
Brokerage Fee	362.50		362.50		362.50		230.00		230.00
Less: Interest Income ⁽²⁾	(40.00	)	(40.00	)	(40.00	)	(50.00	)	(40.00	)
Incentive Fee ⁽³⁾	—		—		—		—		—
Redemption Charge ⁽⁴⁾	102.04		102.04		102.04		102.04		102.04
Amount of trading profits a partnership must earn for you to recoup your initial investment at the end of one year after paying a redemption charge	569.54		554.54		574.54		344.54		392.04
Trading profits as percentage of net assets that a partnership must earn for you to recoup your initial investment at the end of one year after paying a redemption charge	11.39	%	11.09	%	11.49	%	6.89	%	7.84	%
Amount of trading profits a partnership must earn each year for you to recoup your initial investment after two years with no redemption charge	467.50		452.50		472.50		242.50		290.00
Trading profits as percentage of net assets that a partnership must earn each year for you to recoup your initial investment after two years with no redemption charge	9.35	%	9.05	%	9.45	%	4.85	%	5.80	%

You will pay a redemption charge equal to 2% of the net asset value of the units redeemed if you redeem within the first 12 months after the units were purchased, and 1% if you redeem units within the 13th through the 24th month after the units were purchased. Units are not subject to a redemption charge after you have owned them for more than 24 months.

You will not incur a redemption charge if you redeem units during the first 24 months after they were issued in the following circumstances:

Once you have been an investor in any Spectrum Series partnership for more than six months, you are permitted to redeem any part of your investment, even if subsequent purchases have been held for less than six months. However, you will pay a redemption charge of 2% of the net asset value redeemed if your redeemed units were purchased within 12 months of the date of redemption, and 1% if purchased within 13 to 24 months of the date of redemption. You will not be subject to a redemption charge after you have owned your units for more than 24 months. Unless you are redeeming your entire interest in a partnership, redemptions may only be made in whole units, with a minimum of 50 units required for each redemption.

You may redeem units in any partnership after you have been an investor for six months and use the proceeds to purchase units in one or more of the other partnerships in the Spectrum Series at a price equal to 100% of the net asset value per unit, without incurring any redemption or other charge on the transaction.

The general partner currently does not intend to make any distribution of partnership profits.

Even though the general partner currently does not intend to make distributions, your allocable share of the trading profits and other income of the partnerships in which you invest will be taxable to you.

The trading activities of each partnership, in general, generate capital gains and losses and ordinary income. 40% of any trading profits on U.S. exchange-traded contracts are taxed as short-term capital gains at your ordinary income tax rate, while 60% of such gains are taxed at your long-term capital gains tax rate. We expect that each partnership's trading gains from other contracts will be primarily short-term capital gains. This tax treatment applies regardless of how long you hold your units.

You may deduct losses on units against capital gains income. You may deduct losses in excess of capital gains against ordinary income only to the extent of $3,000 per year. Consequently, you could pay tax on a partnership's interest income even though you have lost money on your units.

This section includes all of the principal risks that you will face with an investment in the partnerships. Each risk factor applies equally to each partnership, except where specifically noted.

The partnerships' trading is speculative and volatile. The rapid fluctuations in the market prices of futures, forwards, and options makes an investment in the partnerships volatile. Volatility is caused by changes in supply and demand relationships; weather; agricultural, trade, fiscal, monetary, and exchange control programs; domestic and foreign political and economic events and policies; and changes in interest rates. If a trading advisor incorrectly predicts the direction of prices, large losses may occur. As can be seen from the information in the performance capsules for the partnerships on pages 32 to 35, each partnership has experienced volatility in its performance on both a monthly and an annual basis.

The partnerships' trading is highly leveraged. The trading advisors for each partnership use substantial leverage when trading, which could result in immediate and substantial losses. For example, if 10% of the face value of a contract is deposited as margin for that contract, a 10% decrease in the value of the contract would cause a total loss of the margin deposit. A decrease of more than 10% in the value of the contract would cause a loss greater than the amount of the margin deposit.

The leverage employed by the partnerships in their trading can vary substantially from month to month and can be significantly higher or lower than the averages set forth below. As an example of the leverage employed by the partnerships, set forth below is the average of the underlying value of each partnership's month-end positions for the period March 2003 through February 2004 compared to the average month-end net assets of the partnership during such periods. While the leverage employed on a trade will accentuate the trading profit or loss on that trade, one partnership's overall leverage as compared to another partnership's overall leverage does not necessarily mean that it will be more volatile than the other partnership. This can be seen by a review of the monthly rates of return for the partnerships on pages 32 to 35.

Options trading can be more volatile than futures trading. Each partnership may trade options on futures. Although successful options trading requires many of the same skills as successful futures trading, the risks are different. Successful options trading requires a trader to accurately assess near-term market volatility because that volatility is immediately reflected in the price of outstanding options. Correct assessment of market volatility can therefore be of much greater significance in trading options than it is in many long-term futures strategies where volatility does not have as great an effect on the price of a futures contract.

During the period March 2003 through February 2004, only Spectrum Strategic, Spectrum Global Balanced and Spectrum Technical engaged in any significant options trading. Solely for the purpose of quantifying Spectrum Strategic's, Spectrum Global Balanced's and Spectrum Technical's options trading as compared to their overall trading, the general partner has calculated a margin level for such partnerships' month-end options positions on a futures equivalent basis. During the period March 2003 through February 2004, Spectrum Strategic's average month-end margin level for its options positions was 12.6% of its total average month-end margin requirements for the period. Spectrum Global Balanced's average month-end margin level for its options positions was 3.6% of its total average month-end margin requirements for the period and Spectrum Technical's average month-end margin level for its option positions was 8.3% of its total average month-end margin requirements for the period. You should be

aware, however, that in the future the other partnerships may engage in significant options trading and the level of Spectrum Strategic's, Spectrum Global Balanced's and Spectrum Technical's options trading could vary significantly.

You should not rely on the past performance of a partnership in deciding to purchase units. Since the future performance of a partnership is unpredictable, each partnership's past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results.

Market illiquidity may cause less favorable trade prices. Although the trading advisors for each partnership generally will purchase and sell actively traded contracts where last trade price information and quoted prices are readily available, the prices at which a sale or purchase occur may differ from the prices expected because there may be a delay between receiving a quote and executing a trade, particularly in circumstances where a market has limited trading volume and prices are often quoted for relatively limited quantities. In addition, most U.S. futures exchanges have established "daily price fluctuation limits" which preclude the execution of trades at prices outside of the limit, and, from time to time, the CFTC or the exchanges may suspend trading in market disruption circumstances. In these cases it is possible that a partnership could be required to maintain a losing position that it otherwise would execute and incur significant losses or be unable to establish a position and miss a profit opportunity.

Trading on foreign exchanges presents greater risks to each partnership than trading on U.S. exchanges.

Each partnership must deposit margin with respect to the partnership's futures and options contracts on both U.S. exchanges and on foreign exchanges and must deposit margin with respect to its foreign currency forward contracts to assure the partnership's performance on those contracts. Set forth below for each partnership is the average percentage of month-end margin requirements for the period March 2003 through February 2004 that relate to futures and options contracts on foreign exchanges as compared to the partnership's total average month-end margin requirements. This information will provide you with a sense of the magnitude of each partnership's trading on foreign exchanges, and, therefore, the relevance of the risks described in the prior paragraph to each partnership. You should be aware, however, that the percentage of each partnership's margin requirements that relate to positions on foreign exchanges varies from month to month and can be significantly higher or lower than the percentages set forth below.

		%
Spectrum Select		37.5
Spectrum Technical		35.2
Spectrum Strategic		22.8
Spectrum Global Balanced		57.5
Spectrum Currency		0.0

The unregulated nature of the forwards markets creates counterparty risks that do not exist in futures trading on exchanges. Unlike futures contracts, forwards contracts are entered into between private parties off an exchange and are not regulated by the CFTC or by any other U.S. government agency. Because forwards contracts are not traded on an exchange, the performance of those contracts is not guaranteed by an exchange or its clearinghouse and the partnership is at risk to the ability of the counterparty to the trade to perform on the forwards contract. Because trading in the forwards markets is not regulated, there are no specific standards or regulatory supervision of trade pricing and other trading activities that occur in those markets. Because the partnerships trade forwards contracts in foreign currency with Morgan Stanley, they are at risk to the creditworthiness and trading practices of Morgan Stanley as the counterparty to the trades.

As the counterparty to all of the partnerships' foreign currency forwards contracts, Morgan Stanley requires the partnerships to make margin deposits to assure the partnerships' performance on those contracts, just as Morgan Stanley requires the partnerships to deposit margin on their futures contracts. Set forth below for each partnership is the average percentage of month-end total margin requirements for the period March 2003 through February 2004 that relate to forwards contracts. This information will provide you with a sense of the magnitude of each partnership's trading in the forwards contracts markets as compared to its trading of futures and options contracts on regulated exchanges, and, therefore, the relevance of the risks described in the prior paragraphs to each partnership. You should be aware that the percentage of each partnership's margin requirements that relate to forwards contracts varies from month to month and can be significantly higher or lower than the percentages set forth below.

		%
Spectrum Select		13.3
Spectrum Technical		23.0
Spectrum Strategic		5.1
Spectrum Global Balanced		2.7
Spectrum Currency		100.0

The partnerships are subject to speculative position limits. The CFTC and U.S. futures exchanges have established speculative position limits on the maximum number of futures and options positions that may be held or controlled by any one person or group. Therefore, a trading advisor may have to reduce the size of its futures position in order to avoid exceeding position limits, which could adversely affect the profitability of a partnership.

The partnerships could lose assets and have their trading disrupted if a commodity broker or others become bankrupt. The partnerships' assets could be lost or impounded and trading suspended if a commodity broker, an exchange or a clearinghouse becomes insolvent or involved in lengthy bankruptcy proceedings.

Each partnership incurs substantial charges. Each partnership must pay substantial charges and must earn significant trading profits just to pay those expenses. The general partner estimates the percentage of partnership net assets that must be earned each year in order for each partnership to break even without accounting for a redemption charge to be:

For actual past performance results relating to each partnership, including when a partnership did not break even, see each partnership's performance capsule on pages 32 to 35.

Incentive fees may be paid by a partnership even though the partnership sustains trading losses. Each partnership pays each of its trading advisors an incentive fee based upon partnership trading profits earned by that trading advisor. These trading profits include unrealized appreciation on open positions. Accordingly, it is possible that a partnership will pay an incentive fee on trading profits that do not become realized. Also, each trading advisor will retain all incentive fees paid to it, even if the assets of a partnership managed by the trading advisor incur a subsequent loss after payment of an incentive fee. Because incentive fees are paid monthly by all of the partnerships it is possible that an incentive fee may be paid by such partnerships to a trading advisor during a year in which the assets allocated to the trading advisor suffer a loss for the year. Because each trading advisor for a partnership receives an incentive fee based on the trading profits earned by it for the partnership, the trading advisor may have an incentive to make investments that are riskier than would be the case in the absence of such an incentive fee.

For all of the partnerships, except Spectrum Global Balanced, which has only one trading advisor, it is possible that one trading advisor for a partnership may generate trading profits on which it has earned an incentive fee, while the other trading advisors simultaneously incur losses such that the partnership is paying an incentive fee when it has sustained an overall trading loss.

Restricted investment liquidity in the units. There is no secondary market for units and you are not permitted to redeem your units until you have been an investor in the Spectrum Series of partnerships for at least six months. After the initial six-month period, you may redeem your units at any month-end, but you may have to pay a redemption charge if you redeem units during the first 24 months after they were purchased. Your right to receive payment on a redemption is not absolute and is dependent upon the partnership having sufficient assets to pay its liabilities on the redemption date, and the general partner receiving your request for redemption at least five business days before the redemption date.

The general partner will not permit a transfer or assignment of units unless it is satisfied that the transfer or assignment would not be in violation of Delaware law or applicable federal, state, or foreign securities laws and notwithstanding any transfer or assignment, the partnership will continue to be classified as a partnership rather than as an association taxable as a corporation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. No transfer or assignment of units will be effective or recognized by a partnership if the transfer or assignment would result in the termination of that partnership for federal income tax purposes. Any attempt to transfer or assign units in violation of the limited partnership agreement will be ineffective.

An investment in units may not diversify an overall portfolio. Because futures, forwards, and options have historically performed independently of traditional investments, the general partner believes that managed futures funds like the partnerships can diversify a portfolio of stocks and bonds. However, the general partner cannot assure you that any of the partnerships will perform with a significant degree of non-correlation to your other investments in the future. Spectrum Global Balanced, in particular, is

expected to have a greater correlation to the performance of stocks and bonds. Information showing the monthly correlation comparison of each partnership, to the S&P 500 Index and to the Citigroup Corporate Bond Index is provided on pages 148 to 151.

The partnerships are not registered investment companies. The partnerships are not required to register as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Accordingly, you will not have the protections afforded by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (which, among other matters, requires investment companies to have a majority of disinterested directors and regulates the relationship between the advisor and the investment company).

Reliance on the trading advisor(s) to trade successfully. The trading advisors are responsible for making all trading decisions for the partnerships. The general partner cannot assure you that the trading programs employed by the trading advisors will be successful.

Market factors may adversely influence the trading programs. Often, the most unprofitable market conditions for the partnerships are those in which prices "whipsaw," moving quickly upward, then reversing, then moving upward again, then reversing again. In these conditions, the trading advisors may establish positions based on incorrectly identifying both the brief upward or downward price movements as trends when in fact no trends sufficient to generate profits develop.

Possible consequences of using multiple trading advisors for Spectrum Select, Spectrum Technical, Spectrum Strategic, and Spectrum Currency. Each of Spectrum Select, Spectrum Technical, Spectrum Strategic, and Spectrum Currency has more than one trading advisor, and each trading advisor will make trading decisions independent of the other trading advisor(s). As a result, it is possible that the trading advisors for a partnership could hold opposite positions in the same or similar futures, forwards, or options, thereby offsetting any potential for profit from these positions for the partnership. It is also possible that the trading advisors for a partnership may hold similar positions in the same or similar futures, forwards, or options, thereby compounding a potential losing position.

Spectrum Global Balanced is a single-advisor fund and lacks the diversity of a multi-advisor fund. Spectrum Global Balanced is managed by a single trading advisor. Therefore, the partnership lacks the potential benefit of trading advisor diversification employed by each of the other partnerships.

Increasing the assets managed by a trading advisor may adversely affect performance. The rates of return achieved by trading advisors may diminish as the assets under their management increase. This can occur for many reasons, including the inability of the trading advisor to execute larger position sizes at desired prices and because of the need to adjust the advisor's trading program to avoid exceeding speculative position limits. These are limits established by the CFTC and the exchanges on the number of speculative futures and option contracts in a commodity that one trader may own or control. You should know that the trading advisors have not agreed to limit the amount of additional assets that they will manage, and that two of the partnership's trading advisors have experienced a significant increase in assets under management. The assets under management for Graham, one of the trading advisors for Spectrum Select, have increased from approximately $3 billion on March 31, 2003 to approximately $5.8 billion on March 31, 2004. Similarly, the assets under management for Campbell, one of the trading advisors for Spectrum Technical, have increased from approximately $4.5 billion on March 31, 2003 to approximately $8.1 billion on March 31, 2004.

Limited partners will not be aware of changes to trading programs. Because of the proprietary nature of each trading advisor's trading programs, limited partners generally will not be advised if adjustments are made to a trading advisor's trading program in order to accommodate additional assets under management or for any other reason.

Limited term of management agreements may limit access to a trading advisor. When the management agreement with a trading advisor expires, the general partner may not be able to enter into arrangements with that trading advisor or another trading advisor on terms substantially similar to the

management agreements described in this prospectus. Currently, most of the management agreements with each partnership have one-year terms, which renew annually unless terminated by the general partner or the trading advisor.

Graham's use of an increased rate of leverage could affect future performance. The general partner and Graham, one of the trading advisors for Specturm Select have agreed that Graham will leverage the funds of Spectrum Select allocated to Graham at 150% the leverage the trading advisor normally applies to its Global Diversified Program and its Graham Selective Trading Program. This increased leverage could, depending on Graham's performance, result in increased gain or loss and trading volatility, as compared to other accounts employing the trading advisor's Global Diversified Program at standard leverage and Graham Selective Trading Program at standard leverage.

Even though the partnerships do not intend to make distributions, you will be liable for taxes on your share of any trading profits and any other income of the partnerships in which you have invested. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, if a partnership in which you own units has taxable income for a year, that income will be taxable to you in accordance with your allocable share of income from the partnership, whether or not any amounts have been distributed to you. The general partner presently does not intend to make distributions from the partnerships. Accordingly, it is anticipated that you will incur tax liabilities as a result of being allocated taxable income from a partnership even though you will not receive current cash distributions with which to pay the taxes.

The partnerships' tax returns could be audited. The IRS could audit a partnership's tax return. If an audit results in an adjustment to a partnership's tax return, you could be required to file an amended tax return.

The profits on each partnership's trading activities will cause you to recognize short-term capital gain. Profits on futures contracts traded on regulated U.S. and some foreign exchanges, foreign currency contracts traded in the interbank market, and U.S. and some foreign exchange-traded options on commodities are generally treated as short-term capital gain to the extent of 40% of the gain and currently taxed at a maximum tax rate of 38.6%.

While the general partner, each commodity broker and their affiliates will seek to avoid conflicts of interest to the extent feasible and to resolve all conflicts that may arise equitably and in a manner consistent with their responsibilities to the partnerships, no specific policies regarding conflicts of interest have been or are intended to be adopted by the general partner or the partnerships. The following are actual and potential conflicts of interest that do and may continue to exist with respect to the partnerships.

The brokerage arrangements with affiliates of the general partner were not negotiated at arm's-length or reviewed by any independent party for fairness.

The general partner and each commodity broker are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley. The non-clearing commodity broker for each partnership receives a monthly brokerage fee for effecting transactions for each partnership. The clearing commodity broker receives a portion of the monthly brokerage fee payable to the non-clearing commodity broker for effecting transactions for the partnerships. Morgan Stanley International will serve as the clearing commodity broker for each partnership's trades on the London Metal Exchange; however, Morgan Stanley International's fees will be paid by Morgan Stanley & Co. and not by the partnerships. Because the general partner is an affiliate of each commodity broker, the flat-rate brokerage fees charged to each partnership have not been negotiated at arm's-length. Moreover, the general partner has a conflict of interest in managing the partnerships for your benefit, obtaining favorable brokerage fees for the non-clearing commodity broker, and retaining the non-clearing commodity broker and each clearing commodity broker. In addition, the brokerage fees generated by the partnerships are used by the non-clearing commodity broker as a factor in determining the salaries and bonuses of its employees who are also officers and directors of the general partner. Other customers of the non-clearing commodity broker who maintain commodity trading accounts of over $1,000,000 pay commissions at negotiated rates that may be less than the rate paid by each partnership.

The general partner has a disincentive to replace the commodity brokers because they are affiliates of the general partner and receive compensation for serving as the partnerships' commodity brokers. In connection with this conflict of interest, you should understand that the non-clearing commodity broker receives a monthly flat-rate brokerage fee from each partnership for serving as the partnership's non-clearing commodity broker. From its brokerage fee, the non-clearing commodity broker pays or reimburses each partnership for the transaction fees and costs charged by the partnership's clearing commodity brokers. Also, Morgan Stanley & Co., as the counterparty on each partnership's foreign currency forward trades, will attempt to earn a mark-up, spread, or other profit on each foreign currency forward contract trade which is separate from the flat-rate brokerage fees paid by the partnership to the non-clearing commodity broker.

While each partnership has the right to seek lower commission rates from other commodity brokers at any time, the general partner believes that the customer agreements and other arrangements between each partnership and the commodity brokers are fair, reasonable, and competitive, and represent the best price and services available, considering the following factors: the non-clearing commodity broker pays the expenses of organizing the partnerships, offering the units, and the partnerships' ordinary administrative expenses. None of these expenses would ordinarily be paid by an independent commodity broker, and these expenses would otherwise have to be borne by the partnerships. Further, the general partner provides ongoing services to the partnerships, including administering the redemption and exchanges of units, and the general partner has financial obligations as the general partner of the partnerships. The general partner is not reimbursed or otherwise compensated by the partnerships for these services or obligations.

The general partner reviews the brokerage and foreign currency forward counterparty arrangements annually to ensure that they are fair, reasonable, and competitive, and that they represent the best price and services available, taking into consideration the size and trading activity of each partnership and the services provided, and the costs, expenses, and risk borne, by the commodity brokers and the general partner.

The partnerships, the commodity brokers, and the general partner are represented by a single counsel. Therefore, the terms of this offering relating to those parties were not negotiated at arm's-length. In addition, no independent due diligence has been conducted with respect to this offering.

Employees of Morgan Stanley DW are compensated based upon your investment and redemption decisions.

The non-clearing commodity broker pays a significant portion of the brokerage fees it receives from each partnership to its employees for providing continuing assistance to limited partners. Therefore, because the non-clearing commodity broker's employees are directly compensated based on your decision to purchase and retain units in a partnership, they have a conflict of interest when advising you to purchase or redeem units in a partnership.

The selection of a trading advisor may benefit the non-clearing commodity broker.

The general partner is responsible for selecting and replacing, if necessary, each trading advisor. However, since selecting trading advisors who engage in a high volume of trades will increase the non-clearing commodity broker's costs, without necessarily increasing revenue, the general partner has an incentive to select trading advisors who trade less frequently.

Affiliates of the general partner, the trading advisors, and the commodity brokers may trade for their
own accounts in competition with the partnerships.

The general partner does not trade futures, forwards, or options for its own account, but officers, directors, and employees of the general partner, the commodity brokers, and the trading advisors and their

affiliates, principals, officers, directors, and employees, may trade futures, forwards, and options for their own proprietary accounts. Their trading records will not be available to you. As a result, you will not be able to compare the performance of their trading to the performance of the partnerships.

The clearing commodity brokers are large futures commission merchants, handling substantial customer business in physical commodities and futures, forwards, and options. Thus, the clearing commodity brokers may effect transactions for the account of a partnership in which the other parties to such transactions are employees or affiliates of the general partner, a trading advisor, the clearing commodity brokers, or customers or correspondents of the clearing commodity brokers. These persons might also compete with a partnership in bidding on purchases or sales of futures, forwards, and options without knowing that the partnership is also bidding. It is possible that transactions for these other persons might be effected when similar trades for one or more partnerships are not executed or are executed at less favorable prices.

The trading advisors manage other accounts that will compete with the partnerships.

The lack of distributions increases the fees paid to affiliates of the general partner.

The general partner is responsible for determining whether and when to distribute trading profits earned by a partnership. Since the general partner currently does not intend to distribute trading profits, the non-clearing commodity broker will receive increased brokerage fees, because these fees are based upon the net asset value of a partnership, and net asset value will increase by retaining a partnership's trading profits.

Customer agreements with the commodity brokers permit actions which could result in losses or lost profit opportunity.

Under each customer agreement for a partnership, all funds, futures, forwards, options, and securities positions, and credits carried for the partnership, are held as security for its obligations to the commodity broker; the margins necessary to initiate or maintain open positions will be established by the commodity broker from time to time; and the commodity broker may close out positions, purchase futures, forwards and options, or cancel orders at any time it deems necessary for its protection, without the consent of the partnership. For example, a commodity broker may determine to take any of these actions if prices in the futures markets are moving rapidly against a partnership's positions and the commodity broker is concerned that potential losses could exceed the partnership's assets such that the commodity broker would be left to incur the loss. While not a likely occurrence, it is possible for the trading advisors to believe that market conditions will change and that existing positions or trades they wish to make would be profitable, such that the actions of the commodity broker preclude the partnership from engaging in profitable transactions or avoiding losses.

Each commodity broker or the general partner, or the investors in each partnership by majority vote, may terminate the brokerage relationship upon prior written notice.

You should be aware that the general partner has a fiduciary duty under the limited partnership agreements and the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act to exercise good faith and fairness in all dealings affecting the partnerships. The limited partnership agreements do not permit the general partner to limit, by any means, the fiduciary duty it owes to investors. In the event that you believe the general partner has violated its responsibilities, you may seek legal relief under the Partnership Act, the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, applicable federal and state securities laws, and other applicable laws. Each trading advisor also has a fiduciary duty under applicable law to each partnership it advises.

The limited partnership agreements, the customer agreements, and the selling agreement provide that the general partner, the commodity brokers, Morgan Stanley DW (as selling agent), any other firm selling units, and their affiliates shall not be liable to a partnership or its investors for any act or omission by or on behalf of the partnership which the general partner, the commodity brokers, Morgan Stanley DW (as selling agent), any additional seller, or their affiliates, as applicable, determines in good faith to be in the best interests of the partnership, unless the act or omission constituted misconduct or negligence.

Under the limited partnership agreements, the customer agreements, and the selling agreement, each partnership has agreed to indemnify and defend the general partner, the commodity brokers, Morgan Stanley DW (as selling agent), any additional seller, and their affiliates, against any loss, liability, damage, cost, or expense (including attorneys' and accountants' fees and expenses) they incur which arise from acts or omissions undertaken by or on behalf of the partnership, including claims by investors. These indemnities apply where the general partner, the commodity brokers, Morgan Stanley DW (as selling agent), any additional seller, or their affiliates, as applicable, has determined, in good faith, that the act or omission was in the best interests of the partnership, and the act or omission was not the result of misconduct or negligence. Payment of any indemnity by a partnership would reduce the net assets of that partnership. The partnerships do not carry liability insurance covering such potential losses or indemnification exposure.

No indemnification of the general partner, the commodity brokers, Morgan Stanley DW (as selling agent), any additional selling agent, or their affiliates by a partnership is permitted for losses, liabilities, or expenses arising out of alleged violations of federal or state securities laws unless a court has found in favor of the indemnitee on the merits of the claim, or a court has dismissed the claim with prejudice on the merits, or a court has approved a settlement on the claim and found that the indemnification should be made by the partnership. Where court approval for indemnification is sought, the person claiming indemnification must advise the court of the views on indemnification of the SEC and the relevant state securities administrators. It is the opinion of the SEC that indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for directors, officers or controlling persons of a partnership or the general partner is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable. The CFTC has issued a statement of policy relating to indemnification of officers and directors of a futures commission merchant, such as the commodity brokers, and its controlling persons under which the CFTC has taken the position that whether such an indemnification is consistent with the policies expressed in the Commodity Exchange Act will be determined by the CFTC on a case-by-case basis.

Each management agreement generally provides that the trading advisor and its affiliates will not be liable to the partnership or the general partner or their partners, officers, shareholders, directors, or controlling persons. The trading advisor is, however, liable for acts or omissions of the trading advisor or its affiliates if the act or omission constitutes a breach of the management agreement or a representation, warranty or covenant in the management agreement, constitutes misconduct or negligence, or is the result of such persons not having acted in good faith and in the reasonable belief that such actions or omissions were in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the partnership. Each partnership has agreed to indemnify and defend its trading advisor(s) and their affiliates against any loss, claim, damage, liability, cost, and expense resulting from a demand, claim, lawsuit, action, or proceeding (other than those incurred as a result of claims brought by or in the right of the indemnified party), relating to the trading activities of the partnership, if a court finds, or independent counsel renders an opinion, that the action or inaction giving

rise to the claim did not constitute negligence, misconduct or a breach of the management agreement or a representation, warranty or covenant of the trading advisor in that agreement, and was done in good faith and in a manner the indemnified party reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the partnership.

Each partnership will also indemnify its trading advisors and their affiliates against any loss, claim, damage, liability, cost, and expense, arising under the federal securities laws, the Commodity Exchange Act, or the securities or Blue Sky law of any jurisdiction, in respect of the offer or sale of units. This indemnification will be made for liabilities resulting from a breach of any representation, warranty or agreement in the management agreement relating to the offering, or an actual or alleged misleading or untrue statement of a material fact, or an actual or alleged omission of a material fact, made in the registration statement, prospectus, or related selling material, so long as the statement or omission does not relate to the trading advisor or its principals, was not made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information or instructions furnished by the trading advisor, or does not result from a breach by the trading advisor of any representation, warranty or agreement relating to the offering.

The foregoing involves a rapidly developing and changing area of the law and if you have questions concerning the duties of the partnerships, the general partner, the commodity brokers, the selling agent, any additional seller, or the trading advisors, you should consult with your attorney.

Each partnership is subject to substantial charges, all of which are described below. The charges described below represent all of the fees and compensation payable by the partnerships to the trading advisors and Morgan Stanley DW. The charges actually incurred by each partnership are set forth in their statements of operations which can be found on pages F-8 to F-12 of the prospectus, for periods covered by those statements.

Each partnership pays each of its trading advisors a monthly management fee, whether or not the assets of the partnership as a whole or the assets allocated to such trading advisor are profitable. In addition, each partnership pays each of its trading advisors an incentive fee if trading profits are earned on the net assets allocated to such trading advisor.

Monthly management fee. Each partnership pays each of its trading advisors a monthly management fee based on the net assets under management as of the first day of each month, at the rate set forth in the above chart. The monthly management fee compensates the trading advisor for the services performed in connection with the net assets under management.

Following is an example of the management fee payable by a partnership. If the net assets of Spectrum Strategic equaled $300,000,000 as of the first day of each month during the fiscal year, the trading advisors would receive an aggregate monthly management fee for the year of $9,000,000 (¹/12 of 3% of $300,000,000 per month, or $750,000 times 12). The management fee payable to the trading advisors in the foregoing example would be divided among them based on the portion of the $300,000,000 in net assets allocated to each such trading advisor at the beginning of each month.

Incentive fee. Each partnership pays an incentive fee to each of its trading advisors if trading profits are experienced with respect to allocated net assets, at the rate set forth in the above chart. Trading profits means the net futures, forwards, and options profits (realized and unrealized) earned on the trading advisor's allocated net assets, decreased by monthly management fees and brokerage fees that are chargeable to the trading advisor's allocated net assets, with such trading profits and items of decrease determined from the end of the last period in which an incentive fee was earned by the trading advisor. Extraordinary expenses of the partnership, if any, are not deducted in determining trading profits. An extraordinary expense would result from an event that is both unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence, such as litigation. No incentive fee is paid on interest earned by any partnership.

If incentive fees are paid to a trading advisor and the partnership fails to earn trading profits for any subsequent period, the trading advisor will retain the incentive fees previously paid. However, no subsequent incentive fees will be paid to the trading advisor until the trading advisor has again earned trading profits. If a trading advisor's allocated net assets are reduced or increased because of redemptions, additions, or reallocations that occur at the end of or subsequent to an incentive period in which the trading advisor experiences a trading loss, the trading loss which must be recovered will be adjusted pro rata.

Following is an example of the incentive fee payable by a partnership. If a trading advisor for Spectrum Strategic earns trading profits of $1,000,000 for the period ended December 31, 2003, the trading advisor will receive an incentive fee of $150,000 for that period (15% of $1,000,000). If, however, the trading advisor experiences realized and/or unrealized trading losses, or fees offset trading profits, so as to result in a $250,000 loss for the period ended January 31, 2004, an incentive fee will not be paid to the trading advisor for that period. In order for the trading advisor to earn an incentive fee in the following period ending February 29, 2004, the trading advisor will have to earn trading profits exceeding $250,000 for that period, since the incentive fee is payable based upon trading profits measured from the last period for which an incentive fee was paid (i.e., January 31), and not from the immediately preceding period. The foregoing example assumes no redemptions or reallocations or additional purchases of units during the periods in question, which would require adjustments as described above.

Brokerage fees. Commodity brokerage fees for futures, forwards, and options trades are typically paid on the completion or liquidation of a trade and are referred to as "roundturn commissions," which cover both the initial purchase (or sale) of a futures interest and the subsequent offsetting sale (or purchase). However, pursuant to the customer agreements with the commodity brokers, the partnerships pay a monthly flat-rate brokerage fee based on their net assets as of the first day of each month, at the rate set forth in the above chart, irrespective of the number of trades executed on a partnership's behalf.

Following is an example of the brokerage fee payable by a partnership. If the net assets of Spectrum Select equaled $300,000,000 as of the first day of each month during the fiscal year, Morgan Stanley DW would receive an aggregate monthly brokerage fee for the year of $21,750,000 (¹/12 of 7.25% of $300,000,000 per month, or $1,812,500, times 12).

From the flat-rate brokerage fees received from the partnerships, Morgan Stanley DW pays or reimburses the partnerships for all fees and costs charged or incurred by the clearing commodity broker(s) for executing trades on behalf of the partnerships, including floor brokerage fees, exchange fees, clearinghouse fees, National Futures Association fees, "give up" fees, any taxes (other than income taxes), any third party clearing costs incurred by the clearing commodity broker(s), and costs associated with taking delivery of futures, forwards, and options contracts.

Morgan Stanley DW also pays, from the brokerage fees it receives, the ordinary administrative and continuing offering expenses of each partnership. Ordinary administrative expenses include legal, accounting and auditing expenses, printing and mailing expenses, and filing fees incurred in preparing reports, notices and tax information to limited partners and regulatory bodies. The continuing offering expenses of each partnership include legal, accounting and auditing fees, printing costs, filing fees, escrow fees, marketing costs (which include costs relating to sales seminars and the preparation of customer sales kits and brochures), and other related fees and expenses.

While each partnership pays a flat-rate brokerage fee, rather than "roundturn commissions" on each trade, it is estimated, based upon the trading advisors' historical trading, that such flat-rate brokerage fee would approximate roundturn commissions ranging from approximately:

You should note that the approximate roundturn commissions set forth above include administrative, offering, and other expenses, for which the non-clearing commodity broker is responsible, but are typically paid separately from roundturn commissions. The foregoing estimates are based on past results and may vary in the future.

Financial Benefits. Each partnership deposits all of its assets with the commodity brokers in connection with the partnership's futures, forwards, and options trading. The non-clearing commodity broker then pays each partnership the rate that the non-clearing commodity broker earns on its U.S. Treasury bill investments with all customer segregated funds, as if 80% (100% in the case of Spectrum Global Balanced) of the partnership's average net assets for the month were invested at that rate.

The commodity brokers, as they are permitted under CFTC regulations, invest a portion of the partnerships' funds in CFTC specified securities and other instruments and retain any interest earned on those investments. Instead of investing a partnership's funds, the non-clearing commodity broker may in the future choose to deposit the funds in non-interest-bearing bank accounts at various banks, in exchange for which the banks offer the non-clearing commodity broker's affiliates advantageous interest rates on loans up to the amount of the deposits. This is known as compensating balance treatment. The benefit to the non-clearing commodity broker and its affiliates from this compensating balance treatment is the difference between the lending rate they would have received without the deposits and the rate they receive by reason of the deposits. The benefit to the non-clearing commodity broker from this compensating balance arrangement and the investment of the partnerships' funds will vary depending upon market conditions. The approximate benefit to the non-clearing commodity broker currently for each partnership is set forth in the "—Charges To Each Partnership" table beginning on page 19. For more information regarding the non-clearing commodity broker's interest crediting arrangements with the partnerships and the investment of customer funds by the commodity brokers, see "Use of Proceeds—Interest Credits" beginning on page 27.

Morgan Stanley & Co. is a dealer and market maker in the over-the-counter foreign exchange market. In the ordinary course of its business as a dealer, Morgan Stanley & Co. prices currency transactions,

including those that may be executed with each partnership, in the form of a bid-ask spread, which is intended to cover a dealer's market making costs and generate a profit. Morgan Stanley & Co. calculates the bid-ask spread that it earns on foreign currency forward trades executed with each partnership in the same general manner as for other foreign currency forward trades executed in its capacity as a dealer and market maker in the over-the-counter foreign exchange market, subject to prevailing market conditions. The amount earned by Morgan Stanley & Co. on this bid-ask spread differential is separate from the flat-rate brokerage fees paid by the partnerships to the non-clearing commodity broker. See "Conflicts of Interest" beginning on page 15.

Each partnership is obligated to pay any extraordinary expenses it may incur. Extraordinary expenses will be determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which generally include events that are both unusual in nature and occur infrequently, such as litigation.

The general partner may permit an increase, subject to state limits described below, in the management, incentive, and brokerage fees payable by a partnership only on the first business day following a redemption date. Limited partners do not have any right to vote with respect to the approval of any increase in the fees payable by a partnership. However, prior to any such increase, the following conditions must be satisfied:

Each partnership's fees and expenses are subject to limits imposed under guidelines applied by state securities regulators, as set forth in Section 7(e) of the limited partnership agreement, including the limitation that the aggregate of the brokerage fees payable by the partnership to any commodity broker and the net excess interest and compensating balance benefits to any commodity broker, after crediting the partnership with interest, shall not exceed 14% annually of the partnership's average month-end net assets during the calendar year. The general partner will pay any fees and expenses in excess of any such limits.

You may redeem all or part of your investment in any partnership at any month-end once you have been an investor in that partnership for at least six months, regardless of when your units were actually purchased.

Units redeemed on or before the last day of the twelfth month after they were purchased, are subject to a redemption charge equal to 2% of the net asset value of a unit on the redemption date. Units redeemed after the last day of the 12th month and on or before the last day of the 24th month after they were purchased are subject to a redemption charge equal to 1% of the net asset value of the units on the redemption date. If you redeem units after the last day of the 24th month after they were purchased, you will not be subject to a redemption charge. All redemption charges will be paid to the non-clearing commodity broker and will not be shared with the financial advisor or additional selling agent who sold the units.

The following is an example of a redemption charge that may be payable by you to the non-clearing commodity broker. If you redeem $5,000 worth of units in Spectrum Select after the sixth month and on or before the last day of the 12th month after the units were purchased, you will be subject to the full 2% redemption charge. In that case, an aggregate redemption charge equal to $100 (2% of $5,000) will be deducted from the proceeds of your redemption.

Each partnership engages in the speculative trading of futures, forwards, and options contracts. The proceeds received by each partnership from the sale of its units and the continuing capital contributions made by the general partner to each partnership will be deposited in separate commodity trading accounts established by the commodity brokers for each of the trading advisors. All of the funds in a partnership's trading accounts will be used to engage in trading futures, forwards, and options contracts.

The partnerships' assets held by the commodity brokers will be segregated or secured in accordance with the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC regulations. The partnerships' trading on various U.S. futures exchanges is subject to CFTC regulation and the rules of the exchanges. The partnerships' trading on foreign futures exchanges is subject to regulation by foreign regulatory authorities and the rules of the exchanges.

Each partnership's margin commitments with respect to its U.S. commodity futures and forwards positions have ranged, and are anticipated to range, between 10% and 40% of net assets (except Spectrum Select, which has ranged, and is anticipated to range, between 20% and 40%). However, a partnership's margin levels could deviate substantially from that range in the future.

The partnerships may trade on one or more of the following foreign futures exchanges and, from time to time, may trade on other foreign exchanges:

In connection with foreign futures and options contracts, the partnerships' assets may be deposited by the commodity brokers in accounts with non-U.S. banks and foreign brokers that are segregated on the books of those banks or brokers for the benefit of their customers. All non-U.S. banks and foreign brokers will be qualified depositories pursuant to relevant CFTC Advisories. All non-U.S. banks will be subject to the local bank regulatory authorities, and the foreign brokers will be members of the exchanges on which the futures and option trades are to be executed and will be subject to the regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which they operate.

At each monthly closing, the trading advisors for each partnership are currently allocated the net proceeds from additional investments received by that partnership, and redemptions from that partnership are allocated to them, in the following proportions:

Spectrum Select		Additions	Redemptions	Percentage of net assets allocated to each trading advisor as of February 29, 2004
		%	%	%
EMC Capital Management, Inc.		0	0	9.92
Northfield Trading L.P.		0	0	7.41
Rabar Market Research, Inc.		33¹/3	33¹/3	37.62
Sunrise Capital Management, Inc.		33¹/3	33¹/3	32.42
Graham Capital Management, Inc.
	Selective Trading Program	16²/3	16²/3	6.24
	Global Diversified Program	16²/3	16²/3	6.39
Spectrum Technical
Campbell & Company, Inc.		25	25	26.39
Chesapeake Capital Corporation		25	25	32.83
John W. Henry & Company, Inc.
	Original Investment Program	0	0	9.52
	Financial and Metals Portfolio	25	25	20.98
Winton Capital Management Limited		25	25	10.28
Spectrum Strategic
Allied Irish Capital Management, Ltd.		25	25	22.32
Blenheim Capital Management, L.L.C.		0	50	28.49
Eclipse Capital Management, Inc.		75	25	49.19
Spectrum Global Balanced
SSARIS Advisors, LLC		100	100	100
Spectrum Currency
John W. Henry & Company, Inc.		50	50	52.95
Sunrise Capital Partners, LLC		50	50	47.05

In the future, the proceeds from each monthly closing and redemptions may be allocated in different proportions. Further, the general partner may adjust the portion of a partnership's assets traded by a trading advisor through reallocations of assets among the partnership's trading advisors.

The assets of the partnerships are not commingled with the assets of one another or any other entity. Margin deposits and deposits of assets with a commodity broker do not constitute commingling.

The partnerships' funds held by the commodity brokers will either be held and invested together with other customer segregated or secured funds of the commodity brokers, or will be held in non-interest-bearing bank accounts. In either case, the non-clearing commodity broker will credit each partnership with interest income at each month-end at the rate earned by the non-clearing commodity broker on its U.S. Treasury bill investments with customer segregated funds as if 80% (100% in the case of Spectrum Global Balanced) of each partnership's average daily net assets for the month were invested in U.S. Treasury bills at such rate. For purposes of these interest credits, daily funds do not include monies due a partnership on or with respect to futures, forwards, or options contracts which have not been received. The non-clearing commodity broker retains any interest earned in excess of the interest credited by the non-clearing commodity broker to the partnerships.

To the extent the partnerships' funds are held by the commodity brokers in customer segregated accounts relating to trading in U.S. exchange-traded futures and options, those funds, along with segregated funds of other customers in the accounts, may be invested by the commodity brokers, under applicable CFTC regulations, in obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the U.S., general obligations of any

state or any political subdivision thereof, general obligations issued by any agency sponsored by the U.S., certificates of deposit issued by a bank as defined in the Exchange Act or a domestic branch of a foreign bank insured by the FDIC, commercial paper, corporate notes, general obligations of a sovereign nation, and interests in money market mutual funds, subject to conditions and restrictions regarding marketability, investment quality, and investment concentration. In addition, such investments may be bought and sold pursuant to designated repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. To the extent the partnerships' funds are held by the commodity brokers in secured accounts relating to trading in futures or options contracts on non-U.S. exchanges or in forward contracts, such funds may be invested by the commodity brokers, under applicable CFTC regulations, in the instruments described above for customer segregated funds, in equity and debt securities traded on established securities markets in the U.S., and in commercial paper and other debt instruments that are rated in one of the top two rating categories by Moody's Investor Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. A significant portion of the partnerships' funds held by the non-clearing commodity broker will be held in secured accounts and will be invested in short-term or medium-term commercial paper rated AAA or the equivalent or in other permitted debt instruments rated AAA or the equivalent.

To the extent that the partnerships' funds are held in non-interest-bearing bank accounts, the non-clearing commodity broker or its affiliates will benefit from compensating balance treatment in connection with the non-clearing commodity broker's designation of a bank or banks in which the partnership's assets are deposited, meaning that the non-clearing commodity broker or its affiliates will receive favorable loan rates from such bank or banks by reason of such deposits. To the extent that any excess interest and compensating balance benefits to the non-clearing commodity broker or its affiliates exceed the interest the non-clearing commodity broker is obligated to credit to the partnerships, they will not be shared with the partnerships.

The Spectrum Series presently consists of five limited partnerships each formed under the laws of Delaware: Spectrum Select, Spectrum Technical, Spectrum Strategic, Spectrum Global Balanced and Spectrum Currency.

	Date Partnership Was Formed	Date Partnership Began Operations
Spectrum Select	March 21, 1991	August 1, 1991
Spectrum Technical	April 29, 1994	November 2, 1994
Spectrum Strategic	April 29, 1994	November 2, 1994
Spectrum Global Balanced	April 29, 1994	November 2, 1994
Spectrum Currency	October 20, 1999	July 3, 2000

Each partnership calculates its net asset value per unit independently of the other partnerships. Each partnership's performance depends solely on the performance of its trading advisor(s).

Each partnership is continuously offering its units for sale at monthly closings held as of the last day of each month. The purchase price per unit is equal to 100% of the net asset value of a unit as of the date of the monthly closing at which the general partner accepts a subscription.

Following is a summary of information relating to the sale of units of each partnership through February 29, 2004:

The investment objective of each partnership is to achieve capital appreciation and, to a lesser extent in the case of Spectrum Global Balanced, to provide investors with the opportunity to diversify a portfolio of traditional investments consisting of stocks and bonds. While each partnership has the same overall investment objective and many of the trading advisors for the various partnerships trade in the same futures, forwards, and options contracts, each trading advisor has developed its own trading programs and trades futures, forwards, and options in a different manner. Each partnership has a different mix of trading advisors and trading programs. You should review and compare the specifics of each partnership, its terms, and its trading advisors before selecting one or more partnerships in which to invest.

Spectrum Select currently utilizes five trading advisors, each of whom employs systematic, technical trading models. EMC uses an aggressive systematic trading approach that blends several independent methodologies designed to identify emerging trends and follow existing trends. This program seeks significant trends in favorable periods, while accepting a corresponding decline in unfavorable market cycles. Northfield uses a purely technical approach, utilizing price action itself as analyzed by charts, numerical indicators, pattern recognition, or other techniques designed to provide information about market direction. Rabar uses a systematic approach with discretion, limiting the equity committed to each trade, market, and sector. Rabar's trading program uses constant research and analysis of market behavior. Sunrise's investment approach attempts to detect a trend, or lack of a trend, with respect to a particular market by analyzing price movement and volatility over time. Sunrise's trading system consists of multiple, independent and parallel systems, each designed to seek out and extract different market inefficiencies over different time horizons. Graham's trading programs rely primarily on technical rather than fundamental information as the basis for their trading decisions. Graham's programs are based on the expectation that they can over time successfully anticipate market events using quantitative mathematical models to determine their trading activities, as opposed to attempting properly to forecast price trends using subjective analysis of supply and demand. For a more detailed discussion of the Spectrum Select trading advisors and their various programs see "The Trading Advisors—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P." beginning on page 68.

Spectrum Technical currently utilizes four trading advisors, each of whom employs technically based trading models to achieve its objective. Campbell uses a highly disciplined, systematic approach designed to detect and react to price movements in the futures and forwards markets. Campbell's core systematic approach has been used for over 20 years. The trading methodology employed by Chesapeake is based on the analysis of interrelated mathematical and statistical formulas, including the technical analysis of historical data, used to determine optimal price support and resistance levels and market entry and exit points in various futures, forwards, and options markets. This trading system was designed in the 1980s and is continually updated based on research. JWH's trading programs use disciplined systematic quantitative methodologies to identify short- to long-term trends in both the financial and non-financial futures markets. Winton employs a computerized, technical, trend following trading system developed by its principals. This system tracks the daily price movements from these markets around the world, and carries out certain computations to determine each day how long or short the portfolio should be to maximize profit within a certain range of risk. These programs are differentiated by a distinctive style, timing and market characteristics. For a more detailed discussion of the Spectrum Technical trading advisors and their various programs see "The Trading Advisors—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Technical L.P." beginning on page 87.

Spectrum Strategic currently utilizes three trading advisors, each of whom employ discretionary and systematic trading approaches that seek to profit through the analysis of fundamental and technical market information. Allied Irish employs multiple investment professionals using a discretionary approach. Several strategies are applied to investments in a broad range of financial instruments. Blenheim uses a global macro approach to investing, which utilizes fundamental, geopolitical and technical research and analysis in its evaluation of the markets. Investments are made in markets in which Blenheim has a clear understanding of fundamental factors and geopolitical forces that influence price behavior. Eclipse employs a systematic trading approach using multiple trend-following and macroeconomic driven models.

A key characteristic of the Eclipse trading program is the extensive diversification achieved by applying multiple trading models to a wide variety of financial markets located throughout the world. For a more detailed discussion of the Spectrum Strategic trading advisors and their various programs see "The Trading Advisors—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Strategic L.P." beginning on page 107.

Spectrum Global Balanced currently utilizes one trading advisor that trades a multi-strategy portfolio of futures, forwards, and options, consisting of world equity, global bonds, currency, and commodity markets. Within the long biased global stock and global bond components of the fund, SSARIS analyzes various fundamental information. Within the long and short global currency and commodity components of the fund, SSARIS employs a technical trend-following trading system. SSARIS uses a computer-based model to reallocate assets among various market sectors within each of the independent strategies. For a more detailed discussion of SSARIS, the sole trading advisor for Spectrum Global Balanced, and its trading program, see "The Trading Advisors—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Global Balanced L.P." beginning on page 115.

Spectrum Currency currently utilizes two trading advisors, each of whom employs proprietary trading models that seek to identify favorable price relationships between and among various global currency markets through the disciplined analysis of technical market information. JWH employs the International Foreign Exchange Program, which seeks to identify and capitalize on intermediate-term price movements in a broad range of both major and minor currencies primarily trading on the interbank market. Positions are taken as outrights against the U.S. dollar or as non-dollar cross rates. Sunrise's Currency Program follows approximately ten different major and minor currency markets, which may include, but are not limited to, the Japanese yen, British pound, Euro, Swiss franc, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Swedish krona, New Zealand dollar, Singapore dollar, and South African rand. In order to achieve adequate diversification for the Currency Program, major and minor currencies are traded as crossrates selectively against each other and/or as outrights against the U.S. dollar. For a more detailed discussion of the Spectrum Currency trading advisors and their various programs see "The Trading Advisors—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Currency L.P." beginning on page 118.

Material changes to the trading policies described below may be made only with the prior written approval of limited partners owning more than 50% of units of the relevant partnership then outstanding. The general partner will notify the limited partners within seven business days after any material change in the partnership's trading policies so approved by the limited partners.

The trading advisors will manage the funds allocated to them in accordance with the following trading policies.

Trading policies for Spectrum Select, Spectrum Technical, and Spectrum Strategic:

A summary of performance information for each partnership from its commencement of operations through February 29, 2004 is set forth in Capsules I through V below. All performance information has been calculated on an accrual basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and is "net" of all fees and expenses. You should read the footnotes on page 35, which are an integral part of the following capsules.

You are cautioned that the information set forth in each capsule is not indicative of, and has no bearing on, any trading results that may be attained by any partnership in the future. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. We cannot assure you that a partnership will be profitable or will avoid incurring substantial losses. You should also note that interest income may constitute a significant portion of a partnership's total income and may generate profits where there have been realized or unrealized losses from futures, forwards, and options trading.

Type of pool:    publicly-offered fund
Inception of trading:    August 1991
Aggregate subscriptions:    $602,539,628
Current capitalization:    $527,809,601
Current net asset value per unit:    $33.49
Worst monthly % drawdown past five years:    (13.12)% (November 2001)
Worst monthly % drawdown since inception:    (13.72)% (January 1992)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown past five years:    (23.63)% (22 months, October 1998-July 2000)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown since inception:    (26.78)% (15 months, June 1995-August 1996)
Cumulative return since inception: 234.90%

		Monthly Performance
Month
	2004		2003		2002		2001		2000		1999		1998		1997		1996		1995		1994		1993		1992		1991
		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%
January		2.14		4.70		(1.25	)	1.36		2.86		(2.90	)	0.87		3.93		(0.38	)	(8.13	)	(11.67	)	0.31		(13.72	)
February		8.17		4.11		(6.89	)	1.93		(2.17	)	5.45		2.16		4.75		(12.11	)	9.61		(6.79	)	14.85		(6.09	)
March				(8.99	)	3.77		7.27		(2.08	)	(2.50	)	0.23		0.31		(0.22	)	20.58		12.57		(0.60	)	(3.91	)
April				1.02		(3.11	)	(6.93	)	(3.78	)	3.70		(6.72	)	(5.46	)	4.07		9.06		(0.95	)	10.35		(1.86	)
May				8.99		3.48		(0.53	)	1.58		(4.38	)	1.78		(1.18	)	(3.65	)	11.08		6.84		1.95		(1.42	)
June				(2.91	)	12.00		(1.78	)	(4.44	)	0.34		0.93		0.16		1.37		(1.70	)	10.30		0.21		7.19
July				(1.98	)	4.67		(0.13	)	(2.42	)	(4.40	)	(0.97	)	9.74		(1.44	)	(10.61	)	(4.91	)	13.90		10.72
August				0.31		3.42		2.53		4.71		(0.44	)	19.19		(6.22	)	(0.46	)	(4.81	)	(6.95	)	(0.95	)	6.69		(6.20	)
September				(2.77	)	5.18		6.70		(1.84	)	1.69		6.24		0.93		3.34		(7.76	)	1.25		(4.13	)	(5.24	)	6.32
October				2.78		(6.12	)	6.01		0.44		(8.39	)	(5.14	)	(3.77	)	13.30		(3.35	)	(4.78	)	(4.97	)	(3.17	)	(2.28	)
November				(3.02	)	(4.56	)	(13.12	)	6.47		3.29		(4.16	)	0.62		6.76		1.37		5.68		(1.30	)	1.39		(2.93	)
December				8.48		5.57		0.25		8.52		1.62		1.19		3.35		(3.36	)	11.19		(2.72	)	8.13		(3.58	)	38.67
Compound Annual/ Period Rate of Return		10.49		9.62		15.40		1.65		7.14		(7.56	)	14.17		6.22		5.27		23.62		(5.12	)	41.62		(14.45	)	31.19
(2 months)																						(5 months)

Type of pool: publicly-offered fund
Inception of trading: November 1994
Aggregate subscriptions: $645,672,590
Current capitalization: $656,776,943
Current net asset value per unit: $25.55
Worst monthly % drawdown past five years: (15.59)% (November 2001)
Worst monthly % drawdown since inception: (15.59)% (November 2001)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown past five years: (26.57)% (13 months, April 2001-April 2002)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown since inception: (26.57)% (13 months, April 2001-April 2002)

Type of pool: publicly-offered fund
Inception of trading: November 1994
Aggregate subscriptions: $198,579,378
Current capitalization: $145,628,130
Current net asset value per unit: $15.51
Worst monthly % drawdown past five years: (18.47)% (February 2000)
Worst monthly % drawdown since inception: (18.47)% (February 2000)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown past five years: (43.28)% (10 months, January 2000-October 2000)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown since inception: (43.28)% (10 months, January 2000-October 2000)
Cumulative return since inception: 55.10%

		Monthly Performance
Month
	2004		2003		2002		2001		2000		1999		1998		1997		1996		1995		1994
		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%
January		0.49		13.78		2.09		(0.94	)	(1.96	)	(3.55	)	5.32		(0.66	)	3.71		(3.50	)
February		7.86		(2.21	)	2.51		0.48		(18.47	)	11.76		(3.37	)	10.09		(10.29	)	1.45
March				(4.28	)	4.62		1.04		(2.05	)	(3.45	)	0.37		6.77		(0.97	)	7.86
April				1.87		(4.94	)	(1.69	)	(10.15	)	2.00		(11.06	)	(6.90	)	6.08		0.00
May				0.00		1.37		(0.10	)	10.13		(13.38	)	(7.40	)	0.78		(3.05	)	(0.66	)
June				(1.28	)	8.00		(3.34	)	(7.82	)	21.85		(0.89	)	(1.63	)	(2.86	)	(6.38	)
July				(1.86	)	(0.42	)	(1.38	)	3.71		(1.00	)	(5.26	)	7.65		(4.91	)	(0.81	)
August				4.29		2.26		(0.60	)	(8.26	)	5.31		11.82		(4.93	)	1.14		4.00
September				3.00		3.10		3.83		(10.40	)	13.27		19.03		(6.03	)	5.11		(0.39	)
October				3.45		(7.13	)	1.07		(6.84	)	(9.55	)	8.44		(6.24	)	2.92		0.30
November				(2.23	)	(5.97	)	1.15		6.56		4.85		(7.94	)	(2.22	)	3.49		2.76		0.10
December				8.57		4.72		0.09		10.75		9.39		2.76		5.62		(2.65	)	6.24		0.00
Compound Annual/
	Period Rate of Return		8.39		24.00		9.38		(0.57	)	(33.06	)	37.23		7.84		0.37		(3.53	)	10.49		0.10
(2 months)																(2 months)

Type of pool: publicly-offered fund
Inception of trading: November 1994
Aggregate subscriptions: $102,702,074
Current capitalization: $53,777,475
Current net asset value per unit: $15.65
Worst monthly % drawdown past five years: (4.99)% (May 1999)
Worst monthly % drawdown since inception: (7.92)% (February 1996)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown past five years: (12.44)% (44 months, May 1999-December 2002)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown since inception: (12.44)% (44 months, May 1999-December 2002)
Cumulative return since inception: 56.50%

		Monthly Performance
Month
	2004		2003		2002		2001		2000		1999		1998		1997		1996		1995		1994
		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%		%
January		(0.90	)	0.34		(1.23	)	0.55		(0.93	)	(0.06	)	2.25		3.35		0.41		1.32
February		2.09		2.67		(1.69	)	(3.36	)	0.94		(0.06	)	1.49		3.16		(7.92	)	4.62
March				(2.60	)	0.25		2.91		3.10		0.00		2.24		(2.50	)	(1.08	)	2.88
April				2.19		(2.09	)	(0.31	)	(4.57	)	4.13		(1.78	)	(1.65	)	1.27		2.15
May				4.89		(0.19	)	0.25		(1.32	)	(4.99	)	(0.35	)	1.68		(3.13	)	4.38
June				(0.19	)	1.30		(3.08	)	(0.26	)	2.28		0.00		3.64		0.46		0.79
July				(1.09	)	(0.83	)	0.00		(2.18	)	(1.67	)	(1.19	)	11.89		0.83		(1.39	)
August				0.00		0.97		0.51		3.01		(0.19	)	2.55		(5.92	)	(0.82	)	(1.41	)
September				(1.16	)	(4.16	)	(1.20	)	(3.94	)	(0.50	)	5.11		3.26		2.30		1.61
October				(0.92	)	(0.80	)	2.75		2.25		(1.77	)	1.18		(1.69	)	3.77		0.26
November				(1.32	)	2.08		(0.06	)	(0.52	)	1.93		2.66		(0.37	)	4.76		2.72		(0.50	)
December				3.48		(4.02	)	0.93		5.79		1.96		1.27		3.07		(3.88	)	2.99		(1.21	)
Compound Annual/
	Period Rate of Return		1.16		6.18		(10.12	)	(0.31	)	0.87		0.75		16.36		18.23		(3.65	)	22.79		(1.70	)
(2 months)																(2 months)

Type of pool: publicly-offered fund
Inception of trading:    July 2000
Aggregate subscriptions:    $215,330,910
Current capitalization:    $217,073,342
Current net asset value per unit:    $15.58
Worst monthly % drawdown: (5.91)% (July 2001)
Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown: (11.13)% (5 months, July 2002-November 2002)
Cumulative return since inception: 55.80%

"Aggregate subscriptions" represent the total amount received for all units purchased by investors since the partnership commenced operations.

"Drawdown" is the decline in the net asset value per unit over a specified period.

"Worst month-end peak-to-valley drawdown" is the largest decline experienced by a partnership, determined in accordance with CFTC Rule 4.10(1) and represents the greatest cumulative percentage decline from any month-end net asset value per unit that occurs without such month-end net asset value per unit being equaled or exceeded by a subsequent month-end net asset value per unit. For example, if the net asset value per unit of a partnership was $15 and declined by $1 in each of January and February, increased by $1 in March and declined again by $2 in April, a "peak-to-valley drawdown" analysis conducted as of the end of April would consider that "drawdown" to be still continuing and to be $3 in amount because the $15 initial month-end net asset value per unit had not been equaled or exceeded by a subsequent month-end net asset value per unit, whereas if the net asset value of a unit had increased by $2 in March, the January-February drawdown would have ended as of the end of February at the $2 level because the $15 initial net asset value per unit would have been equaled in March. Such "drawdowns" are measured on the basis of month-end net asset values only, and do not reflect intra-month figures.

"Monthly Performance" is the percentage change in net asset value per unit from one month to another.

"Compound Annual/Period Rate of Return" is calculated by multiplying, on a compound basis, each of the monthly rates of return and not by adding or averaging such monthly rates of return. For periods of less than one year, the results are year-to-date.

In the future, additional partnerships may be added to the Spectrum Series of partnerships and units of limited partnership interest of such partnerships may be offered pursuant to a separate prospectus or an updated version of, or supplement to, this prospectus. Such partnerships will generally have different trading advisors and may have substantially different trading approaches or fee structures. You should carefully review any such separate prospectus, updated version of, or supplement to, this prospectus before making the decision to purchase units in any new Spectrum Series partnership.

The partnerships are required to file periodic reports with the SEC, such as annual and quarterly reports and proxy statements. You may read any of these filed documents, or obtain copies by paying prescribed charges, at the SEC's public reference rooms located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549; 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279; and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. The partnerships' SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC's Web site at "http://www.sec.gov." Their SEC file numbers are 0-19511 (Spectrum Select), 0-26338 (Spectrum Technical), 0-26280 (Spectrum Strategic), 0-26340 (Spectrum Global Balanced) and 0-31563 (Spectrum Currency).

The following are the results of operations and selected quarterly financial data for each partnership for the periods indicated. Per unit results for Spectrum Select have been adjusted to reflect a 100-for-1 unit conversion that became effective on June 1, 1998.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The partnership deposits its assets with the commodity brokers in separate futures, forwards, and options trading accounts established for each trading advisor, which assets are used as margin to engage in trading. The assets are held in either non-interest bearing bank accounts or in securities and instruments permitted by the CFTC for investment of customer segregated or secured funds. Since the partnership's sole purpose is to trade in futures, forwards, and options, it is expected that the partnership will continue to own such liquid assets for margin purposes.

The partnership's investment in futures, forwards, and options may, from time to time, be illiquid. Most U.S. futures exchanges limit fluctuations in prices during a single day by regulations referred to as "daily price fluctuation limits" or "daily limits." Trades may not be executed at prices beyond the daily limit. If the price for a particular futures or options contract has increased or decreased by an amount equal to the daily limit, positions in that futures or options contract can neither be taken nor liquidated unless traders are willing to effect trades at or within the limit. Futures prices have occasionally moved the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading. These market conditions could prevent the partnership from promptly liquidating its futures or options contracts and result in restrictions on redemptions.

There is no limitation on daily price moves in trading forward contracts on foreign currency. The markets for some world currencies have low trading volume and are illiquid, which may prevent the partnership from trading in potentially profitable markets or prevent the partnership from promptly liquidating unfavorable positions in such markets, subjecting it to substantial losses. Either of these market conditions could result in restrictions on redemptions. Illiquidity has not materially affected the partnership's assets.

There are no known material trends, demands, commitments, events, or uncertainties at the present time that will result in, or that are reasonably likely to result in, the partnership's liquidity increasing or decreasing in any material way.

The partnership does not have, nor expect to have, any capital assets. Redemptions, exchanges, and sales of additional units in the future will affect the amount of funds available for investments in futures, forwards, and options in subsequent periods. It is not possible to estimate the amount, and therefore the impact, of future redemptions of units.

There are no known material trends, favorable or unfavorable, that would affect, nor any expected material changes to, the partership's capital resources arrangement at the present time. The partnership does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, nor does it have any contractual obligations or commercial commitments to make future payments that would affect its liquidity or capital resources.

General. The partnership's results depend on its trading advisors and the ability of each trading advisor's trading program to take advantage of price movements or other profit opportunities in the futures, forwards, and options markets. The following presents a summary of the partnership's operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 and a general discussion of its trading activities during each period. It is important to note, however, that the trading advisors trade in various markets at different times and that prior activity in a particular market does not mean that such market will be actively traded by the trading advisors or will be profitable in the future. Consequently, the results of operations of the partnership are difficult to discuss other than in the context of its trading advisors' trading activities on behalf of the partnership and how the partnership has performed in the past.

in the United States of America, which require the use of certain accounting policies that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements, including the following: The contracts the partnership trades are accounted for on a trade-date basis and marked to market on a daily basis. The difference between their cost and market value is recorded on the Statements of Operations as "Net change in unrealized profit/loss" for open (unrealized) contracts, and recorded as "Realized profit/loss" when open positions are closed out, and the sum of these amounts constitutes the partnership's trading revenues. The market value of a futures contract is the settlement price on the exchange on which that futures contract is traded on a particular day. The value of foreign currency forward contracts is based on the spot rate as of the close of business, New York City time, on a given day. Interest income revenue, as well as management fees expenses, incentive fees and brokerage fees of the partnership are recorded on an accrual basis.

The general partner believes that, based on the nature of the operations of the partnership, no assumptions relating to the application of critical accounting policies, other than those presently used, could reasonably affect reported amounts.

2003 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 12.2% were recorded in the currency markets during January from long positions in the euro versus the U.S. dollar as the value of the European currency strengthened against the U.S. dollar amid renewed fears of a military conflict with Iraq, increased tensions with North Korea, and weak U.S. economic data. During May, gains were supplied by long positions in the euro versus the U.S. dollar as the value of the euro strengthened amid uncertainty regarding the Bush Administration's economic policy, renewed fears of potential terrorist attacks against American interests, and investor preference for non-U.S. dollar assets. Additional currency gains were recorded from long positions in the Australian dollar versus the U.S. dollar as the value of the Australian currency strengthened in response to continued weakness in the U.S. currency, rising gold prices and relatively high interest rates in Australia. During November and December, long positions in the euro, British pound, and Australian and New Zealand dollars versus the U.S. dollar generated additional gains. The U.S. dollar tumbled to six-year lows against the Australian and New Zealand dollar and a five-year low against the British pound. Additionally, the euro soared past the $1.20 mark, its highest level against the U.S. dollar since its introduction in January 1999. The U.S. dollar's weakness was caused by a variety of factors, including concerns regarding the growing U.S. current trade account and budget deficits, the Federal Reserve's policy of maintaining low interest rates, widening interest rate differentials relative to other countries, and renewed fears of global terrorism. In the metals markets, gains of approximately 5.9% were achieved primarily during the fourth quarter by long futures positions in copper and nickel. Industrial metals prices rallied during October in response to increased demand, especially from China as well as to growing investor sentiment that the global economy was on the path to recovery. During December, copper and nickel prices rose to six and fourteen-year highs respectively, benefiting from increased demand from China and the strengthening of the global economy. Gains of approximately 2.6% in the global stock index markets were supplied by long positions in Asian stock index futures during August as Asian equity prices drew strength from robust Japanese economic data and rising prices in the U.S. equity markets. Long U.S. equity index futures positions profited after the release of favorable economic data during October, as well as in December. In the agricultural markets, gains of approximately 1.7% resulted from long futures positions in soybeans and its related products during September as prices reacted positively in response to robust U.S. export sales data and smaller U.S. crop assessments. Then in October, long futures positions in cotton and soybeans generated gains as increased demand from China and tight market supplies lifted prices. A portion of the partnership's overall gains for the year was offset by losses of approximately 1.1% in the global interest rate markets incurred primarily during the last fourth months of the year. The partnership experienced losses from short European futures positions. Prices reversed higher amid investor demand for safe haven investments following renewed volatility in global equity markets, continued geopolitical instability in the Middle East and comments from the U.S. Federal Reserve regarding the continuation of low U.S. interest rates. In the energy sector, losses of approximately 0.8% partially offset the partnership's gains for the year. Long positions in crude oil futures resulted in losses during March as prices reversed sharply lower amid market anticipation of a swift military victory for Coalition forces against Iraq. During September, losses were suffered from short positions in crude oil futures as prices unexpectedly reversed higher following OPEC's announcement for output reductions and curbs in production. During October, short crude positions experienced further losses as prices moved higher in response to supply fears spurred by Middle East tensions early in the month, as well as strike threats in Nigeria, one of the world's major oil producers.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, Spectrum Select recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $74,213,042. Total expenses for the year were $40,026,137, resulting in net income of $34,186,905. The net asset value of a unit increased from $27.65 at December 31, 2002 to $30.31 at December 31, 2003.

2002 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 12.1% were recorded in the currency markets from long positions in the euro and Swiss franc versus the U.S. dollar during May, June and December, as the U.S. dollar's value weakened amid investors' fears concerning global political tensions, specifically, the threat of war between India and Pakistan, the looming threat of a military strike against Iraq, and the resumption of North Korea's nuclear program. Additional gains of approximately 9.5% were recorded from June through September, as well as in December, from long positions in European and U.S. interest rate futures as prices trended higher amid a shift of assets from stocks into bonds as investors sought the safe haven of fixed income investments. In the agricultural futures markets, gains of approximately 1.2% were recorded from long positions in soybean and wheat futures as prices rallied during the second and third quarter amid fears that hot and dry weather would adversely affect crops in the U.S. Midwest. In the energy futures markets, gains of approximately 1.0% were experienced from long positions in natural gas futures during March, August, September, and December, as prices moved higher amid supply concerns. A portion of the partnership's overall gains was offset by losses of approximately 1.8% recorded in the metals markets early in the year from long positions in copper futures as prices fell amid weak industrial demand. Additional losses were recorded in October from short positions in copper futures as prices reversed higher in response to a temporary rally in global equity prices in October.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, Spectrum Select recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $67,605,728. Total expenses for the year were $26,782,529, resulting in net income of $40,823,199. The net asset value of a unit increased from $23.96 at December 31, 2001 to $27.65 at December 31, 2002.

2001 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 8.2% were recorded in the global interest rate futures markets primarily during August, September, and October from previously established long positions in short and intermediate term U.S. interest rate futures as prices continued trending higher following interest rate cuts by the U.S. and European central banks and as investors sought a safe haven from the decline in stock prices. Additional gains were recorded throughout the majority of the first quarter from previously established long positions in Japanese government bond futures as prices moved higher on concerns regarding that country's economy. In the global stock index futures markets, profits of approximately 5.1% were recorded throughout a majority of the third quarter from previously established short positions in DAX, Hang Seng, Nikkei, and S&P 500 Index futures as the trend in equity prices continued sharply lower amid worries regarding global economic uncertainty. A portion of the partnership's overall gains was partially offset by losses of approximately 2.6% recorded in the energy markets throughout a majority of the fourth quarter from volatile price movement in natural gas futures as a result of a continually changing outlook for supply, production, and demand. In the currency markets, losses of approximately 0.1% were recorded throughout a majority of the fourth quarter from transactions involving the euro and Swiss franc.

For the year ended December 31, 2001, Spectrum Select recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $30,468,895. Total expenses for the year were $27,303,546, resulting in net income of $3,165,349. The net asset value of a unit increased from $23.57 at December 31, 2000 to $23.96 at December 31, 2001.

The partnership is a party to financial instruments with elements of off-balance sheet market and credit risk. The partnership trades futures, forwards, and options in interest rates, stock indices, commodities, currencies, petroleum, and precious metals. In entering into these contracts, the partnership is subject to the market risk that such contracts may be significantly influenced by market conditions, such as interest rate volatility, resulting in such contracts being less valuable. If the markets should move

against all of the positions held by the partnership at the same time, and if the trading advisors were unable to offset positions of the partnership, the partnership could lose all of its assets and investors would realize a 100% loss.

In addition to the trading advisors' internal controls, each trading advisor must comply with the trading policies of the partnership. The trading policies include standards for liquidity and leverage which must be maintained. The trading advisors and the general partner monitor the partnership's trading activities to ensure compliance with the trading policies. The general partner may require the trading advisors to modify positions of the partnership if the general partner believes they violate the partnership's trading policies.

In addition to market risk, in entering into futures, forwards, and options contracts there is a credit risk to the partnership that the counterparty on a contract will not be able to meet its obligations to the partnership. The ultimate counterparty or guarantor of the partnership for futures contracts traded in the United States and most foreign exchanges on which the partnership trades is the clearinghouse associated with such exchange. In general, a clearinghouse is backed by the membership of the exchange and will act in the event of non-performance by one of its members or one of its member's customers, which should significantly reduce this credit risk. There is no assurance that a clearinghouse, exchange, or other exchange member will meet its obligations to the partnership, and the general partner and commodity brokers will not indemnify the partnership against a default by such parties. Further, the law is unclear as to whether a commodity broker has any obligation to protect its customers from loss in the event of an exchange or clearinghouse defaulting on trades effected for the broker's customers. In cases where the partnership trades off-exchange forwards contracts with a counterparty, the sole recourse of the partnership will be the forward contracts counterparty. For a list of the foreign exchanges on which the partnership trades, see "Use of Proceeds" on page 26. For an additional discussion of the credit risks relating to trading on foreign exchanges see "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—Trading on foreign exchanges presents greater risks to each partnership than trading on U.S. exchanges" on page 11.

The general partner deals with these credit risks of the partnership in several ways. First, it monitors the partnership's credit exposure to each exchange on a daily basis. The commodity brokers inform the partnership, as with all their customers, of its net margin requirements for all its existing open positions, and the general partner has installed a system which permits it to monitor the partnership's potential net credit exposure, exchange by exchange, by adding the unrealized trading gains on each exchange, if any, to the partnership's margin liability thereon.

Second, the partnership's trading policies limit the amount of its net assets that can be committed at any given time to futures contracts and require a minimum amount of diversification in the partnership's trading, usually over several different products and exchanges. Historically, the partnership's exposure to any one exchange has typically amounted to only a small percentage of its total net assets and on those relatively few occasions where the partnership's credit exposure climbs above such level, the general partner deals with the situation on a case by case basis, carefully weighing whether the increased level of credit exposure remains appropriate. Material changes to the trading policies may be made only with the prior written approval of the limited partners owning more than 50% of units then outstanding.

Third, with respect to forward contract trading, the partnership trades with only those counterparties which the general partner, together with Morgan Stanley DW, have determined to be creditworthy.

The partnership presently deals with Morgan Stanley & Co. as the sole counterparty on forward contracts.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Liquidity" on page 41, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Technical.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Capital Resources" on page 41, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Technical.

General. The partnership's results depend on its trading advisors and the ability of each trading advisor's trading programs to take advantage of price movements or other profit opportunities in the futures, forwards, and options markets. The following presents a summary of the partnership's operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, and a general discussion of its trading activities during each period. It is important to note, however, that the trading advisors trade in various markets at different times and that prior activity in a particular market does not mean that such market will be actively traded by the trading advisors or will be profitable in the future. Consequently, the results of operations of the partnership are difficult to discuss other than in the context of its trading advisors' trading activities on behalf of the partnership and how the partnership has performed in the past.

The partnership's results of operations are set forth in the financial statements (see the financial ("F-") pages of this prospectus) and were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the use of certain accounting policies that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements, including the following: The contracts the partnership trades are accounted for on a trade-date basis and marked to market on a daily basis. The difference between their cost and market value is recorded on the Statements of Operations as "Net change in unrealized profit/loss" for open (unrealized) contracts, and recorded as "Realized profit/loss" when open positions are closed out, and the sum of these amounts constitutes the partnership's trading revenues. The market value of a futures contract is the settlement price on the exchange on which that futures contract is traded on a particular day. The value of foreign currency forward contracts is based on the spot rate as of the close of business, New York City time, on a given day. Interest income revenue, as well as management fees, incentive fees and brokerage fees of the partnership are recorded on an accrual basis.

2003 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 22.8% in the currency markets were supplied from long positions in the euro as its value rose versus the U.S. dollar during January amid renewed fears of a military conflict with Iraq, increased tensions with North Korea, and weak U.S. economic data. During May, additional gains were recorded as the value of the euro strengthened due to uncertainty regarding the Bush Administration's economic policy, renewed fears of potential terrorist attacks against American interests and investor preference for non-U.S. dollar assets. Gains were also recorded during April by long positions in the Australian dollar versus the U.S. dollar as the Australian currency strengthened in response to continued weakness in the U.S. dollar and significant interest rate differentials between the two countries. The strongest gains in the currency sector were recorded during the fourth quarter, particularly during December, by long positions in a broad range of major and minor currencies versus the U.S. dollar. Profits accumulated as the U.S. dollar tumbled to six-year lows against the Australian and New Zealand dollars and a five-year low against the British pound. Additionally, the euro soared past the $1.20 mark, its highest level against the U.S. dollar since its introduction in January 1999. The U.S. dollar's weakness was caused by a variety of factors, including concerns regarding the growing U.S. current trade account and budget deficits, the Federal Reserve's policy of maintaining low interest rates, widening interest rate differentials relative to other countries, and renewed fears of global terrorism. Additional gains of approximately 10.3% in the global stock index markets were recorded from long positions in Japanese stock index futures during July and August as prices trended higher in response to increased investor demand triggered by record-low Japanese government bond yields and robust Japanese economic data. Gains were also contributed during July and August by long positions in U.S. stock index futures as prices were buoyed by a rise in investor sentiment and tangible signs of a U.S. economic recovery. During the fourth quarter, additional gains were achieved on long European, U.S. and Asian equity index futures positions. The release of favorable economic data and an inflow of investor assets into equities helped boost prices. In the metals markets, gains of approximately 7.0% were recorded in the metals markets, primarily during the fourth quarter, from long futures positions in base and

precious metals. Long futures positions in copper, nickel and aluminum profited as industrial metals prices rallied in response to increased demand, especially from China as well as to growing investor confidence in the global economy. Meanwhile, gold and silver climbed higher during December as investors sought a safe haven from the falling U.S. dollar and an increased risk of terrorism. A portion of the partnership's gains for the year was offset by losses of approximately 3.0% in the agricultural markets. Short futures positions in coffee suffered losses as prices reversed higher in early September due to supply fears prompted by reduced estimates for world coffee production. Additional losses were experienced from long positions in lean hog futures during June as prices declined in response to a potential outbreak of Mad Cow Disease. During October, short futures positions in corn also incurred losses as prices reversed higher in response to news of decreased supply.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, Spectrum Technical recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $142,093,478. Total expenses for the year were $54,151,590, resulting in net income of $87,941,888. The net asset value of a unit increased from $18.41 at December 31, 2002 to $22.64 at December 31, 2003.

2002 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 17.1% were recorded in the global interest rate futures markets from long positions in Japanese, European, and U.S. interest rate futures as prices trended higher during the period from June through September, as well as in December, amid global economic uncertainty and falling equity prices. In the currency markets, gains of approximately 13.1% were recorded during the second quarter, as well as in December, from long positions in the euro versus the U.S. dollar as the value of the dollar weakened amid continued uncertainty regarding the U.S. economic recovery and heightened global political tensions. Additional gains of approximately 4.3% resulted from short positions in European stock index futures as prices trended lower during June, July, and September amid skepticism regarding a global economic recovery. A portion of the partnership's overall gains was offset by losses of approximately 2.3% recorded in the metals markets from long positions in copper futures as prices reversed lower during the second quarter amid growing inventory levels and weak industrial demand. Additional losses were recorded during October from short positions in copper futures as prices reversed higher amid renewed economic optimism.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, Spectrum Technical recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $92,648,909. Total expenses for the year were $31,873,474, resulting in net income of $60,775,435. The net asset value of a unit increased from $14.93 at December 31, 2001 to $18.41 at December 31, 2002.

2001 Results. The most significant trading losses of approximately 7.0% were recorded in the energy markets throughout the first nine months of the year from trading in crude oil futures and its related products as a result of volatility in oil prices due to a continually changing outlook for supply, production, and demand. In the agricultural markets, losses of approximately 1.6% were recorded primarily during July from previously established short corn futures positions as prices reversed higher on forecasts for hotter and drier weather in the U.S. midwest. A portion of the partnership's overall losses was partially offset by gains of approximately 8.7% recorded in the global interest rate futures markets primarily during August, September, and October from previously established long positions in short and intermediate term U.S. interest rate futures as prices continued trending higher following interest rate cuts by the U.S. and European central banks and as investors sought a safe haven from the decline in stock prices. Additional gains were recorded throughout the majority of the first quarter from previously established long positions in Japanese government bond futures as prices continued moving higher on concerns regarding that country's economy. In the global stock index futures markets, profits of approximately 3.2% were recorded throughout a majority of the third quarter from previously established short positions in DAX and Nikkei Index futures as the trend in equity prices continued sharply lower amid worries regarding global economic uncertainty.

For the year ended December 31, 2001, Spectrum Technical recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $9,867,449. Total expenses for the year were $29,150,818, resulting in a net loss of $19,283,369. The net asset value of a unit decreased from $16.08 at December 31, 2000 to $14.93 at December 31, 2001.

To enhance the foregoing comparison of operations from year-to-year, you should examine, line by line, the partnership's Statements of Operations and Statements of Financial Condition. See "Selected Financial Data and Selected Quarterly Financial Data" and "Independent Auditors' Report" and "Financial Statements" of Morgan Stanley Spectrum Series contained in this prospectus.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Market Risk" beginning on page 43, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Technical.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Liquidity" on page 41, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Strategic.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Capital Resources" on page 41, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Strategic.

General. The partnership's results depend on its trading advisors and the ability of each trading advisor's trading program to take advantage of price movements or other profit opportunities in the futures, forwards, and options markets. The following presents a summary of the partnership's operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, and a general discussion of its trading activities during each period. It is important to note, however, that the trading advisors trade in various markets at different times and that prior activity in a particular market does not mean that such market will be actively traded by the trading advisors or will be profitable in the future. Consequently, the results of operations of the partnership are difficult to discuss other than in the context of its trading advisors' trading activities on behalf of the partnership and how the partnership has performed in the past.

The partnership's results of operations are set forth in the financial statements (see the financial ("F-") pages of this prospectus) and were prepared in accordance with accounting principals generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the use of certain accounting policies that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements, including the following: The contracts the partnership trades are accounted for on a trade-date basis and marked to market on a daily basis. The difference between their cost and market value is recorded on the Statements of Operations as "Net change in unrealized profit/loss" for open (unrealized) contracts, and recorded as "Realized profit/loss" when open positions are closed out, and the sum of these amounts constitutes the partnership's trading revenues. The market value of a futures contract is the settlement price on the exchange on which that futures contract is traded on a particular day. The value of foreign currency forward contracts is based on the spot rate as of the close of business, New York City time, on a given day. Interest income revenue, as well as management fees, incentive fees and brokerage fees of the partnership are recorded on an accrual basis.

2003 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 11.1% were recorded in the currency markets, primarily during September, from long euro positions against the U.S. dollar. The dollar's weakness was caused by concerns about the strength of the U.S. economy and the potential impact of a statement by the G-7 countries supporting "more flexible exchange rates."The G-7 countries consist of France, the U.S., Britain, Germany, Japan, Italy, and Canada. The G-7's statement was viewed as part of an effort by the Bush Administration to allow the dollar to weaken against its counterparts. The dollar tumbled during the month, falling to three-month lows against the euro. During May, long positions in the euro versus the U.S. dollar generated gains as the value of the euro strengthened to an all time high amid uncertainty regarding the Bush Administration's economic policy, renewed fears of potential terrorist attacks against American interests, and investor preference for non-U.S. dollar assets. Additional gains were recorded from long positions in the Australian dollar versus the U.S. dollar as its value strengthened during January, April and May in response to continued weakness in the U.S. dollar and higher interest

rates in Australia relative to those in the U.S. Gains of approximately 8.3% in the metals markets stemmed from long futures positions in nickel, copper, and zinc. Base metals prices climbed higher during January following the release of positive U.S. manufacturing data and continued supply and demand concerns. Long futures positions in nickel and copper provided further gains in this sector as prices trended higher during July amid renewed optimism concerning a U.S. economic recovery and hopes for increased industrial production. In the fourth quarter, prices rallied during October in response to increased demand, especially from China as well as to growing investor sentiment that the global economy was on the path to recovery. During December, nickel and copper prices rose to fourteen and six-year highs respectively, benefiting from increased demand from China and the strengthening of the global economy. Additional profits of approximately 8.3% were achieved in the agricultural markets. During January, long positions in sugar futures yielded gains as prices rose amid speculative buying ahead of the Brazilian harvest. Gains were also provided from long positions in cocoa futures during August as prices rallied amid short-covering, tight U.S. cocoa reserves and dry weather in the Ivory Coast, the world's top cocoa producer. Cocoa prices rallied again during the first two weeks of December in response to political developments in the Ivory Coast, thereby, generating profits for long cocoa positions. Meanwhile, long futures positions in cotton benefited as prices rallied to their highest level in seven years during December following an increase in export orders from China. Further gains in the agricultural sector stemmed from long futures positions in soybeans and cotton during April as increased demand from China and tight market supplies lifted prices. Rough rice futures positions profited during April as prices rose in response to the Iraqi war and the potential for increased Iraqi demand after the war. In the global stock index markets, gains of approximately 5.5% were contributed during May and June from long positions in U.S. and European stock index futures as prices moved higher amid increased optimism regarding the U.S. economic recovery and a rise in investor sentiment. Long positions in Japanese stock index futures also returned gains as Japanese equity markets tracked gains in global stock indices during September. During December, the Fund generated gains from long U.S. and European stock index futures positions as strong U.S. manufacturing data and the strongest U.S. quarterly growth rate in twenty years resulted in higher prices. A portion of the Partnership's overall gains for the year was offset by losses of approximately 0.1% in the energy markets, primarily during May, from short positions in crude oil futures and its related products as prices moved higher amid supply concerns and renewed fears concerning security at Middle Eastern refining facilities. Long positions in natural gas futures experienced losses during June as prices reversed sharply lower following news of larger than-expected U.S. reserves.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, Spectrum Strategic recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $31,984,167. Total expenses for the year were $11,470,755, resulting in net income of $20,513,412. The net asset value of a unit increased from $11.54 at December 31, 2002 to $14.31 at December 31, 2003.

2002 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 18.3% were recorded in the agricultural markets primarily from long futures positions in cocoa as political unrest in the Ivory Coast threatened supplies throughout much of the year. Additional gains were recorded in the agricultural markets from long futures positions in coffee as technical factors and concerns regarding supplies placed upward pressure on prices. Further gains resulted from long positions in wheat, soybean, and corn futures, as weather-related concerns threatened crops in the U.S. midwest. In the currency markets, gains of approximately 7.6% were recorded from long positions in the euro and Swiss franc versus the U.S. dollar as the dollar's value weakened amid investors' fears concerning increased global tensions and prolonged uncertainty regarding the U.S. economy. A portion of the partnership's overall gains was offset by losses of approximately 2.9% recorded in the global stock index futures markets from long positions in U.S. and European stock index futures as prices continued to weaken throughout a majority of the year amid ongoing concerns regarding the global economic recovery, corporate accounting scandals, and geopolitical concerns. Additional losses were incurred from short positions in U.S. and European stock index futures as global equity prices reversed higher during the fourth quarter amid temporary economic optimism. In the metals futures markets, losses of approximately 2.9% were experienced from long positions in copper, aluminum, and zinc futures as prices reversed lower during April and July amid growing inventory levels and weak industrial demand.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, Spectrum Strategic recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $14,078,687. Total expenses for the year were $7,764,271, resulting in net income of $6,314,416. The net asset value of a unit increased from $10.55 at December 31, 2001 to $11.54 at December 31, 2002.

2001 Results. The most significant trading losses of approximately 5.5% were recorded in the currency markets throughout a majority of the fourth quarter from transactions involving the euro and Swiss franc. In the global stock index futures markets, losses of approximately 2.2% were experienced throughout a majority of the first quarter from long positions in U.S. stock index futures as U.S. stock prices declined after discouraging corporate earnings warnings, inflationary news, and on worries of a U.S. economic slowdown. In the metals markets, losses of approximately 1.8% were incurred primarily during October and November from long gold futures positions as prices reversed lower on the heels of sharp gains in the U.S. stock market. A portion of the partnership's overall losses was partially offset by gains of approximately 13.1% recorded in the soft commodities markets primarily during September and November from long cocoa futures positions as prices soared higher on expectations that global demand will outpace production. Additional gains were recorded primarily during April, May, and December from long lumber futures positions as prices increased amid low inventories and on hopes of a pickup in the U.S. economy. In the global interest rate futures markets, gains of approximately 5.4% were recorded throughout a majority of the first quarter from long positions in eurodollar futures as prices rose amid a rattled stock market, shaky consumer confidence, positive inflation data, and interest rate cuts by the U.S. Federal Reserve. During September and October, profits were recorded from long positions in U.S. and European interest rate futures as prices continued trending higher amid continued concerns for the sluggish U.S. economy, interest rate cuts by the U.S. Federal Reserve, and as investors sought a "safe haven" from declining stock prices.

For the year ended December 31, 2001, Spectrum Strategic recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $6,855,809. Total expenses for the year were $7,336,352, resulting in a net loss of $480,543. The net asset value of a unit decreased from $10.61 at December 31, 2000 to $10.55 at December 31, 2001.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Market Risk" beginning on page 43, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Strategic.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Liquidity" on page 41, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Global Balanced.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Capital Resources" on page 41, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Global Balanced.

General. The partnership's results depend on its trading advisor and the ability of such trading advisor's trading program to take advantage of price movements or other profit opportunities in the futures, forwards, and options markets. The following presents a summary of the partnership's operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, and a general discussion of its trading activities during each period. It is important to note, however, that the trading advisor trades in various markets at different times and that prior activity in a particular market does not mean that such market will be actively traded by the trading advisor or will be profitable in the future. Consequently, the results of operations of the partnership are difficult to discuss other than in the context of its trading advisor's trading activities on behalf of the partnership and how the partnership has performed in the past.

The partnership's results of operations are more fully set forth in the financial statements (see the financial ("F-") pages of this prospectus) and were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the use of certain accounting policies that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements, including the following: The contracts the partnership trades are accounted for on a trade-date basis and marked to market on a daily basis. The difference between their cost and market value is recorded on the Statements of Operations as "Net change in unrealized profit/loss" for open (unrealized) contracts, and recorded as "Realized profit/loss" when open positions are closed out, and the sum of these amounts constitutes the partnership's trading revenues. The market value of a futures contract is the settlement price on the exchange on which that futures contract is traded on a particular day. The value of foreign currency forward contracts is based on the spot rate as of the close of business, New York City time, on a given day. Interest income revenue as well as management fees, incentive fees and brokerage fees of the parnership are recorded on an accrual basis.

2003 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 7.1% were recorded in the global stock index markets by long positions in European and U.S. stock index futures during the second quarter as global equity prices rallied in response to positive earnings announcements, the conclusion of the war in Iraq, and the prospect of lower interest rates. Additional gains were recorded from long positions in Japanese stock index futures during July and August as prices jumped higher in response to increased investor demand triggered by record-low Japanese government bond yields, robust Japanese economic data and gains in the U.S. equity markets. During the fourth quarter, further gains were provided by long European, U.S. and Asian equity index futures positions. The release of favorable economic data and an inflow of investor assets into equities spurred in part by strong U.S. manufacturing data and the strongest U.S. quarterly growth rate in twenty years helped boost global equity prices. Additional gains of approximately 2.5% were recorded in the global interest rate markets, during February and May, from long positions in European and U.S. interest rate futures as prices trended higher amid speculation of an interest rate cut by the U.S. Federal Reserve, lingering doubts concerning a global economic recovery, and investor preference for fixed income investments. Gains of approximately 1.1% in the metals markets were experienced, primarily during October, by long futures positions in nickel and copper as industrial metals prices rallied in response to increased demand, especially from China as well as to growing investor sentiment that the global economy was on the path to recovery. A portion of the partnership's overall gains for the year was offset by losses of approximately 1.2% in the agricultural markets from corn futures positions as the price of corn was lifted higher with wheat prices during January and then traded inconsistently during April and August amid supply and weather-related issues. Long positions in cotton and corn futures during November added to losses within this sector as the prices of those commodities reversed lower.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, Spectrum Global Balanced recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $6,038,905. Total expenses for the year were $2,961,397, resulting in net income of $3,077,508. The net asset value of a unit increased from $14.57 at December 31, 2002 to $15.47 at December 31, 2003.

2002 Results. The most significant trading losses of approximately 14.2% were recorded in the global stock index futures markets from long positions in European, U.S., and Japanese stock index futures as prices continued to weaken throughout the majority of the year, particularly during July, September, and December, amid continued economic uncertainty and ongoing political concerns. A portion of the partnership's overall losses was offset by gains of approximately 7.4% recorded in the global interest rate futures markets from long positions in European, Japanese, and U.S. interest rate futures, predominantly during the third quarter, as prices trended higher amid a shift in assets from stocks into bonds as investors sought the safe haven of fixed income investments. In the currency markets, during May, June, and December, additional profits of approximately 1.3% were recorded from long positions in the euro and Swiss franc versus the U.S. dollar as the dollar's value weakened amid investors' fears concerning increased global tensions, specifically the threat of war between India and Pakistan, the looming threat of a military strike against Iraq, and the resumption of North Korea's nuclear program.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, Spectrum Global Balanced recorded a total trading loss, net of interest income, of $2,566,396. Total expenses for the year were $3,220,522, resulting in a net loss of $5,786,918. The net asset value of a unit decreased from $16.21 at December 31, 2001 to $14.57 at December 31, 2002.

2001 Results. The most significant trading losses of approximately 5.2% were recorded in the global stock index futures markets throughout a majority of the first three quarters from long positions in FTSE, DAX, and S&P 500 Index futures as equity prices moved lower amid worries regarding global economic uncertainty. In the energy markets, loses of approximately 1.4% were recorded throughout the year from positions in crude oil futures and its related products as a result of volatility in oil prices due to a continually changing outlook for supply, production, and demand. A portion of the partnership's overall losses was partially offset by gains of approximately 5.1% recorded in the global interest rate futures markets primarily during January from previously established long positions in eurodollar futures as prices moved higher due to a surprise interest rate cut by the U.S. Federal Reserve on January 3^rd and the subsequent anticipation of an additional interest rate cut by the U.S. Federal Reserve later in January. Throughout a majority of the third quarter, additional profits were recorded from previously established long positions in U.S. and European interest rate futures as prices continued trending higher amid continued concerns for the sluggish U.S. economy, interest rate cuts by the U.S. and European central banks, and as investors sought a "safe haven" from declining stock prices. In the currency markets, profits of approximately 2.0% were recorded throughout a majority of the fourth quarter from previously established short positions in the South African rand as its value trended lower relative to the U.S. dollar as investors targeted the emerging market currency while global economic jitters persisted.

For the year ended December 31, 2001, Spectrum Global Balanced recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $3,150,268. Total expenses for the year were $3,302,867, resulting in a net loss of $152,599. The net asset value of a unit decreased from $16.26 at December 31, 2000 to $16.21 at December 31, 2001.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Market Risk" beginning on page 43, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Global Balanced.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Liquidity" on page 41, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Currency.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Capital Resources" on page 41, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Currency.

General. The partnership's results depend on its trading advisors and the ability of such trading advisors' trading programs to take advantage of price movements or other profit opportunities in the futures, forwards, and options markets. The following presents a summary of the partnership's operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 and a general discussion of its trading activities during each period. It is important to note, however, that the trading advisors trade in various markets at different times and that prior activity in a particular market does not mean that such market will be actively traded by the trading advisors or will be profitable in the future. Consequently, the results of operations of the partnership are difficult to discuss other than in the context of its trading advisors' trading activities on behalf of the partnership and how the partnership has performed in the past.

The partnership's results of operations are more fully set forth in the financial statements (see the financial ("F-") pages of this prospectus) and were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the use of certain accounting policies that affect the amounts reported in these financial statements, including the following: The contracts the partnership trades are accounted for on a trade-date basis and marked-to-market on a daily basis. The difference between their cost and market value is recorded on the Statements of Operations as "Net change in unrealized profit/loss" for open (unrealized) contracts, and recorded as "Realized profit/loss" when open positions are closed out, and the sum of these amounts constitutes the partnership's trading revenues. The market value of a futures contract is the settlement price on the exchange on which that futures contract is traded on a particular day. The value of foreign currency forward contracts is based on the spot rate as of the close of business, New York City time, on a given day. Interest income revenue as well as management fees, incentive fees and brokerage fees of the parnership are recorded on an accrual basis.

2003 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 12.0% were recorded from long positions in the euro versus the U.S. dollar as the dollar's value weakened throughout a majority of the year. Fears of a military conflict with Iraq, skepticism regarding the likelihood of a U.S. economic recovery and fears of a potential terrorist attack resulted in gains from long euro positions during January, April and May. A confluence of factors during December including concerns regarding U.S. budget and trade deficits, a dip in consumer confidence, an outbreak of Mad Cow Disease in the U.S., and continued fears of a potential terrorist attack forced the U.S. dollar to retreat further and the euro to climb. Additional gains of approximately 8.7% resulted from long positions in the Australian dollar versus the U.S. dollar during April, May and June and again during November and December as the Australian currency strengthened in response to continued weakness in the U.S. dollar, higher interest rates in Australia relative to those in the U.S. and higher gold prices. Gains of approximately 3.8% were provided by long positions in the South African rand versus the U.S. dollar during April and December due to significant interest rate differentials between the two countries, economic concerns regarding U.S. budget and trade deficits and fears of a potential terrorist attack. Smaller profits of approximately 2.5% were experienced from long positions in the New Zealand dollar versus the U.S. dollar primarily during November as the U.S. dollar's value tumbled to a six-year low versus the New Zealand currency. A portion of the partnership's gains for the year was offset by losses of approximately 2.4% from positions in the British pound versus the U.S. dollar as the value of the pound strengthened during April and May on expectations that the Bank of England would likely leave interest rates unchanged and upon the release of lower-than-expected unemployment data from Great Britain. During June, losses stemmed from positions in the pound versus the U.S. dollar as the pound's value increased early in the month, amid expectations that the Bank of England would likely leave interest rates unchanged, and then reversed lower, after the British Finance Minister released positive comments regarding the U.K.'s entry prospects into the European Union. Additional losses of approximately 2.3% resulted from short positions in the Swiss franc versus the U.S. dollar during September as the dollar's value declined amid concerns about the strength of the U.S. economy and the potential impact of a statement by the G-7 countries supporting "more flexible exchange rates." The G-7 countries consist of France, the U.S., Britain, Germany, Japan, Italy, and Canada.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, Spectrum Currency recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $28,185,655. Total expenses for the year were $11,388,846, resulting in net income of $16,796,809. The net asset value of a unit increased from $13.93 at December 31, 2002 to $15.66 at December 31, 2003.

2002 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 16.4% were recorded from long positions in the euro relative to the U.S. dollar as the dollar's value significantly weakened during April, May, and June amid falling equity prices and concerns regarding corporate integrity. Additional gains from long positions in the euro, Swiss franc, and Norwegian krone were experienced in December as the looming threat of a potential military conflict with Iraq and North Korea further weakened the U.S. dollar. Further gains of approximately 4.4% stemmed from long positions in the South African rand versus the U.S. dollar as its value approached a 16-month high during the second and fourth quarter amid strong demand for South African exports and high relative interest rates. Profits of approximately 7.3% were

recorded from long positions in the Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar versus the U.S. dollar as the value of both currencies strengthened during April, May, and throughout the fourth quarter amid higher gold prices. A portion of the partnership's overall gains was offset by losses of approximately 9.0% recorded in the British pound from short positions versus the U.S. dollar during the summer months and into the fourth quarter as the value of the dollar weakened amid geopolitical and economic uncertainty. Additional losses of approximately 7.3% resulted from positions in the Japanese yen versus the U.S. dollar during March as the yen initially strengthened amid asset repatriation out of the U.S. into Japan, only to retreat by month-end on expectations that the repatriation flow would soon subside ahead of the Japanese fiscal year-end. Further losses in the Japanese yen were experienced in December from short positions versus the U.S. dollar as the value of the dollar weakened versus most major currencies.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, Spectrum Currency recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $16,183,891. Total expenses for the year were $5,900,771, resulting in net income of $10,283,120. The net asset value of a unit increased from $12.41 at December 31, 2001 to $13.93 at December 31, 2002.

2001 Results. The most significant trading gains of approximately 15.6% were recorded primarily during September from previously established short positions in the South African rand as its value trended lower relative to the U.S. dollar as investors targeted the emerging market currency while global economic jitters persisted. During November and December, additional gains were recorded from previously established short positions in the South African rand as its value trended lower versus the U.S. dollar due to emerging market concerns following Argentina's debt default and political turmoil in neighboring Zimbabwe. Profits of approximately 8.3% were recorded throughout a majority of the first quarter from previously established short positions in the Japanese yen as the value of the yen weakened relative to the U.S. dollar on continuing concerns for the Japanese economy and in both anticipation and reaction to the Bank of Japan's decision to reinstate its zero interest rate policy. During December, gains were recorded from previously established short positions in the Japanese yen as the value of the yen versus the U.S. dollar continued to trend lower amid the release of weak economic data and the perception that further depreciation of the yen would not be met with government intervention in support of the currency. A portion of the partnership's overall gains was partially offset by losses of approximately 3.3% recorded primarily during May and early June from previously established long positions in the British pound as its value weakened relative to the U.S. dollar in reaction to reports that British Prime Minister Blair will push for Great Britain's entry into the European Monetary Union. During October and November, losses were recorded from previously established long positions in the British pound as the value of the pound reversed weaker versus the U.S. dollar on pessimism generated by the Bank of England that further interest rate cuts were unlikely due to inflationary pressures in Britain.

For the year ended December 31, 2001, Spectrum Currency recorded total trading revenues, including interest income, of $7,353,454. Total expenses for the year were $3,017,115, resulting in net income of $4,336,339. The net asset value of a unit increased from $11.17 at December 31, 2000 to $12.41 at December 31, 2001.

To enhance the foregoing comparison of operations from year-to-year, you should examine, line by line, the partnership's Statement of Operations and Statement of Financial Condition. See "Selected Financial Data and Selected Quarterly Financial Data" and "Independent Auditors' Report" and "Financial Statements" of Morgan Stanley Spectrum Series contained in this prospectus.

See the discussion under "—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P.—Market Risk" beginning on page 43, which discussion is equally applicable to Spectrum Currency except that the partnership only trades currencies.

Each partnership is a commodity pool engaged primarily in the speculative trading of futures, forwards, and options. The market-sensitive instruments held by each partnership are acquired for speculative trading purposes only and, as a result, all or substantially all of each partnership's assets are at risk of trading loss. Unlike an operating company, the risk of market-sensitive instruments is central, not incidental, to each partnership's main business activities.

The futures, forwards, and options traded by each partnership involve varying degrees of related market risk. Market risk is often dependent upon changes in the level or volatility of interest rates, exchange rates, and prices of financial instruments and commodities, factors that result in frequent changes in the fair value of each partnership's open positions, and consequently in its earnings, whether realized or unrealized, and cash flow. Profits and losses on open positions of exchange-traded futures, forwards, and options are settled daily through variation margin.

Each partnership's total market risk may increase or decrease as it's influenced by a wide variety of factors, including the diversification among each partnership's open positions, the volatility present within the markets, and the liquidity of the markets.

Each partnership's past performance is not necessarily indicative of its future results. Any attempt to numerically quantify a partnership's market risk is limited by the uncertainty of its speculative trading. A partnership's speculative trading may cause future losses and volatility (i.e. "risk of ruin") that far exceed the partnership's experiences to date or any reasonable expectations based upon historical changes in market value.

The following quantitative disclosures regarding each partnership's market risk exposures contain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the safe harbor from civil liability provided for such statements by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (set forth in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). All quantitative disclosures in this Section are deemed to be forward-looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor, except for statements of historical fact.

Each partnership accounts for open positions on the basis of mark to market accounting principles. Any loss in the market value of a partnership's open positions is directly reflected in the partnership's earnings and cash flow.

Each partnership's risk exposure in the market sectors traded by the trading advisors is estimated below in terms of Value at Risk ("V aR"). Each partnership estimates VaR using a model based upon historical simulation (with a confidence level of 99%), which involves constructing a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of a trading portfolio. The VaR model takes into account linear exposures to risks including equity and commodity prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and correlation among these variables. The hypothetical changes in portfolio value are based on daily percentage changes observed in key market indices or other market factors to which the portfolio is sensitive. The one-day 99% confidence level of each partnership's VaR corresponds to the negative change in portfolio value that, based on observed market risk factors, would have been exceeded once in 100 trading days, or one day in 100. VaR typically does not represent the worst case outcome. The general partner uses approximately four years of daily market data (1,000 observations) and revalues its portfolio (using delta-gamma approximations) for each of the historical market moves that occurred over this time period. This generates a probability distribution of daily "simulated profit and loss" outcomes. The VaR is the appropriate percentile of this distribution. For example, the 99% one-day VaR would represent the 10th worst outcome from the general partner's simulated profit and loss series.

The partnerships' VaR computations are based on the risk representation of the underlying benchmark for each instrument or contract and does not distinguish between exchange and non-exchange dealer-based instruments. They are also not based on exchange and/or dealer-based maintenance margin requirements.

VaR models, including the partnerships', are continually evolving as trading portfolios become more diverse and modeling techniques and systems capabilities improve. Please note that the VaR model is used to numerically quantify market risk for historic reporting purposes only and is not utilized by either the general partner or the trading advisors in their daily risk management activities. Please further note that VaR, as described above, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other entities.

The following tables indicate the VaR associated with each partnership's open positions, as a percentage of total net assets, by primary market risk category as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Spectrum Select's total capitalization was approximately $442 million and $295 million, respectively.

Market Category	December 31, 2003 VaR		December 31, 2002 VaR
	%		%
Equity	(1.75	)	(0.44	)
Currency	(1.19	)	(2.17	)
Interest Rate	(0.48	)	(1.25	)
Commodity	(1.40	)	(1.22	)
Aggregate Value at Risk	(2.64	)	(2.84	)

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Spectrum Technical's total capitalization was approximately $538 million and $336 million, respectively.

Market Category	December 31, 2003 VaR		December 31, 2002 VaR
	%		%
Currency	(2.48	)	(2.14	)
Equity	(1.66	)	(0.24	)
Interest Rate	(1.16	)	(1.24	)
Commodity	(1.45	)	(1.46	)
Aggregate Value at Risk	(3.47	)	(2.76	)

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Spectrum Strategic's total capitalization was approximately $121 million and $75 million, respectively.

Market Category	December 31, 2003 VaR		December 31, 2002 VaR
	%		%
Equity	(1.69	)	(0.46	)
Currency	(0.93	)	(1.99	)
Interest Rate	(0.24	)	(1.39	)
Commodity	(1.67	)	(2.79	)
Aggregate Value at Risk	(2.61	)	(3.93	)

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Spectrum Global Balanced's total capitalization was approximately $53 million and $50 million, respectively.

Market Category	December 31, 2003 VaR		December 31, 2002 VaR
	%		%
Equity	(1.43	)	(0.79	)
Interest Rate	(0.72	)	(0.91	)
Currency	(0.70	)	(0.66	)
Commodity	(0.19	)	(0.34	)
Aggregate Value at Risk	(1.46	)	(1.37	)

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Spectrum Currency's total capitalization was approximately $190 million and $96 million, respectively.

Market Category		December 31, 2003 VaR		December 31, 2002 VaR
		%		%
Currency		(2.60	)	(3.91	)

The VaR for a market category represents the one-day downside risk for the aggregate exposures associated with this market category. The Aggregate Value at Risk, listed above for each partnership, represents the VaR of a partnership's open positions across all the market categories, and is less than the sum of the VaRs for all such market categories due to the diversification benefit across asset classes.

Because the business of each partnership is the speculative trading of futures, forwards, and options, the composition of a partnership's trading portfolio can change significantly over any given time period, or even within a single trading day, which could positively or negatively materially impact market risk as measured by VaR.

The tables below supplement the December 31, 2003 VaR (set forth above) by presenting each partnership's high, low, and average VaR, as a percentage of total net assets, for the four quarter-end reporting periods from January 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003.

Market Category	High		Low		Average
	%		%		%
Equity	(1.75	)	(0.42	)	(0.86	)
Currency	(1.32	)	(0.44	)	(1.00	)
Interest Rate	(0.58	)	(0.35	)	(0.47	)
Commodity	(1.40	)	(0.16	)	(0.80	)
Aggregate Value at Risk	(2.64	)	(0.82	)	(1.72	)

Market Category	High		Low		Average
	%		%		%
Equity	(1.97	)	(0.44	)	(1.33	)
Currency	(2.48	)	(0.61	)	(1.64	)
Interest Rate	(1.35	)	(0.53	)	(1.00	)
Commodity	(1.45	)	(0.39	)	(1.05	)
Aggregate Value at Risk	(3.47	)	(0.87	)	(2.63	)

Market Category	High		Low		Average
	%		%		%
Equity	(1.69	)	(0.12	)	(0.63	)
Currency	(0.93	)	(0.20	)	(0.60	)
Interest Rate	(0.24	)	(0.09	)	(0.16	)
Commodity	(1.67	)	(1.04	)	(1.22	)
Aggregate Value at Risk	(2.61	)	(1.19	)	(1.60	)

Market Category	High		Low		Average
	%		%		%
Equity	(1.43	)	(0.59	)	(0.87	)
Interest Rate	(0.84	)	(0.37	)	(0.66	)
Currency	(0.70	)	(0.19	)	(0.39	)
Commodity	(0.31	)	(0.10	)	(0.19	)
Aggregate Value at Risk	(1.46	)	(0.76	)	(1.03	)

Market Category		High		Low		Average
		%		%		%
Currency		(2.60	)	(1.20	)	(1.95	)

The face value of the market sector instruments held by each partnership is typically many times the applicable margin requirements. Margin requirements generally range between 2% and 15% of contract face value. Additionally, the use of leverage causes the face value of the market sector instruments held by each partnership to typically be many times the total capitalization of a partnership. The value of a partnership's open positions thus creates a "risk of ruin" not usually found in other investments. The relative size of the positions held may cause a partnership to incur losses greatly in excess of VaR within a short period of time, given the effects of the leverage employed and market volatility. The VaR tables above, as well as the past performance of the partnerships, give no indication of such "risk of ruin." In addition, VaR risk measures should be viewed in light of the methodology's limitations, which include the following:

The VaR tables provided present the results of each partnership's VaR for each partnership's market risk exposures and on an aggregate basis at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the four quarter-end reporting periods during calendar year 2003. VaR is not necessarily representative of the historic risk, nor should it be used to predict a partnership's future financial performance or its ability to manage or monitor risk. There can be no assurance that a partnership's actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated above or that losses will not occur more than once in 100 trading days.

Each partnership has non-trading market risk on its foreign cash balances not needed for margin. These balances and any market risk they may represent are immaterial. Each partnership also maintains a substantial portion (approximately 73–91%) of its available assets in cash at Morgan Stanley DW. A decline in short-term interest rates would result in a decline in a partnership's cash management income. This cash flow risk is not considered to be material.

Materiality, as used throughout this section, is based on an assessment of reasonably possible market movements and any associated potential losses, taking into account the leverage, optionality, and multiplier features of a partnership's market sensitive instruments, in relation to the partnerships' net assets.

The following qualitative disclosures regarding each partnership's market risk exposures—except for (A) those disclosures that are statements of historical fact and (B) the descriptions of how a partnership manages its primary market risk exposures—constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act. Each partnership's primary market risk exposures as well as the strategies used and to be used by the general partner and the trading advisors for managing such exposures are subject to numerous uncertainties, contingencies and risks, any one of which could cause the actual results of each partnership's risk controls to differ materially from the objectives of such strategies. Government interventions, defaults and expropriations, illiquid markets, the emergence of dominant fundamental factors, political upheavals, changes in historical price relationships, an influx of new market participants, increased regulation, and many other factors could result in material losses as well as in material changes to the risk exposures and the risk management strategies of each partnership. Investors must be prepared to lose all or substantially all of their investment in a partnership.

The following were the primary trading risk exposures of Spectrum Select as of December 31, 2003, by market sector. It may be anticipated, however, that these market exposures will vary materially over time.

Equity. The primary market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003 was to equity price risk in the G-7 countries. The G-7 countries consist of France, the U.S., Britain, Germany, Japan, Italy and Canada. The stock index futures traded by the partnership are by law limited to futures on broadly-based indices. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's primary exposures were to the S&P 500 (U.S.), DAX (Germany), Euro Stoxx 50 (Europe), MIB 30 (Italy) and FTSE 100 (Great Britain) stock indices. The partnership is exposed to the risk of adverse price trends or static markets in the U.S., European and Japanese stock indices. Static markets would not cause major market changes, but would make it difficult for the partnership to avoid trendless price movements resulting in numerous small losses.

Currency. The second largest market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003 was to the currency complex. The partnership's currency exposure is to exchange rate fluctuations, primarily fluctuations which disrupt the historical pricing relationships between different currencies and currency pairs. Interest rate changes as well as political and general economic conditions influence these fluctuations. The partnership trades a large number of currencies, including cross-rates—i.e., positions between two currencies other than the U.S. dollar. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's major exposures were to the euro and Norwegian kroner currency crosses, as well as to outright U.S. dollar positions. Outright positions consist of the U.S. dollar vs. other currencies. These other currencies include major and minor currencies. The general partner does not anticipate that the risk profile of the partnership's currency sector will change significantly in the future. The currency trading VaR figure includes foreign margin amounts converted into U.S. dollars with an incremental adjustment to reflect the exchange rate risk inherent to the U.S.-based partnership in expressing VaR in a functional currency other than U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate. The third largest market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003 was to the global interest rate complex. Exposure was primarily spread across the U.S., European, Australian and Japanese interest rate sectors. Interest rate movements directly affect the price of the sovereign bond futures positions held by the partnership and indirectly affect the value of its stock index and currency positions. Interest rate movements in one country, as well as relative interest rate movements between countries, materially impact the partnership's profitability. The partnership's interest rate exposure is generally to interest rate fluctuations in the U.S. and the other G-7 countries. However, the partnership also takes futures positions in the government debt of smaller nations—e.g., Australia. The general partner anticipates that G-7 countries and Australian interest rates will remain the primary interest rate exposure of the partnership for the foreseeable future. The speculative futures positions held by the Partnership may range from short to long-term instruments. Consequently, changes in short, medium or long-term interest rates may have an effect on the partnership.

Metals. The partnership's metals exposure at December 31, 2003 was to fluctuations in the price of precious metals, such as gold and silver, and base metals, such as copper, aluminum, nickel, zinc, lead, and tin. Economic forces, supply and demand inequalities, geopolitical factors and market expectations influence price movements in these markets. The trading advisors, from time to time, take positions when market opportunities develop and the general partner anticipates that the partnership will continue to do so.

Energy. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's energy exposure was primarily to futures contracts in crude oil and its related products, and natural gas. Price movements in the energy markets result from geopolitical developments, particularly in the Middle East, as well as weather patterns and other economic fundamentals. Significant profits and losses, which have been experienced in the past, are expected to continue to be experienced in the future. Natural gas has exhibited volatility in prices resulting from weather patterns and supply and demand factors and will likely continue in this choppy pattern.

Soft Commodities and Agriculturals. At December 31, 2003, the partnership had exposure to the markets that comprise these sectors. Most of the exposure was to soybeans and its related products, and wheat. Supply and demand inequalities, severe weather disruptions and market expectations affect price movements in these markets.

The following were the primary trading risk exposures of Spectrum Technical as of December 31, 2003, by market sector. It may be anticipated, however, that these market exposures will vary materially over time.

Currency. The primary market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003 was to the currency sector. The partnership's currency exposure is to exchange rate fluctuations, primarily fluctuations which disrupt the historical pricing relationships between different currencies and currency pairs. Interest rate changes as well as political and general economic conditions influence these fluctuations. The partnership trades a large number of currencies, including cross-rates—i.e., positions between two currencies other than the U.S. dollar. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's major exposures were to euro, Japanese yen, Australian dollar, British pound, Swiss franc, Canadian dollar, New Zealand dollar, Hungarian fornint, Czech koruna and Norwegian kroner currency crosses, as well as to outright U.S. dollar positions. Outright positions consist of the U.S. dollar vs. other currencies. These other currencies include major and minor currencies. The general partner does not anticipate that the risk profile of the partnership's currency sector will change significantly in the future. The currency trading VaR figure includes foreign margin amounts converted into U.S. dollars with an incremental adjustment to reflect the exchange rate risk inherent to the U.S.-based partnership in expressing VaR in a functional currency other than U.S. dollars.

Equity. The second largest market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003, was to equity price risk in the G-7 countries. The G-7 countries consist of France, the U.S., Britain, Germany, Japan, Italy, and Canada. The stock index futures traded by the partnership are by law limited to futures on broadly-based indices. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's primary exposures were to the Euro Stoxx 50 (Europe), DAX (Germany), S&P 500 (U.S.), NASDAQ (U.S.) and FTSE (Great Britain) stock indices. The partnership is exposed to the risk of adverse price trends or static markets in the U.S., European and Japanese stock indices. Static markets would not cause major market changes, but would make it difficult for the partnership to avoid trendless price movements resulting in numerous small losses.

Interest Rate. The third largest market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003, was to the global interest rate complex, primarily spread across the U.S., European, Japanese and Australian interest rate sectors. Interest rate movements directly affect the price of the sovereign bond futures positions held by the partnership and indirectly affect the value of its stock index and currency positions. Interest rate movements in one country, as well as relative interest rate movements between countries, materially impact the partnership's profitability. The partnership's interest rate exposure is generally to interest rate fluctuations in the U.S. and the other G-7 countries. However, the partnership also takes futures positions in the government debt of smaller nations—e.g. Australia. The general partner anticipates that G-7 countries and Australian interest rates will remain the primary interest rate exposure of the partnership

for the foreseeable future. The speculative futures positions held by the partnership may range from short to long-term instruments. Consequently, changes in short, medium or long-term interest rates may have an effect on the partnership.

Metals. The partnership's metals exposure at December 31, 2003, was to fluctuations in the price of precious metals, such as gold and silver, and base metals, such as aluminum, copper, nickel and zinc. Economic forces, supply and demand inequalities, geopolitical factors and market expectations influence price movements in these markets. The trading advisors, from time to time, take positions when market opportunities develop and the general partner anticipates that the partnership will continue to do so.

Soft Commodities and Agriculturals. At December 31, 2003, the partnership had exposure to the markets that comprise these sectors. Most of the exposure was to coffee, lean hogs and cotton. Supply and demand inequalities, severe weather disruptions and market expectations affect price movements in these markets.

The following were the primary trading exposures of Spectrum Strategic as of December 31, 2003, by market sector. It may be anticipated, however, that these market exposures will vary materially over time.

Equity. The primary market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003 was to equity price risk in the G-7 countries. The G-7 countries consist of France, the U.S., Britain, Germany, Japan, Italy and Canada. The stock index futures traded by the partnership are by law limited to futures on broadly-based indices. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's primary exposures were to the S&P 500 (U.S.) and NASDAQ (U.S.) stock indices. The partnership is primarily exposed to the risk of adverse price trends or static markets in the U.S., European and Japanese stock indices. Static markets would not cause major market changes, but would make it difficult for the partnership to avoid trendless price movements resulting in numerous small losses

Currency. The partnership's currency exposure at December 31, 2003 was to exchange rate fluctuations, primarily fluctuations which disrupt the historical pricing relationships between different currencies and currency pairs. Interest rate changes as well as political and general economic conditions influence these fluctuations. The partnership trades a large number of currencies, including cross-rates—i.e., positions between two currencies other than the U.S. dollar. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's major exposures were to euro and Japanese yen currency crosses, as well as to outright U.S. dollar positions. Outright positions consist of the U.S. dollar vs. other currencies. These other currencies include major and minor currencies. The general partner does not anticipate that the risk profile of the partnership's currency sector will change significantly in the future. The currency trading VaR figure includes foreign margin amounts converted into U.S. dollars with an incremental adjustment to reflect the exchange rate risk inherent to the U.S.-based partnership in expressing VaR in a functional currency other than U.S. dollars.

Interest Rate. The third largest market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003, was to the global interest rate market complex. Exposure was primarily spread across the U.S., Canadian and Japanese interest rate sectors. Interest rate movements directly affect the price of the sovereign bond futures positions held by the partnership and indirectly affect the value of its stock index and currency positions. Interest rate movements in one country, as well as relative interest rate movements between countries, materially impact the partnership's profitability. The partnership's primary interest rate exposure is generally to interest rate fluctuations in the U.S and the other G-7 countries. The general partner anticipates that the G-7 countries interest rates will remain the primary interest rate exposure of the partnership for the foreseeable future. The speculative futures positions held by the partnership range from short to long-term instruments. Consequently, changes in short, medium or long-term interest rates may have an effect on the partnership.

Soft Commodities and Agriculturals. At December 31, 2003, the partnership had exposure to the markets that comprise these sectors. Most of the exposure was to cotton, cocoa, soybeans and its related products. Supply and demand inequalities, severe weather disruptions, and market expectations affect price movements in these markets.

Metals. The partnership's metals exposure at December 31, 2003 was to fluctuations in the price of precious metals, such as gold and silver, and base metals, such as copper, aluminum, zinc, nickel, lead, and tin. Economic forces, supply and demand inequalities, geopolitical factors and market expectations influence price movements in these markets. The trading advisors, from time to time, take positions as market opportunities develop and the general partner anticipates that the partnership will continue to do so.

Energy. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's energy exposure was primarily to futures contracts in crude oil and its related products. Price movements in the energy markets result from geopolitical developments, particularly in the Middle East, as well as weather patterns and other economic fundamentals. Significant profits and losses, which have been experienced in the past, are expected to continue to be experienced in the future.

The following were the primary trading risk exposures of Spectrum Global Balanced as of December 31, 2003, by market sector. It may be anticipated, however, that these market exposures will vary materially over time.

Equity. The largest market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003 was to the global stock index sector, primarily equity price risk in the G-7 countries. The G-7 countries consist of France, the U.S., Britain, Germany, Japan, Italy, and Canada. The stock index futures traded by the partnership are by law limited to futures on broadly-based indices. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's primary exposures were to the DAX (Germany), S&P 500 (U.S.), FTSE (Britain) and Nikkei (Japan) stock indices. The partnership is primarily exposed to the risk of adverse price trends or static markets in the U.S., European and Japanese stock indices. Static markets would not cause major market changes, but would make it difficult for the partnership to avoid trendless price movements resulting in numerous small losses.

Interest Rate. The second largest market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003, was to the global interest rate complex. Exposure was primarily spread across the European, Australian, Japanese and U.S. interest rate sectors. Interest rate movements directly affect the price of the sovereign bond futures positions held by the partnership and indirectly affect the value of its stock index and currency positions. Interest rate movements in one country as well as relative interest rate movements between countries materially impact the partnership's profitability. The partnership's interest rate exposure is generally to interest rate fluctuations in the U.S. and the other G-7 countries. However, the partnership also takes futures positions in the government debt of smaller nations—e.g. Australia. The general partner anticipates that G-7 countries and Australian interest rates will remain the primary interest rate exposure of the partnership for the foreseeable future. The speculative futures positions held by the partnership may range from short to long-term instruments. Consequently, changes in short, medium or long-term interest rates may have an effect on the partnership.

Currency. The third largest market exposure of the partnership at December 31, 2003 was to exchange rate fluctuations, primarily fluctuations which disrupt the historical pricing relationships between different currencies and currency pairs. Interest rate changes as well as political and general economic conditions influence these fluctuations. The partnership trades a large number of currencies, including cross-rates—i.e., positions between two currencies other than the U.S. dollar. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's major exposures were to the euro, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Swiss franc and Japanese yen currency crosses, as well as outright U.S. dollar positions. Outright positions consist of the U.S. dollar vs. other currencies. These other currencies include major and minor currencies. The general partner does not anticipate that the risk profile of the partnership's currency sector will change significantly in the future. The currency trading VaR figure includes foreign margin amounts converted into U.S. dollars with an incremental adjustment to reflect the exchange rate risk inherent to the U.S.-based partnership in expressing VaR in a functional currency other than U.S. dollars.

Energy. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's energy exposure was primarily to futures contracts in crude oil. Price movements in these energy markets result from geopolitical developments, particularly in the Middle East, as well as weather patterns and other economic fundamentals. Significant profits and losses, which have been experienced in the past, are expected to continue to be experienced in the future.

Metals. The partnership's metals exposure at December 31, 2003 was to fluctuations in the price of base metals such as copper and nickel. Economic forces, supply and demand inequalities, geopolitical factors and market expectations influence price movements in these markets. The trading advisor, from time to time, takes positions when market opportunities develop, and the general partner anticipates that the partnership will continue to do so.

Soft Commodities and Agriculturals. At December 31, 2003, the partnership had exposure to the markets that comprise these sectors. Most of the exposure was to the cotton and corn markets. Supply and demand inequalities, severe weather disruptions and market expectations affect price movements in these markets.

The following was the only trading risk exposure of Spectrum Currency as of December 31, 2003. It may be anticipated, however, that market exposure will vary materially over time.

Currency. The partnership's currency exposure at December 31, 2003 was to exchange rate fluctuations, primarily fluctuations which disrupt the historical pricing relationships between different currencies and currency pairs. Interest rate changes as well as political and general economic conditions influence these fluctuations. At December 31, 2003, the partnership's exposure was to outright U.S. dollar positions. Outright positions consist of the U.S. dollar vs. other currencies. These other currencies include major and minor currencies. The general partner does not anticipate that the risk profile of the partnership's currency sector will change significantly in the future. The currency trading VaR figure includes foreign margin amounts converted into U.S. dollars with an incremental adjustment to reflect the exchange rate risk inherent to the U.S.-based partnership in expressing VaR in a functional currency other than U.S. dollars.

The following was the only non-trading risk exposure of each partnership at December 31, 2003:

Foreign Currency Balances. Each partnership's primary foreign currency balances were in:

Spectrum Select	Spectrum Technical	Spectrum Strategic
Euros	Euros	British pounds
Hong Kong dollars	Hong Kong dollars	Euros
Japanese yen	South African rand	Hong Kong dollars

Each partnership controls the non-trading risk of these balances by regularly converting them back into U.S. dollars upon liquidation of the respective position.

Each partnership and the trading advisors, separately, attempt to manage the risk of a partnership's open positions in essentially the same manner in all market categories traded. The general partner attempts to manage each partnership's market exposure by seeking to have each partnership diversify its assets among different trading advisors in a multi-advisor partnership, each of whose strategies focus on different market sectors and trading approaches, and by monitoring the performance of the trading advisors daily. In addition, the trading advisors establish diversification guidelines, often set in terms of the maximum margin to be committed to positions in any one market sector or market sensitive instrument.

The general partner monitors and controls the risk of each partnership's non-trading instrument, cash. Cash is the only partnership investment directed by the general partner, rather than the trading advisors.

The general partner and commodity pool operator of each partnership is Demeter Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation formed on August 18, 1977 to act as a commodity pool operator. Effective in 1977, the general partner became registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator and is currently a member of the National Futures Association in such capacity. The general partner's main business office is located at 825 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10022, telephone (212) 310-6444. The general partner is an affiliate of Morgan Stanley DW in that they are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley, which is a publicly-owned company subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Morgan Stanley's SEC file number is 1-11758.

The general partner is or has been the commodity pool operator for 38 commodity pools, including 7 commodity pools that are exempt from certain disclosure requirements pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.7 and the 5 existing Spectrum Series partnerships. As of February 29, 2004, the general partner had approximately $3.1 billion in aggregate net assets under management, making it one of the largest operators of commodity pools in the U.S. As of February 29, 2004, there were approximately 86,000 investors in the commodity pools managed by Demeter.

The general partner is required to maintain its net worth at an amount equal to at least 10% of the total contributions to each limited partnership for which it acts as a general partner. Morgan Stanley has contributed to the general partner the capital necessary to permit the general partner to meet its net worth obligations as general partner of each partnership and intends to continue to do so. The general partner's minimum net worth requirements may be modified by the general partner at its option without notice to or the consent of the limited partners, provided the modification does not adversely affect the partnership or the limited partners. The general partner and its principals are not obligated to purchase units but may do so.

Pursuant to each limited partnership agreement, the genral partner is required to contribute to each partnership, in $1,000 increments, the greater of 1% of the aggregate capital contributions by all partners and $25,000. As of February 29, 2004, the general partner's capital account in each partnership was equal to:

		Capital Account $
Spectrum Select		5,804,967.01
Spectrum Technical		7,228,977.35
Spectrum Strategic		1,531,356.68
Spectrum Global Balanced		581,470.93
Spectrum Currency		2,394,250.76

The general partner does not manage the day-to-day trading of the partnerships, but rather monitors the performance of the partnerships. Based on its observations and in consultation with the trading advisors, the general partner may agree to changes, including changing the allocation of assets among the trading programs and the leverage at which a partnership's assets are traded. The general partner must approve the category of contracts that are traded by the partnerships, but not each individual trade.

According to Morgan Stanley's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2004, Morgan Stanley had total shareholders' equity of $26,064 million and total assets of $656,898 million as of February 29, 2004. Additional financial information regarding Morgan Stanley is included in the financial statements filed as part of that report and its 2003 annual report. Morgan Stanley will provide to you, upon request, copies of its most recent Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, as filed from time to time with the SEC. These reports will be available from the SEC, in the same manner described under "The Spectrum Series—Availability of Exchange Act Reports" on page 35, or will be available at no charge to you by writing to Morgan Stanley at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036 (Attn: Investor Relations).

Because of their relationship to the partnerships and each other, Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley DW, and the general partner may have liability as a promoter or parent of the partnerships if any violations of the federal securities laws occur in connection with the offering of units.

Jeffrey A. Rothman, age 42, is the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President of Demeter Management Corporation (the general partner), a leading commodity pool operator with approximately $3.1 billion in net assets accross a variety of U.S. and international public and private managed futures funds. Mr. Rothman is the Executive Director of Morgan Stanley Managed Futures, responsible for overseeing all aspects of Morgan Stanley's Managed Futures Department. He is also the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley Futures & Currency Management Inc., Morgan Stanley's internal commodity trading advisor. Mr. Rothman has been with the Managed Futures Department since 1986. Throughout his career, Mr. Rothman has helped with the development, marketing, and administration of more than 30 commodity pools. Mr. Rothman is an active member of the Managed Funds Association and serves on its Board of Directors. Mr. Rothman has a B.A. degree in Liberal Arts from Brooklyn College, New York.

Richard A. Beech, age 52, is a Director of the general partner. Mr. Beech has been associated with the futures industry for over 25 years. He has been at Morgan Stanley DW since August 1984, where he is presently an Executive Director and head of Futures, Foreign Exchange & Metals. Mr. Beech began his career at the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, where he became the Chief Agricultural Economist doing market analysis, marketing, and compliance. Prior to joining Morgan Stanley DW, Mr. Beech worked at two investment banking firms in operations, research, managed futures, and sales management. Mr. Beech has a B.S. degree in Business Administration from Ohio State University and an M.B.A. from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.

Raymond A. Harris, age 47, is a Director of the general partner and of Morgan Stanley Futures & Currency Management Inc. Mr. Harris is currently Managing Director and head of Client Solutions for Morgan Stanley's Individual Investor Group. Mr. Harris joined Morgan Stanley in 1982 and worked in a series of financial and product departments. In 1994 he worked in the firm's Credit Services business and in 1997 was promoted to Senior Financial Officer and Senior Administrative Officer of Discover Financial Services. Mr. Harris became Chief Administrative Officer for Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Asset Management in 1999. In 2001, he was named Managing Director of the firm's Global Products and Services. Mr. Harris has an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Chicago and a B.A. degree from Boston College.

Frank Zafran, age 48, is a Director of the general partner and of Morgan Stanley Futures & Currency Management Inc. Mr. Zafran is an Executive Director of Morgan Stanley and, in September 2002, was named Chief Administrative Officer of Morgan Stanley's Client Solutions Group. Mr. Zafran joined the firm in 1979 and held various positions in Corporate Accounting and the Insurance Department, including Senior Operations Officer—Insurance Division, until his appointment in 2000 as Director of 401(k) Plan Services, responsible for all aspects of 401(k) Plan Services including marketing, sales and operations. Mr. Zafran received a B.S. degree in Accounting from Brooklyn College, New York.

Douglas J. Ketterer, age 38, is a Director of the general partner. Mr. Ketterer is a Managing Director and Head of the Investment Solutions Group at Morgan Stanley. The Investment Solutions Group is comprised of Product Development, Corporate Services, Mutual Funds, Education Strategies, Insurance Services, Managed Futures, Alternative Investments, Estate Planning, Personal Trust, Retirement Solutions, Equity Sales, Options, Futures, Foreign Exchange, Metals, ICS Trading and STEP. Mr. Ketterer joined the firm in 1990 in the Corporate Finance division as part of the Retail Products Group. He later moved to the origination side of Investment Banking, and then, after the merger between Morgan Stanley and Dean Witter, served in the Product Development Group at Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Advisors (now known as Morgan Stanley Funds). From the summer of 2000 to the summer of 2002, Mr. Ketterer served as the Chief Administrative Officer for Morgan Stanley Investment Management where he headed the Strategic Planning & Administration Group. Mr. Ketterer received his M.B.A. from New York University's Leonard N. Stern School of Business and his B.S. in Finance from the University at Albany's School of Business.

Louise M. Wasso-Jonikas, age 50, will become a Director of the general partner once she has registered with the National Futures Association as an associated person, which registration is currently pending. Ms. Wasso-Jonikas is a Managing Director of Morgan Stanley and Director of Alternative Investments for the Individual Investor Group of Morgan Stanley. Ms. Wasso-Jonikas rejoined Morgan Stanley in 1999. Ms. Wasso-Jonikas was Co-Founder and President/Chief Operating Officer of Graystone Partners, an objective consulting firm, from 1993 to 1999, when Graystone was acquired by Morgan Stanley. Prior to

founding Graystone, Ms. Wasso-Jonikas was a Senior Vice President at Bessemer Trust and opened their Chicago office. She also was a Vice President at the Northern Trust in their Wealth Management Services Group where she worked exclusively with their largest private clients and family offices throughout the U.S. and abroad, serving their broad investment and custody needs. Ms. Wasso-Jonikas also worked as an equity block trader with Goldman Sachs and with Morgan Stanley advising and managing money for private clients. Ms. Wasso-Jonikas' focus is on developing a robust external manager platform utilizing alternative managers for Morgan Stanley's Individual Investor Group clients as well as overseeing some of Morgan Stanley's largest client relationships. Ms. Wasso-Jonikas holds a BA in Economics from Mount Holyoke College and an MBA in Finance from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

Jeffrey D. Hahn, age 46, is the Chief Financial Officer and a Director of the general partner. Mr. Hahn began his career at Morgan Stanley in 1992 and is currently an Executive Director responsible for the management and supervision of the accounting, reporting, tax and finance functions for the firm's private equity, managed futures, and certain legacy real estate investing activities. He is also the Chief Financial Officer and a Director of Morgan Stanley Futures & Currency Management Inc. From August 1984 through May 1992, Mr. Hahn held various positions as an auditor at Coopers & Lybrand, specializing in manufacturing businesses and venture capital organizations. Mr. Hahn received his B.A. in Economics from St. Lawrence University in 1979, an M.B.A. from Pace University in 1984, and is a Certified Public Accountant.

The general partner and its officers and directors may, from time to time, trade futures, forwards, and options for their own proprietary accounts. The records of trading in such accounts will not be made available to you for inspection.

As of the date of this prospectus, Jeffrey A. Rothman, Chairman of the Board of Directors of the general partner, beneficially owns 640.00 units of Spectrum Select, which amount is less than 1% of the outstanding units of each partnership. As of the date of this prospectus, none of the other directors or executive officers of the general partner beneficially owned units of any partnership.

Description and Performance Information of Commodity Pools Operated by the General Partner

The following table summarizes information relating to each of the other commodity pools operated by the general partner during the past five years, except those commodity pools exempt from disclosure under CFTC Rule 4.7.

While each of these commodity pools has essentially the same objective—appreciation of assets through speculative trading—the structure, including fees, interest income arrangements, and trading advisors, and the performance of these pools varies widely. There are significant differences between the partnerships and the commodity pools described below. For example, some of the commodity pools have principal protection features to protect investors against the loss of their investment principal, and none of these other commodity pools has the same mix of trading advisors, trading strategies, and fee structures as those employed by the partnerships.

All summary performance information is current as of February 29, 2004. In reviewing the following summary performance information, you should understand that performance is calculated on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is "net" of all fees and expenses, and a more complete presentation of the performance of the futures funds operated or managed by the general partner is available without charge upon request to the general partner.

Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results and material differences exist between the commodity pools described in the chart and the partnerships. There is no assurance that the partnerships will perform in a manner comparable to any of the commodity pools described below. You should also note that interest income may constitute a significant portion of a commodity pool's total income and may generate profits where there have been realized or unrealized losses from futures, forwards, and options trading.

Demeter Management Corporation
Capsule Summary of Performance Information Regarding Commodity Pools Operated
(except as otherwise indicated, beginning January 1, 1999 through February 29, 2004)

Each trading advisor has entered into a management agreement with a partnership and the general partner. Each management agreement for Spectrum Select will expire on May 1, 2003, except the management agreement with Northfield which will expire April 30, 2004 and the management agreement with Graham which will expire on December 31, 2006. Each management agreement for Spectrum Technical will expire on November 30, 2003, except the management agreement with Winton which will expire on December 31, 2006. The management agreement for Spectrum Strategic with Allied Irish, Blenheim, and Eclipse will expire on December 31, 2003, November 30, 2003, and June 30, 2003, respectively. The management agreement for Spectrum Global Balanced will expire on November 30, 2003. Each management agreement for Spectrum Currency will expire on December 31, 2003. Each of the foregoing management agreements will renew annually unless otherwise terminated by the general partner or the trading advisor. The trading advisor is responsible for directing the investment and reinvestment in futures, forwards, and options of the partnership's assets allocated to such trading advisor. Each management agreement will terminate if the partnership terminates, and may be terminated by the partnership at any month-end upon five days' prior written notice to the trading advisor. Each partnership may also terminate its management agreements immediately for events that the general partner believes would have an immediate adverse effect on the partnership, such as a violation of a partnership's trading policy. Each management agreement may also be terminated by the trading advisor for events that it deems would have a material adverse effect on its abilities to perform under the management agreement, such as the implementation of a new trading limitation not agreed to by the trading advisor.

The biographies of the principals and brief summaries of the trading program(s) of the trading advisor(s) for each partnership are set forth below. The success of each partnership is dependent upon the collective success of its trading advisor(s) in their trading for the partnership. However, in evaluating these descriptions, an investor should be aware that the trading advisors' trading methods are proprietary and confidential, the trading advisor(s) selected for a partnership may change over time, and even if the same trading advisor(s) continue(s) to trade for a partnership, they may make substantial modifications to their trading programs. Investors generally will not be made aware of when a trading advisor makes a modification to its trading program.

The descriptions of the trading advisors, their trading programs and their principals are general and are not intended to be exhaustive. It is not possible to provide a precise description of any trading advisor's trading program. Furthermore, the trading advisors may refer to specific aspects of their trading programs, which aspects may also be applicable to other trading advisors that did not choose to make specific reference to these aspects of their own trading programs. As a consequence, contrasts in the following descriptions may not, in fact, indicate a substantive difference between the different programs involved. However, all non-proprietary information about a trading program that the trading advisor believes to be material has been included.

A trading advisor's registration with the CFTC or its membership in the National Futures Association should not be taken as an indication that any such agency has recommended or approved the trading advisor.

Except as noted below, the trading advisors and their principals have no affiliation with any futures commission merchant, introducing broker, or principal thereof, and do not and will not participate in brokerage commissions, directly or indirectly. As of the date of this prospectus, none of the trading advisors or any principal of a trading advisor beneficially owns any units in a partnership.

EMC is an Illinois corporation, registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor and commodity pool operator. EMC was incorporated in January 1988 for the purpose of acting as a commodity trading advisor, and was registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor in May of 1988 and as a commodity pool operator in February 1991. Ms. Elizabeth A. Cheval is EMC's Chairman,

sole principal, sole director and beneficial owner. EMC and Ms. Cheval are also members of the National Futures Association. EMC's business address is 2201 Waukegan Road, Suite West 240, Bannockburn, Illinois 60015.

Ms. Elizabeth A. Cheval is the Chairman, sole principal, and sole Director of EMC. In 1984, Ms. Cheval was selected with a select group of other individuals by Richard J. Dennis, Jr., a speculative investor in futures and options, to invest for his personal account. As his employee, Ms. Cheval received extensive training from Mr. Dennis, who personally supervised her investment activities. In 1986, she became self-employed and continued to invest for accounts of family members of Mr. Dennis until May of 1988 when Mr. Dennis elected to discontinue his trading program. Prior to working with Mr. Dennis, Ms. Cheval worked with A.G. Becker, a Chicago-based brokerage firm, on the floor of the Chicago Board of Trade. Ms. Cheval has invested in futures since 1983, when she began trading financial futures for her own account. Ms. Cheval received a B.A. in Mathematics from Lawrence University in 1978.

At this time, neither EMC nor Ms. Cheval trades for its or her own account, but each reserves the right to do so in the future. If either EMC or Ms. Cheval engage in such trading, you will not be able to inspect such records. Ms. Cheval is currently a limited partner in a commodity pool for which EMC is a trading advisor.

EMC currently trades its Classic Program for Spectrum Select. In the near future, EMC may trade a portion of its allocated Spectrum Select assets pursuant to EMC's New Program. The exact nature of EMC's investment programs is proprietary and confidential. The following descriptions of the Classic Program and New Program are, by necessity, general and not exhaustive.

EMC's investment strategies are technical rather than fundamental in nature. In other words, they are developed from analysis of patterns of actual monthly, weekly, and daily price movements and are not based on analysis of fundamental supply and demand factors, general economic factors, or anticipated world events. EMC relies on historical analysis of these price patterns to interpret current market behavior and to evaluate technical indicators for trade initiations and liquidations.

EMC's investment strategies used in each program are trend-following. This means that initiation and liquidation of positions in a particular market are generally in the direction of the price trend in that market, although at times counter-trend elements also may be employed.

In both programs EMC employs an investment strategy which utilizes a blend of systems (or, stated another way, a number of systems simultaneously). The strategies are diversified in that each program follows a number of futures interests and often invests in more than ten different interests at one time.

The specific types of contracts to be traded through both programs will vary over time. These may include futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and cash commodities. Examples of futures, forwards, and options traded by EMC include precious and base metals, U.S. and foreign financial instruments, stock indices, foreign currencies, grains and grain products, energy products such as crude oil, and soft commodities such as cocoa, orange juice, sugar, and coffee. EMC may invest in other futures interests in the future.

EMC also may trade in currency forward contracts on the foreign exchange markets and engage in transactions in physical commodities, commonly known as an "exchange for physical" or "EFP."

As of February 29, 2004, EMC managed approximately $94 million of client assets pursuant to its Classic Program and approximately $102 million in all of its programs (notional funds included).

The futures interest contracts in both programs typically have been chosen for reasons which include their historical performance and for their customary liquidity. EMC may frequently invest, however, in less liquid markets. EMC generally commits approximately 10% to 30% of an account's equity as margin on open positions, although this percentage can vary.

EMC believes that the development of a futures investment strategy is a continual process. As a result of on-going research and development, EMC has made enhancements and modifications in the specifics of its trading method. It is likely that EMC will make similar enhancements and modifications in the future. This means that the methods that EMC may use in the future might differ from those presently used. Because EMC's methods are proprietary and confidential, the general partner may not be aware of such changes in EMC's investment methods.

EMC's risk management largely will be dictated by the amount of EMC's allocated share of Spectrum Select's net assets. However, as profits are generated or losses are incurred, the risk management techniques that EMC employs for Spectrum Select will be modified.

If possible within existing market conditions, EMC adheres to the requirements of a money management system which determines and limits the equity committed to each position and sets optimal stop-losses for each position and each account. The level of liquidation determined by this money management system can override liquidations determined by technical indicators, especially when an account has not generated profits or is experiencing losses.

Under EMC's investment method, profits, if any, are generated by only a small percentage of the total number of trades placed. As a result, Spectrum Select's net assets allocated to EMC will experience times of substantial drawdowns. These drawdowns may be as high as 50% or more of the amount of funds initially allocated to EMC. In addition, EMC may experience drawdowns well in excess of 50% from peak levels of account performance. Substantial drawdowns do not, however, necessarily indicate a failure in the investment strategies, but rather are to be expected under the EMC programs. Prospective investors must, therefore, be prepared to withstand these periods of unprofitable trading.

As noted above, the Classic Program and the New Program share some common elements. Each program utilizes a diversified technical trend-following approach and invests in a number of global markets. Each program also utilizes a blend of systems and employs proprietary money management principles designed to control risk within the portfolio.

The programs do, however, differ from one another in a number of significant respects. First, the blend of systems utilized in the Classic Program generally invests more aggressively than the blend utilized in the New Program. Second, the New Program may make use of countertrend elements more frequently than the Classic Program. Also of significance is the fact that the degree of leverage utilized in the Classic Program is typically higher than in the New Program. Finally, the specific money management principles employed also may differ.

The Classic Program is designed to achieve a higher potential return and is likely to experience greater drawdowns and higher volatility over the long run. The New Program is likely to have a lower return, smaller drawdowns and lower volatility over the long run. Since past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results, there can be no assurance that the programs will perform in this manner either on a relative or absolute basis.

Northfield is a Delaware limited partnership with its principal place of business at 3609 S. Wadsworth, Suite 250, Denver, Colorado 80235-2110. Northfield began operations in August 1990. The limited partnership was formed to use emerging computer technology to develop systematic approaches to trading. Northfield became registered in March 1990 as a commodity trading advisor and in November 1990 as a commodity pool operator with the CFTC, and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacities.

Douglas Bry is the President of Northfield. Mr. Bry has an extensive history, dating from 1972, in analyzing and understanding complex databases through the use of computerized statistical approaches. In January 1987, Mr. Bry and Philip Spertus formed Technical Trading Strategies, Inc., an Illinois corporation of which Mr. Bry is the President. In conjunction with Mr. Spertus and through Technical Trading Strategies, Mr. Bry developed and marketed the "Volatility Breakout System," a trading methodology that

was offered for sale to the public. Technical Trading Strategies ceased offering to sell the Volatility Breakout System in March of 1990. Technical Trading Strategies obtained registration as a CTA in June 1987 and withdrew its registration in October 1990. Technical Trading Strategies never directed or guided the trading of customer accounts.

In December 1987, Douglas Bry and Philip Spertus formed Northfield Trading Company, an Illinois corporation of which Mr. Bry is the President. Northfield Trading Company, which became registered as a futures commission merchant with the CFTC in April 1988, withdrew its registration in October 1990. Northfield Trading Company's primary business was to provide brokerage services to customers by introducing their accounts to clearing firms on a commission basis. Northfield also provided discretionary trading advice to customers, and licensed proprietary trading software to introducing brokers and commodity trading advisors.

Mr. Bry, an attorney, graduated from Beloit College in 1974 with a B.A. in Philosophy and Sociology and obtained his J.D. from the University of Colorado in 1978. From September 1978 until June 1982, he was a trial attorney with the Defender Association of Philadelphia, and from June 1982 through January 1987, he was a Senior Trial Deputy with the Colorado State Public Defender. Mr. Bry began trading futures for his own account in 1985 and became registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor in 1986. In January, 1997, he was elected to the National Futures Association's Board of Directors in the Commodity Trading Advisor category and just completed his second term in January of this year. In February 1998, he was also appointed to the NFA's Executive Committee, on which he also served until January 2004. In September, 1999, he completed his second two-year term on the Board of Directors of the Managed Funds Association. During the four years that he was on the MFA's Board, he was Chairperson of the Emerging Trader Council, served on the Executive Committee from 1998-1999 and was Vice Chairman of the MFA during his last year of office.

Philip Spertus is Vice President of Northfield. Mr. Spertus graduated from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in 1956. From 1979 to 1992, Mr. Spertus served in various senior capacities, including the positions of Chairman and President, with Intercraft Industries, Inc., a multinational manufacturer of picture frames and related products. In 1992, Intercraft Industries was sold to Newell Corporation and Mr. Spertus assumed the position of Vice President with Newell until late 1993. Mr. Spertus owned a special seat and was a registered Broker/Dealer and member of the Chicago Board Options Exchange from August 1984 through February 1986. He has traded futures for his own account since 1983.

At this time, neither Northfield nor its principals trade for their own account, but each reserves the right to do so in the future. If either Northfield or its principals engage in such trading, you will not be able to inspect such records.

Northfield will only trade the Diversified Program for Spectrum Select. Trading for Spectrum Select will be at 1.5 times the leverage Northfield normally applies for the Diversified Program. As of February 29, 2004, Northfield was managing approximately $101 million pursuant to its Diversified Program and approximately $102 million of client assets in all of its programs (notional funds included).

The Diversified Program was conceived, tested, and refined by Douglas Bry and Philip Spertus. The approach is fully computerized and nondiscretionary. Money management principles are a critical element in the Diversified Program and have been carefully constructed and are rigorously applied to minimize risk exposure and to protect asset appreciation. Since the trading methods to be utilized by Northfield in the Diversified Program are proprietary and confidential, the discussion that follows is of a general nature and is not intended to be exhaustive.

1. Exclusive Emphasis on Technical Analysis. Northfield's Diversified Program is purely technical. A technical approach utilizes price action itself as analyzed by charts, numerical indicators, pattern recognition, or other techniques designed to provide information about market direction. Since sustained price moves offer the greatest opportunity for profit with the least amount of risk, Northfield has focused

on studying the characteristics of "random" versus "non-random" market behavior. The resulting systems used in the Diversified Program are highly sensitive to changes in price direction and volatility, and are designed to detect non-random behavior before a trend is obvious.

2. Trading Logic Based on Extensive Market Simulations. In order to validate the trading methodology, extensive testing is conducted on historical data in more than 50 markets worldwide.

3. Similar Trading across Markets. Northfield is very sensitive to the risk of "curve-fitting" results to particular markets or time periods, and, as a result, utilizes a similar approach in each market or group of markets that are traded with a particular system in the Diversified Program. The decision to subject markets to similar trading rules has led to the identification of techniques that work independent of the markets to which they are applied.

4. A Completely Automated and Non-Discretionary Approach. Northfield implements its Diversified Program systems via proprietary software that generates and prints orders, monitors the markets in real time and keeps track of positions. The selection of trades is not subject to intervention by Northfield's principals. No override of the Diversified Program will take place absent extraordinary circumstances which Northfield believes threaten the customer's capital, such as an outbreak of war, a major natural disaster, or a threat to the integrity of an exchange clearing system.

5. Ongoing Research and Development. A full-time staff of computer programmers work with the principals of Northfield to refine existing systems and develop new ones for use in the Diversified Program.

Northfield's Diversified Program trades a diverse portfolio of commodity interests across more than 50 markets. The highly diversified mix of markets includes interest rates, currencies, stock index futures, grains, meats, energy products, metals (both precious and base), and soft commodities such as coffee, cotton and cocoa. Market liquidity is a critical factor in the decision whether to participate in a new market; Northfield may enter new domestic and non-United States markets for the Diversified Program as contract liquidity develops.

The selection of markets is totally within the discretion of Northfield which may add or delete markets as it deems appropriate. The markets traded and position sizes in each market are a function of the trading methodology developed by Northfield. Multiple time frames are tracked in each market and, at any time and depending on market factors as assessed by Northfield, an account using the Diversified Program may be holding positions in all markets traded by the Diversified Program, some markets, or be out of all markets entirely.

While volatility and leverage can produce healthy gains, they can also lead to substantial losses. The development of trading methods and the selection of markets are components of a complete portfolio strategy that also includes money management. The money management principles discussed below have been designed to minimize the probability of an equity drawdown while leaving intact the profit potential associated with investing in commodity interests.

1. Volatility Determined, Risk Equated Among Markets. Each market traded by the Diversified Program is monitored to determine its dollar volatility, that is, how many contracts can be traded in a given market without risking more than a set percentage (usually less than ¹/2 of 1%) of an account's equity. In this way, the trading exposure is equalized across all markets. Therefore, risk is similar in all markets although the number of contracts traded in each market may vary considerably.

2. Use of Stops. Northfield generally uses protective stops for the Diversified Program, that is, setting the point at which to enter or exit the market in order to protect gains or minimize losses. Furthermore, in an attempt to control slippage, that is, the difference between the desired entry price and the actual execution price, Northfield may impose a limit on the fill prices it is willing to accept when entering trades. As a consequence, the size of a position may be smaller than desired.

3. The Degree of Leverage Used. Managers frequently provide the margin-to-equity ratio as a measure of the risk associated with a particular trading program. For Northfield's Diversified Program, the margin-to-equity ratio, which is estimated to be usually less than 15% is far less meaningful than a

measure of the funds that would be lost if all the open trades were exited at their prospective stops (the "Aggregate Risk to Stop"). While no assurance can be given that actual drawdowns will not exceed the Aggregate Risk to Stop, it provides a useful measure of exposure to loss. The Aggregate Risk to Stop percentage typically will not exceed 20% and generally ranges between 5% and 15% of an account.

4. Diversification. Northfield further attempts to control risk exposure of a Diversified Program account through broad diversification. Over 50 markets worldwide are included in the portfolio research, although the number of markets traded within the portfolio at any one time may vary. While some markets and groups of markets have performance characteristics that are correlated, portfolio theory, experience and numerous simulations have established that portfolio diversification produces more consistent returns.

5. Account Activity. Northfield's short-term Diversified Program systems may trade as frequently as once a day or more often, while long-term systems may take positions just a few times a year.

The trading methods, selection of markets, money management principles, and implementation techniques described herein are general factors upon which Northfield will base its investment decisions for the Diversified Program. No assurance is given that consideration of any of these factors will lessen the risk of loss or increase the potential for profit. Northfield will continue to test and refine its trading methods for the Diversified Program and, therefore, reserves the right to change any technique or strategy, including the technical trading factors used, the commodity interests traded, or the money management principles applied for the Diversified Program. Northfield does not consider changes to the markets traded or systems being traded to be material for the Diversified Program and expects to make such changes on an ongoing basis.

Rabar is an Illinois corporation and is registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor and a commodity pool operator. It is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacities. Rabar, originally named Rainbow Market Research, Inc. when it was incorporated in November 1986, adopted its present name in January 1989. It was registered as a commodity trading advisor and a commodity pool operator in June 1988. Rabar has managed accounts continuously since July 1988. The business address of Rabar is 10 Bank Street, Suite 830, White Plains, New York 10606-1933.

Paul Rabar is the President and Founder of Rabar. Since 1988, Mr. Rabar has focused his full business time and attention on the operation of Rabar with a particular focus on trading and research. Mr. Rabar first became involved with futures when he began trading for his own account in 1980. He then worked as an account executive in the futures area at E.F. Hutton from 1981 to 1983 and later at Clayton Brokerage where he worked until 1984. In 1985 Mr. Rabar was selected among a large pool of applicants to participate in a futures trading program operated by Mr. Richard J. Dennis, Jr., a well known trader of futures and options. Mr. Rabar participated in that program in 1985 and 1986, managing a proprietary account for Mr. Dennis, and in 1987 and 1988, managing an account for another individual who was also an experienced trader in futures and options. Mr. Rabar then managed his personal account in futures in 1988 and also began the operations of, and managing client assets through, Rabar Market Research. Mr. Rabar is a graduate of the New England Conservatory of Music. He did additional work—primarily in science and mathematics—at Harvard University, and in 1979 and 1980 was an assistant instructor of physics there.

Jeffrey Izenman is the Executive Vice President of Rabar, having joined the firm in that capacity in November 1998. He is also a Managing Member of BRI Partners LLC, a venture capital firm for emerging and developing hedge fund managers. From September 1994 through October 1998, Mr. Izenman was the President of EMC Capital Management, Inc., a commodity trading advisor, where he was responsible for business development, client relations, and various administrative and operational aspects of the firm. Mr. Izenman is also the past Chairman, and a member of the Board of Directors and Executive Committee of the Managed Funds Association. He is also a member of the Business Conduct Committee of the National Futures Association. Prior to joining Rabar, Mr. lzenman was a partner in the law firm of Katten Muchin & Zavis (now known as Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman) from October 1988 through August 1994, and an associate with that firm from September 1982 through September 1988. There he specialized in the

representation of commodity trading advisors (including Rabar) and commodity pool operators, as well as securities investment advisers and hedge fund operators. Mr. Izenman received his JD degree from the University of Michigan Law School in May 1982 and a B.S. in Accountancy from the University of Illinois in May 1979. He has also passed the Uniform Certified Public Accountants examination.

Mr. Izenman is not responsible for the management of client accounts on behalf of Rabar and has not previously had such authority or otherwise had the authority to direct client accounts. Accordingly, no performance record is shown for Mr. Izenman.

Rabar is the commodity pool operator of and/or serves as the manager to Rabar Futures Fund, L.P., a private commodity pool, and Rabar International Futures Fund, Ltd., a commodity pool organized in the Cayman Islands (that is not open to U.S. investors).

It should be noted that Rabar and/or Mr. Rabar currently, and Rabar, Mr. Rabar, and/or Mr. Izenman may in the future, invest in commodity pools that are advised by Rabar. Certain of these pools may be beneficially owned solely or primarily by Mr. Rabar. Records of the trading in these pools will not be open to client inspection.

Rabar does not currently trade an account for itself, and Mr. Izenman does not currently trade an account for himself, but either may do so in the future. Records of such trading will be made available to you. Mr. Rabar, however, currently trades a personal account. Such trading occurs only in markets which are considered too illiquid to trade on behalf of clients, although Mr. Rabar may trade in other markets in the future. Records of Mr. Rabar's personal trading will not be open to client inspection.

The objective of Rabar's investment strategy is to generate capital appreciation over the long run by investing exclusively in futures interests, including exchange traded futures contracts, options on futures contracts, foreign currency forward contracts and, to a very limited extent, cash commodities. Rabar may also engage in exchange for physical transactions, more commonly referred to as "EFPs".

Rabar's strategy employs a diversified, systematic, technical, trend-following approach, utilizing a blend of several separate and distinct quantitative models. Each of these elements is described more fully below.

The approach is "diversified" in that it can be invested in more than 80 markets, covering more than 20 different exchanges in 28 different countries. The portfolio includes futures contracts on currencies, financial instruments, precious and base metals, stock indices, energies, meats, grains, and soft commodities. The specific markets have been chosen for, among other reasons, their historical performance and customary liquidity.

The approach is "systematic" in that Rabar utilizes multiple quantitative investment models which generate signals directing Rabar to initiate or liquidate positions in each market at specific, predetermined price points. In the vast majority of circumstances, Rabar will follow the specific signals generated by the models. The approach does, however, incorporate a small discretionary element. In this regard Rabar may, from time to time, analyze certain key fundamental factors affecting supply and demand, such as a regional or global financial crisis, extreme weather conditions, or major political events. As a result of the analysis Rabar may make adjustments to the size of positions in the portfolio in an effort to control risk or to take advantage of potential profit opportunities.

The approach is "technical," meaning that the signals generated by the models are based upon an analysis of objective technical factors rather than fundamental factors. Although the technical indicators analyzed are varied, they are all based primarily on daily, weekly, and monthly price movement.

The approach is "trend-following" and, in some cases, trend-identifying. In this regard Rabar seeks to invest in markets exhibiting directional price movement over time. Since the portfolio will maintain both long and short positions, it is not necessarily relevant whether a particular market is rising or falling. It is merely the case that Rabar's best opportunity for profit will come from markets moving continuously in one direction while Rabar will have a difficult time profiting from, and may incur losses in, markets which are not exhibiting sustained directional movement.

The approach incorporates a "blend" of quantitative models. Specifically, the methodology employs several totally separate and distinct investment models in its overall approach, and several additional variations of those models, all of which are blended together in Rabar's program.

As of February 29, 2004, Rabar was managing $502 million of client assets pursuant to its trading program (notional funds included).

Rabar employs a number of risk management techniques in the strategy with a view toward reducing and controlling risk in the portfolio. For example, Rabar's portfolio is broadly diversified thereby spreading the risk across multiple markets. Rabar's portfolio is also diversified across multiple quantitative models limiting the risk exposure in the portfolio to any one such model. Rabar also employs predetermined stop loss levels or exit points for each position. These stop losses can have the effect of limiting the exposure to each position, system, market, and market sector, and in the portfolio as a whole. In addition, Rabar utilizes a proprietary quantitative methodology to determine the size of each position with a view toward equalizing risk in the portfolio across all markets.

It should be noted that there is no assurance that the above described risk management techniques will have the desired effects of controlling or even reducing risk in the portfolio, as investing in futures interests involves a high degree of risk. Also, the risk assumed and, consequently, the potential for profit experienced by a particular account at different times, and by different accounts at the same time, vary significantly according to market conditions, the size of a given account, the percentage gained or lost in that account, and the perceived risk aversion of that account's owner. For these reasons, no investor should expect necessarily the same performance as that of any other account traded previously, simultaneously, or subsequently by Rabar or its principals.

Rabar believes that the development of quantitative models for use in investing in futures interests is a continual process. To this end, Rabar conducts an on-going research and development effort led by Paul Rabar and including a team of professionals working full time on research related matters. The goal of the research effort is to evaluate the continued viability of the existing models, to enhance the existing models, and to develop new models. Although there can be no assurance these goals will be achieved, through its research effort, Rabar has modified its models over time and it is likely that modifications will be made in the future. Thus, the models that might be used by Rabar in the future may differ from those presently used or those used in the past. Clients will not be informed with respect to modifications.

The exact nature of Rabar's strategy, risk management techniques, and research and development efforts are proprietary and confidential. The foregoing description is thus of necessity general and is not intended to be exhaustive. As stated, trading decisions require the exercise of judgment by Rabar. For example, the decision not to trade certain futures interests or to reduce or eliminate exposure in certain markets may result at times in missing price moves and hence profits of great magnitude, which other trading advisors who are willing to trade these futures interests or have not reduced exposure may be able to capture. For these and other reasons, there is no assurance that the performance of Rabar will result in profitable trading.

You should anticipate substantial losses of the portion of Spectrum Select's assets allocated to Rabar over long periods of time since profits, if any, are usually generated by only a few trades. Even more substantial losses or profits may occur because all profits are subjected to ever-increasing risk by Rabar and because large portions of unrealized profits in particular are usually given back before Rabar determines that trend reversals against its positions have occurred.

Sunrise Capital Management is a California corporation with offices at 990 Highland Drive, Suite 303, Solana Beach, California 92075-2472. Sunrise Capital Management (formerly known as Sunrise Commodities, Inc.) was organized in 1983 and continues the business of Sunrise Commodities, a California sole proprietorship organized in 1982, and its predecessor firms. Sunrise Capital Management was registered in February 1983 as a commodity trading advisor and in April 1990 as a commodity pool

operator with the CFTC and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacities. In January 1995, Sunrise and Commodity Monitors, Inc. organized Sunrise Capital Partners, LLC, a California limited liability company. Sunrise Capital Partners is wholly-owned by Sunrise Capital Management and Commodity Monitors and was registered in February 1995 as a commodity trading advisor and commodity pool operator with the CFTC and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacities. Commodity Monitors is a California corporation organized in October 1977, and is the successor to the partnership of Harris & Slaughter. Commodity Monitors was registered in November 1977 with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacity. Sunrise Capital Partners and CMI are also located at the address of Sunrise Capital Management set forth above. Sunrise Capital Management and Sunrise Capital Partners currently operate five commodity pools.

Mr. Martin P. Klitzner is President of Sunrise Capital Management and a Managing Director of Sunrise Capital Partners. In 1967 and 1968, Mr. Klitzner received a B.A. and an M.B.A, respectively, from the University of Michigan. He did post graduate work in economics at the University of California, Los Angeles, from 1968 to 1971. Mr. Klitzner joined Sunrise Capital Management in December 1982. Prior to joining Sunrise Capital Management, Mr. Klitzner was a planner in the public sector, a private businessman, and an investor.

Mr. Richard C. Slaughter is a Managing Director of Sunrise Capital Partners and is responsible for research and trading systems development. In 1974, he received a B.S. in finance from San Diego State University. He has pursued graduate studies in finance at the State University and in systems management at the University of Southern California. Mr. Slaughter has been a Professor of Finance, instructing M.B.A. candidates in securities analysis and portfolio management. Mr. Slaughter, a co-founder of Commodity Monitors in 1977, serves as its President. He was responsible, along with Dr. Forrest, for the development of Commodity Monitors' current trading systems. Mr. Slaughter began trading commodities on a full-time basis in 1975 for his own account and as a commodity trading advisor.

Dr. Gary B. Davis is the Chairman of the Board of Sunrise Capital Management. In 1968 and 1970, Dr. Davis received a B.S. and Medical degree, respectively, from the University of Michigan. From 1980 to 1990, Dr. Davis served on the faculty of the University of California, San Diego as an Associate Professor of Radiology. Dr. Davis has studied and traded the commodity futures markets since 1979. Dr. Davis currently concentrates his efforts in research and trading systems development activities for Sunrise Capital Partners.

Dr. John V. Forrest engages in research and trading systems development on behalf of Sunrise Capital Partners. In 1962, he received a B.A. from Notre Dame and in 1966 received a Medical Degree from the State University of New York—Downstate Medical Center. Dr. Forrest retired in September 1997 as a Professor of Radiology at the University of California, San Diego, where he has served on the faculty since 1976. Dr. Forrest joined Commodity Monitors in September 1991 and is a co-developer, with Mr. Slaughter, of Commodity Monitors' current trading systems. He was President and sole shareholder of Cresta Commodities, a commodity trading advisor, from September 1981 to August 1989. Dr. Forrest began trading the commodity markets in 1975.

Mr. Martin M. Ehrlich is Vice President-Marketing of Sunrise Capital Partners. His academic background includes studies at the University of Cincinnati where he majored in business administration. Mr. Ehrlich joined Sunrise Capital Management in 1986 after having been a long-time investor with Sunrise Capital Management. Prior to assuming responsibilities for marketing and public relations for Sunrise Capital Management, Mr. Ehrlich was an independent businessman and investor.

Ms. Marie Laufik is Vice President-Trading of Sunrise Capital Partners. Ms. Laufik is head trader and is responsible for supervising trading and back-office operations. In 1973, Ms. Laufik received a Master's degree in Economics from the University of Prague. Ms. Laufik worked for a Czechoslovakian import/export company for nine years before immigrating to the United States. Mrs. Laufik was a commodity trader for Cresta Commodities from 1986 until she joined Sunrise Capital Management in August 1988.

Elissa Davis is a principal of Sunrise Capital Management and Sunrise Capital Partners by virtue of her role as a Trustee of the Davis Family Trust. Mrs. Davis is not active in the management of either Sunrise Capital Management or Sunrise Capital Partners and has not been involved in any other business activities during the past five years.

The Davis Family Trust, dated October 12, 1989, is a director and the sole shareholder of Sunrise Capital Management; Gary B. Davis and his wife, Elissa Davis, are trustees and the sole beneficiaries of this Trust.

Sunrise Capital Management, Sunrise Capital Partners, their principals, and their affiliates intend to trade or to continue to trade commodity interests for their own accounts. You will not be permitted to inspect the personal trading records of Sunrise Capital Management, Sunrise Capital Partners, their principals, or their affiliates, or the written policies relating to such trading.

Sunrise Capital Management utilizes a long-term technical trend-following system on behalf of the partnership, trading a wide continuum of time windows. Most of these time frames are decidedly long-term by industry standards. Pro-active money management strategies are designed to protect open profits and to minimize exposure to non-directional markets.

Sunrise Capital Management and Sunrise Capital Partners currently offer five programs for investment, all of which are traded in accordance with the trading methodologies described below.

In providing commodity trading advice, Sunrise Capital Management trades the CIMCO Program for Spectrum Select.

The CIMCO—Diversified Financial Program was designed by Sunrise Capital Management to participate exclusively in the highly liquid financial markets. This program trades the major currencies as outrights against the U.S. dollar and selectively against each other. Interest rate futures, both long and short term (including U.S. and foreign bonds, notes, and euro products), stock indices (including S&P 500, DAX, and Nikkei 225), precious and industrial metals (including aluminum, gold, silver, and copper), natural gas, and crude oil are also traded in this program. These commodity interests are traded on futures exchanges but may also be traded in the interbank or cash markets when appropriate.

While Sunrise Capital Management has traded foreign currencies in the interbank forward market, it has not previously traded other commodities on a forward basis. However, it may in the future also trade precious metals, industrial metals, energies, and other commodities on a forward basis with Morgan Stanley as the counterparty (in addition to trading these commodities on futures exchanges). Any such trading would be on a limited basis and would be done at the discretion of Sunrise Capital Management. The partnership will not hold the actual physical commodities because Sunrise Capital Management does not intend to take delivery of the underlying commodities on the forward contracts. As a result of these transactions, the risk factor "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—The unregulated nature of the forwards markets creates counterparty risks that do not exist in futures trading on exchanges" on page 12 should be read as applying not only to forward trades of currencies but also to forward trades of precious metals, industrial metals, energies, and other commodities. You should note that these contracts will not qualify as Section 1256 contracts as described in "Material Federal Income Tax Considerations—Gain or Loss on Trading Activity—Mark-to-Market" on page 134.

As of February 29, 2004, Sunrise Capital Management and Sunrise Capital Partners collectively managed approximately $180 million of client assets pursuant to the CIMCO Program and approximately $2.2 billion of client assets in all of its programs (notional funds excluded).

The Currency Program is discussed under "Morgan Stanley Spectrum Currency L.P. - 2. Sunrise Capital Partners, LLC" on page 118.

The Diversified Program may follow approximately twenty-five different markets. These markets may include, but are not limited to, precious and industrial metals, grains, petroleum products, soft commodities, domestic and foreign interest rate futures, stock indices (including S&P 500) and currencies and their crossrates.

The Expanded Diversified Program gives clients further diversification than in the standard Diversified Program. Additional commodity interests may include, but are not limited to, industrial metals, minor currency markets, foreign interest rate futures, and stock indices (DAX and Nikkei 225). Given liquidity constraints in certain of these additional commodity markets, the trading advisor may restrict money under management for this program.

Presently the Currency Options Program only follows options on Swiss francs, British pounds, euros, and Japanese yen. Ongoing research will determine additional markets to be traded in the future as part of this program as well as a Diversified Options Program.

Relying on technical analysis, Sunrise Capital Management believes that future price movements in all markets may be more accurately anticipated by analyzing historical price movements within a quantitative framework rather than attempting to predict or forecast changes in price through fundamental economic analysis. The trading methodologies employed by Sunrise Capital Management are based on programs analyzing a large number of interrelated mathematical and statistical formulas and techniques which are quantitative, proprietary in nature, and which have been either learned or developed by Dr. Davis, Dr. Forrest, and/or Mr. Slaughter. The profitability of the trading programs traded pursuant to technical analysis emphasizing mathematical and charting approaches will depend upon the occurrence in the future, as in the past, of major trends in some markets. In the absence of these trends and relationships, the trading programs are likely to be unprofitable.

Sunrise Capital Management's long-term, trend-following program attempts to detect a trend, or lack of a trend, with respect to a particular futures, forward, or option by analyzing price movement and volatility over time. This program consists of multiple, independent, and parallel systems, each designed and tested to seek out and extract different market inefficiencies on different time horizons. These systems will generate a signal to sell a "short" contract or purchase a "long" contract based upon their identification of a price trend in the particular futures, forward, or option. If the systems do not detect a price trend, a "neutral" trading signal will be generated. While this neutral signal is designed to filter out high-risk "whipsaw" markets, it is successful on only a limited basis. Successful speculative futures interests trading employing trend-following techniques, such as Sunrise Capital Management's system, depends to a large degree upon not trading non-directional markets. Accordingly, to the extent that this neutral trading signal is not generated during a non-trending market, trading would likely be unprofitable.

Long-term trend-following trading systems, such as those employed by Sunrise Capital Management, will seldom effect market entry or exit at the most favorable price in the particular market trend. Rather, this type of trading system seeks to close out losing positions quickly and to hold portions of profitable positions for as long as the trading system determines that the particular market trend continues to offer reasonable profit potential. The number of losing transactions may exceed substantially the number of profitable transactions. However, if the approach is successful, these losses should be more than offset by gains. In using this trading methodology, it is anticipated that Sunrise Capital Management will commit to margin between 5%-30% of assets managed. Margin requirements may from time to time exceed this range.

While Sunrise Capital Management relies on mechanical technical trading systems in making investment decisions, the overall strategy does include the latitude to depart from this approach if market conditions are such that, in the opinion of Sunrise Capital Management, execution of trades recommended by the mechanical systems would be difficult or unusually risky. There may occur the rare instance in which Sunrise Capital Management will override the system to decrease market exposure. Any modification of trading instructions could adversely affect the profitability of an account. Among the possible consequences of such a modification would be (1) the entrance of a trade at a price significantly worse than a system's signal price, (2) the complete negation of a signal which subsequently would have

produced a profitable trade, or (3) the premature termination of an existing trade. Sunrise Capital Management is not under any obligation to notify clients, the general partner, or you of this type of deviation from its mechanical systems, since it is an integral part of its overall trading method.

A technical trading system consists of a series of fixed rules applied systematically. However, the system still requires Sunrise Capital Management to make subjective judgments. For example, the trading advisor must select the markets it will follow and futures interests it will actively trade, along with the contract months in which it will maintain positions. Sunrise Capital Management must also subjectively determine when to liquidate positions in a contract month which is about to expire and initiate a position in a more distant contract month.

Sunrise Capital Management engages in ongoing research that may lead to significant modifications from time to time. Sunrise Capital Management will notify the general partner if modifications to its trading systems or portfolio structure are material.

Sunrise Capital Management believes that the development of a commodity trading strategy is a continual process. As a result of further analysis and research into the performance of Sunrise Capital Management's methods, changes have been made from time to time in the specific manner in which these trading methods evaluate price movements in various futures interests, and it is likely that similar revisions will be made in the future. As a result of such modifications, the trading methods that may be used by Sunrise Capital Management in the future might differ from those presently being used.

Sunrise Capital Management has discretionary authority to make all trading decisions, including upgrading or downgrading the trading size of the net assets of Spectrum Select it manages to reflect additions, withdrawals, trading profits, and/or trading losses, without prior consultation or notice. In addition, Sunrise Capital Management may from time to time adjust the leverage applicable to the assets allocated to it; provided, however, any such adjustments will be consistent with the leverage parameters described herein and in the overall investment objectives and trading policies of the account it manages for Spectrum Select. Such adjustments may be in respect of certain markets or in respect of the overall CIMCO investment portfolio. Factors which may affect the decision to adjust leverage include: inflows and outflows of capital, ongoing research, volatility of individual markets, risk considerations, and Sunrise Capital Management's subjective judgement and evaluation of general market conditions. Adjustments to leverage may result in greater profits or losses. No assurance can be given that any leverage adjustment will be to your financial advantage.

Graham is a Delaware limited partnership which was organized in May 1994. Graham's main business address is Rock Ledge Financial Center, Rowayton, Connecticut 06853. Graham has been registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator and commodity trading advisor since July 1994 and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacities.

Kenneth G. Tropin is the Chairman, the founder and a principal of Graham. Mr. Tropin has developed the majority of Graham's core trading programs and he is additionally responsible for the overall management of the organization, including the investment of its proprietary trading capital. Prior to founding Graham in 1994, Mr. Tropin served as President, Chief Executive Officer, and a Director of John W. Henry & Company, Inc., during which the assets under management grew from approximately $200 million to approximately $1.2 billion. Previously, Mr. Tropin was Senior Vice President at Dean Witter Reynolds, where he served as Director of Managed Futures and as President of Demeter Management Corporation and Dean Witter Futures and Currency Management Inc. Mr. Tropin has also served as Chairman of the Managed Funds Association and its predecessor organization, which he was instrumental in founding during the 1980's.

Paul Sedlack is Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel and a principal of Graham. He oversees the operation of the finance and administration departments and is also responsible for all legal and compliance matters. Mr. Sedlack began his career at the law firm of Coudert Brothers in New York in 1986 and was resident in Coudert's Singapore office from 1988 to 1989. Prior to joining Graham in June 1998, Mr. Sedlack was a Partner at the law firm of McDermott, Will & Emery in New York, focusing on

securities and commodities laws pertaining to the investment management and related industries. Mr. Sedlack received a J.D. from Cornell Law School in 1986 and an M.B.A. in Finance in 1983 and B.S. in Engineering in 1982 from State University of New York at Buffalo.

Michael S. Rulle Jr. is the President and a principal of Graham. As President of Graham, Mr. Rulle is responsible for the management of Graham in its day-to-day course of business. Prior to joining Graham in February 2002, Mr. Rulle was President of Hamilton Partners Limited, a private investment company that deployed its capital in a variety of internally managed equity and fixed income alternative investment strategies on behalf of its sole shareholder, Stockton Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda based insurance company. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Rulle was Chairman and CEO of CIBC World Markets Corp., the US broker-dealer formerly known as CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. Mr. Rulle served as a member of its Management Committee, Executive Board and Credit Committee and was Co-Chair of its Risk Committee. Business responsibilities included Global Financial Products, Asset Management, Structured Credit and Loan Portfolio Management. Prior to joining CIBC World Markets Corp., Mr. Rulle was a Managing Director of Lehman Brothers and a member of its Executive Committee and held positions of increasing responsibility since 1979. At Lehman, Mr. Rulle founded and headed the firm's Derivative Division, which grew to a $600 million enterprise by 1994. Mr. Rulle received his M.B.A. from Columbia University in 1979, where he graduated first in his class, and he received his bachelor's degree from Hobart College in 1972 with a concentration in political science.

Robert E. Murray is the Chief Operating Officer and a principal at Graham and is responsible for the management and oversight of our client services, systematic trading, and technology efforts. Prior to joining Graham, from 1984 until June, 2003, Mr. Murray held positions of increasing responsibility at various Morgan Stanley entities (and predecessors), including Managing Director of the Strategic Products Group, Chairman of Demeter Management Corporation (a commodity pool operator that grew to $2.3 billion in assets under management during Mr. Murray's tenure) and Chairman of Morgan Stanley Futures & Currency Management Inc. (a commodity trading advisor). Mr. Murray is currently a member of the Board of Directors of the National Futures Association and serves on its Membership and Finance Committees. Mr. Murray has served as Vice Chairman and a Director of the Board of the Managed Funds Association. Mr. Murray received a Bachelor's Degree in Finance from Geneseo State University in 1983.

Thomas P. Schneider is an Executive Vice President, the Chief Trader and a principal of Graham. He is responsible for managing Graham's systematic futures trading operations, including order execution, formulating policies and procedures, and developing and maintaining relationships with independent executing brokers and futures commission merchants ("FCMs"). Mr. Schneider has also been an NFA arbitrator since 1989 and has served on the MFA's Trading and Markets Committee. Mr. Schneider graduated from the University of Notre Dame in 1983 with a B.B.A. in Finance and received his Executive M.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin in 1994. From June 1985 through September 1993, Mr. Schneider held positions of increasing responsibility at ELM Financial, Inc., a commodity trading advisor in Dallas, Texas, where he was ultimately Chief Trader, Vice President and Principal responsible for 24-hour trading execution, compliance and accounting. In January 1994, Mr. Schneider began working as Chief Trader for Chang Crowell Management Corporation, a commodity trading advisor in Norwalk, Connecticut, where he was responsible for streamlining operations for more efficient order execution, and for maintaining and developing relationships with over 15 FCMs on a global basis.

Robert G. Griffith is an Executive Vice President, the Director of Research and a principal of Graham and focuses primarily on Graham's trend-following trading systems, including portfolio management, asset allocation and trading system development. Mr. Griffith is also in charge of the day-to-day administration of Graham's trend-following trading systems. Prior to joining Graham, Mr. Griffith's company, Veridical Methods, Inc., provided computer programming and consulting services to such firms as GE Capital, Lehman Brothers and Morgan Guaranty Trust. He received his B.B.A. in Management Information systems from the University of Iowa in 1979.

Fred J. Levin is the Chief Economist, a Senior Discretionary Trader and a principal of Graham specializing in fixed income markets with particular emphasis on short-term interest rates. Prior to joining Graham in March 1999, Mr. Levin was employed as director of research at Aubrey G. Lanston & Co. Inc. From 1991 to 1998, Mr. Levin was the chief economist and a trader at Eastbridge Capital. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Levin was the chief economist and a trader at Transworld Oil. From 1982 to 1988, Mr. Levin

was the chief economist, North American Investment Bank at Citibank. From 1970 to 1982, Mr. Levin headed the domestic research department and helped manage the open market desk at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Mr. Levin received an M.A. in economics from the University of Chicago in 1968 and a B.S. from the University of Pennsylvania, Wharton School in 1964.

Savvas Savvinidis, C.P.A., joined Graham in April 2003 as Chief Financial Officer and a principal. He was Chief Operating Officer of Agnos Group, L.L.C. from January 2001-February 2003 and had previously served as Director of Operations of Moore Capital Management, Inc., from October 1994 to June 2000, and of Argonaut Capital Management, Inc., from July 1993 to September 1994. From May 1988 to June 1993, he worked at Lehman Brothers and from July 1986 to April 1988, at the North American Investment Bank of Citibank. Upon graduating from St. John's University with a B.S. in Accounting, Mr. Savvinidis started his career with Grant Thornton in 1984, where he received his CPA designation in 1986. He is a member of the New York Society of C.P.A.'s.

Robert C. Hill is a discretionary trader of Graham specializing in the energy commodity markets and a principal of Graham. Prior to joining Graham in April 2003, Mr. Hill worked as a consultant at Gerson Lehrman Group. From November 1999 to October 2002, he was employed as Director of Trading at Duke Energy. From March 1997 to October 1999, Mr. Hill was an energy trader at Louis Dreyfus Energy Corp. and from May 1994 to March 1997, he worked for Enterprise Products Company as a distribution coordinator for energy products. Mr. Hill received an M.B.A. in 1997 from the University of St. Thomas in Houston, TX and a B.A. in 1992 from Stephen F. Austin State University.

Jason C. Shapiro is a discretionary trader and a principal of Graham. From January 2002 to October 2003, when he joined Graham, Mr. Shapiro was President of Applied Systematic Trading, where he developed its trading program. Mr. Shapiro worked as a portfolio manager for Chelsey Capital from July 2001 to December 2001 and as a proprietary trader for The Gelber Group from September 2000 to April 2001. He served both as a portfolio manager for HCM Capital Management, Inc. and as a principal in Kilgore Capital from the period May 1997 to January 2000. From July 1996 to April 1997, he was engaged in the development of trading programs. He completed the coursework for a Masters of Finance at the London Business School over the 1995-1996 academic year. He worked at the Development Bank of Singapore in Hong Kong (from March 1994 to August 1995), Overseas Chinese Banking Corporation from (from October 1992 to February 1994) and the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (from February 1991 to August 1992) in sales and trading positions. Mr. Shapiro received a B.S. in Finance with honors from The University of South Florida in 1989.

Steven T. Aibel is a discretionary trader and a principal of Graham, specializing in global macro markets with a primary focus on foreign exchange. Prior to joining Graham in July 2003, Mr. Aibel worked as a proprietary trader at J.P. Morgan Chase from April 2002 to March 2003 trading foreign exchange. He began his career at Goldman Sachs and Co. in the precious metals area in 1988 until 1993, moving over to the foreign exchange area of Goldman Sachs and Co. until November 1994. Following work in the foreign exchange area of Lehman Brothers from then until June 1995, Mr. Aibel worked at Credit Suisse First Boston as a Deutsche Mark market maker from July 1995 until July 1997 and a proprietary foreign exchange trader from July 1997 until April 2000. Mr. Aibel received an MBA in 1988 with a double major in Finance and International Business and a B.A. in 1987 in Finance, all from George Washington University.

Xin-yun Zhang is a discretionary trader and a principal of Graham, specializing in fixed income. Prior to joining Graham in September, 2003, Mr. Zhang worked at Tudor Investment Corp. from January 2000 to August 2003, where his trading focused on US and Japanese government bonds. From October 1995 to January 2000, he was a fixed-income trader for Greenwich Capital. He worked in fixed-income research for Long-Term Capital Management from October 1993 to October 1995. He received a B.S. from Beijing University in 1983 and a Ph.D. in theoretical physics from University of California, San Diego in 1989, and was a post-doctoral research fellow at Rutgers University from 1989-1993.

Anthony Bryla, C.P.A., is the Controller of Graham, in charge of the daily and monthly performance reporting and company accounting. Prior to joining Graham in September 1995, Mr. Bryla was an Assistant Accounting Manager at OMR Systems Corp. where he provided back-office and accounting

services for such clients as Merrill Lynch and Chase Manhattan Bank, and held positions of increasing responsibility since February 1989. Mr. Bryla is a member of the New Jersey Society of C.P.A.s and graduated from Rutgers University with a B.A. in Business Administration in 1982.

Brian Aldershof, Ph.D., CFA, is the Risk Manager, a Vice President and a quantitative research analyst of Graham with significant expertise in mathematics and statistics. Prior to joining Graham, Dr. Aldershof was a professor of mathematics at Lafayette College in Easton, PA. His research interests center on non-linear stochastic systems, especially genetic algorithms. Dr. Aldershof received his A.B. (1985) from Middlebury College, where he completed a double major in Mathematics and Psychology, and his M.S. (1990) and Ph.D. (1991) in Statistics from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill where he was a Pogue Fellow. His research in graduate school concerned estimating functionals of probability density functions. During this time, he consulted to the RAND Corporation, the Center for Naval Analyses, and the Environmental Protection Agency. He is a CFA charterholder and a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research.

During the five years preceding the date of this Supplement, there have been no material administrative, civil or criminal actions, including actions pending, on appeal or concluded, against Graham or its principals.

Graham and its principals may, from time to time, trade futures, forwards, or options contracts for their own proprietary accounts. These accounts may take positions that are opposite, or ahead of, positions advocated for clients. Such trades may or may not be in accordance with the Graham trading programs described below. Although Graham maintains records of these trades, clients of Graham are not entitled to inspect these records except in certain limited circumstances. Graham may place block orders with a brokerage firm on behalf of multiple accounts, including accounts in which Graham or its principals have an interest. If Graham or its principals place the same trade orders for their accounts as they do for their clients in a single block order with a brokerage firm, the brokerage firm allocates the trade fill prices assigned to each account in a manner consistent with that firm's policy. Unless an average price of split fills is allocated, split fills generally are allocated to accounts on a "high to low" basis—accounts are ranked based on commencement of trading, and the highest split fill prices are allocated to the highest-ranked accounts. Therefore, any advantage a high-ranked account enjoys on a sell order generally is offset by its disadvantage on the buy order. Graham maintains a written policy of prohibiting employees from trading futures, forwards, or options contracts for their personal accounts without the written approval of a Graham compliance officer. Graham also requires its employees with access to certain sensitive information to deliver to Graham copies of their federal income tax returns, which are then reviewed by Graham's compliance committee for compliance with the above-described and other of Graham's internal policies.

Graham's trading systems rely primarily on technical rather than fundamental information as the basis for their trading decisions. Graham's systems are based on the expectation that they can over time successfully anticipate market events using quantitative mathematical models to determine their trading activities, as opposed to attempting properly to forecast price trends using subjective analysis of supply and demand.

Graham's core trading systems are primarily very long term in nature and are designed to participate selectively in potential profit opportunities that can occur during periods of sustained price trends in a diverse number of U.S. and international markets. The primary objective of the core trading systems is to establish positions in markets where the price action of a particular market signals the computerized systems used by Graham that a potential trend in prices is occurring. The systems are designed to analyze mathematically the recent trading characteristics of each market and statistically compare such characteristics to the long-term historical trading pattern of the particular market. As a result of this analysis, the systems will utilize proprietary risk management and trade filter strategies that are intended to benefit from sustained price trends while reducing risk and volatility exposure.

Graham utilizes discretion in connection with its systematic trading programs in determining which markets warrant participation in the programs, market weighting, leverage and timing of trades for new

accounts. Graham also may utilize discretion in establishing positions or liquidating positions in unusual market conditions where, in its sole discretion, Graham believes that the risk-reward characteristics have become unfavorable.

The Discretionary Trading Group was established at Graham in February 1998. Unlike Graham's systematic trading programs, which are based almost entirely on computerized mathematical models, the Discretionary Trading Group determines its trades subjectively on the basis of personal assessment of trading data and trading experience. Graham believes that the Discretionary Trading Group's performance results generally are not highly correlated to the results of other discretionary traders or Graham's systematic trading programs. Graham believes the Discretionary Trading Group can generate successful performance results in trading range type markets where there are few long-term trends.

Graham currently trades a portion of Spectrum Select's assets pursuant to Graham's Global Diversified Program at 150% Leverage, as described below, and a portion of Spectrum Select's assets pursuant to Graham's Graham Selective Trading Program, as described below, at 150% the standard leverage it applies for such program. Margin requirements over time at standard leverage are expected to average about 15% to 20% of equity for accounts traded by Graham; thus, Graham expects the margin requirements for Spectrum Select over time to average about 20% to 30% of Spectrum Select's net assets. Increased leverage will alter risk exposure and may lead to greater profits and losses and trading volatility and See "Risk Factors—Trading Advisor Risks—Graham's use of an increased rate of leverage could affect future performance" on page 15. Subject to the prior approval of the general partner, Graham may, at any time, trade a portion of the partnership's assets pursuant to one or more of Graham's other systematic programs and/or the Discretionary Trading Group discretionary program, and at an increased or reduced rate of leverage.

As of February 29, 2004, Graham was managing approximately $686 million of funds in the Global Diversified Program at Standard Leverage, approximately $492 million of funds in the Global Diversified Program at 150% Leverage, approximately $381 million of funds in the Graham Selective Trading Program at Standard Leverage and approximately $5.3 billion of assets in all of its trading programs.

The various futures, forwards, and options markets which are traded pursuant to each Graham systematic trading program are identified below under the description of that program. Each Graham systematic trading program generally entails a consistent approach to all futures, forwards, and options markets traded by that program. Graham conducts ongoing research regarding expanding the number of futures, forwards, and options markets each program trades to further the objective of portfolio diversification. Particular futures, forwards, and options markets may be added to, or deleted from, a program at any time without notice. Portfolios may be rebalanced with respect to the weighting of existing markets at any time without notice.

Additions, deletions and rebalancing decisions with respect to each program are made based on a variety of factors, including performance, risk, volatility, correlation, liquidity and price action, each of which factors may change at any time. In trading the various futures, forwards, and options markets pursuant to its systematic trading programs, Graham generally applies the systematic trading approach described above under "—Systematic Trading."

The Global Diversified Program was developed in 1995 and utilizes multiple computerized trading models, which are designed to participate in the potential profit opportunities during sustained price trends in approximately 80 global markets. This program features broad diversification in both financial and non-financial markets.

The strategies which are utilized are primarily long term in nature and are intended to generate significant returns over time with an acceptable degree of risk and volatility. The computer models on a daily basis analyze the recent price action, the relative strength, and the risk characteristics of each market and compare statistically the quantitative results of this data to years of historical data on each market.

The Global Diversified Program will normally have weightings of approximately 26% in futures contracts based on short-term and long-term global interest rates (including U.S. and foreign bonds, notes and Eurodollars), 25% in currency forwards (including major and minor currencies), 17% in stock index futures (including all major indices), 15% in softs and agricultural futures (including grains, meats and softs), 8% in metal futures (including gold, aluminum and copper), and 9% in energy futures (including crude oil and natural gas). The actual weighting and leverage used in each market will change over time due to liquidity, price action, and risk considerations.

Graham rebalances the weighting of each market in the portfolio on a monthly basis so as to maintain, on a volatility and risk adjusted basis, consistent exposure to each market over time.

The Graham Selective Trading Program was developed in 1997 and utilizes an appreciably different trading system than other Graham programs. The Graham Selective Trading Program uses a mathematical model to identify certain price patterns that have very specific characteristics indicating that there is a high probability that a significant directional move will occur. Although the system does not trade against the market trend, it is not a true trend-following system inasmuch as it will only participate in specific types of market moves that meet the restrictive criteria of the model. In general, the Graham Selective Trading Program will participate only in significant market moves that are characterized by a substantial increase in volatility. As a result, it frequently will not participate in market trends in which virtually all trend-following systems would have a position. Due to the extremely selective criteria of the Graham Selective Trading model, the program will normally maintain a neutral position in approximately 50% to 60% of the markets in the portfolio.

Unlike Graham's systematic trading programs, which are based almost entirely on computerized mathematical models, Graham's Discretionary Trading Group determines trades for the Discretionary Trading Group Program subjectively on the basis of personal judgement and trading experience. The Discretionary Trading Group Program generally utilizes fundamental information as well as certain technical data as the basis for its trading strategies. Fundamental considerations relate to the underlying economic and political forces that ultimately determine the true value of a particular financial instrument or commodity. Fundamental analysis of the Discretionary Trading Group may involve a short- or long-term time horizon. Technical data considered by the Discretionary Trading Group include price patterns, volatility, trading volumes and level of open interest.

The Discretionary Trading Group Program trades worldwide in fixed income, equity, foreign exchange and commodity markets. The Discretionary Trading Group Program may take long or short positions in securities, futures, forwards, warrants, options and other financial instruments.

Set forth below in Capsule A is the past performance history of the Global Diversified Program at 150% Leverage, one of the programs that will be traded by Graham for Spectrum Select. Capsule B is the past performance for the Graham Selective Trading Program, another program that will be traded by Graham for Spectrum Select. The Graham Select Trading Program Capsule shows performance at standard leverage; however, Graham will trade the portion of the net assets of Spectrum Select allocated to the Graham Selective Trading Program at 150% the standard leverage employed by that program, which will significantly increase volatility as well as profits and losses. The footnotes following Capsule B are an integral part of each Capsule.

You are cautioned that the information set forth in the following Capsule performance summaries is not necessarily indicative of, and may have no bearing on, any trading results which may be attained by Graham or Spectrum Select in the future, since past results are not a guarantee of future results. There can be no assurance that Graham or the partnership will make any profits at all, or will be able to avoid incurring substantial losses. You should also note that interest income may constitute a significant portion of a commodity pool's total income and, in certain instances, may generate profits where there have been realized or unrealized losses from commodity trading.

Graham Capital Management, L.P.
Graham Selective Trading Program at Standard Leverage

"Inception of trading by commodity trading advisor" is the date on which Graham began trading client accounts.

"Inception of trading in program" is the date on which Graham began trading client accounts pursuant to the program shown.

"Number of open accounts" is the number of accounts directed by Graham pursuant to the program shown as of February 29, 2004.

"Aggregate assets overall" is the aggregate amount of assets in non-proprietary accounts under the management of Graham as of February 29, 2004.

"Aggregate assets in program" is the aggregate amount of assets in the program specified as of February 29, 2004.

"Drawdown" means losses experienced by the trading program over a specified period. A small number of accounts in the portfolio composites have experienced monthly drawdowns and peak-to-valley drawdowns that are materially larger than the largest composite monthly drawdown and peak-to-valley drawdown. These variances result from factors such as small account size (i.e., accounts with net assets of less than the prescribed portfolio minimum, which therefore trade fewer contracts than the standard portfolio), intra-month account opening or closing, significant intra-month additions or withdrawals, and investment restrictions imposed by the client.

"Largest monthly drawdown" means greatest percentage decline in net asset value due to losses sustained by the trading program from the beginning to the end of a calendar month during the most recent five calendar years.

"Worst peak-to-valley drawdown" means greatest cumulative percentage decline in month-end net asset value of the trading program due to losses sustained during a period in which the initial month-end net asset value of the trading program is not equaled or exceeded by a subsequent month-end net asset value of the trading program during the most recent five calendar years.

"Compound annual and year-to-date/period rate of return" presented in the composite performance capsules are calculated by dividing the net income for the month by the net asset value as of the beginning of the month (including contributions made at the start of the month). In months where asset changes are made mid-month, rates of return are calculated for each segment of the month and compounded. For this purpose, "net income" represents the gross income for the month in question, net of all expenses and performance allocations. The Rate of Return percentage for each year is determined by calculating the percentage return on an investment made as of the beginning of each year. Specifically, a running index is calculated monthly, compounded by the rate of return, the annual percentage being the change in this index for the year divided by the year's initial index.

Campbell is a Maryland corporation organized in April 1978 as a successor to a partnership originally organized in January 1974. Campbell has been registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor since May 1978 and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacity. Campbell's principal place of business is located at 210 W. Pennsylvania Ave., Suite 770, Towson, MD 21204.

Theresa D. Becks, joined Campbell in June 1991 and has served as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 1992, and Secretary and a Director since 1994. In addition to her role as Chief Financial Officer, Ms. Becks also oversees administration, compliance and trade operations. Ms. Becks is currently a member of the Board of Directors of the Managed Funds Association. From 1987 to 1991, she was employed by Bank Maryland Corp, a publicly held company, as a Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to that time, she worked with Ernst & Young. Ms. Becks is a C.P.A. and has a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Delaware. Ms. Becks is an associated person of Campbell.

D. Keith Campbell, has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Campbell since it began operations, was President until 1994, and was Chief Executive Officer until 1997. Mr. Campbell is the majority voting stockholder of Campbell. From 1971 to 1978, he was a registered representative of a futures commission merchant. Mr. Campbell has acted as a commodity trading advisor since 1972 when, as general partner of the Campbell Fund, a limited partnership engaged in commodity futures trading, he assumed sole responsibility for trading decisions made on behalf of the Fund. Since then, he has applied various technical trading models to numerous discretionary futures trading accounts. Mr. Campbell is registered with the CFTC and NFA as a commodity pool operator. Mr. Campbell is an associated person of Campbell.

William C. Clarke, III, joined Campbell in June 1977 and has served as an Executive Vice President since 1991 and a Director since 1984. Mr. Clarke holds a B.S. in Finance from Lehigh University where he graduated in 1973. Mr. Clarke currently oversees all aspects of research, which involves the development of proprietary trading models and portfolio management methods. Mr. Clarke is an associated person of Campbell.

Bruce L. Cleland, joined Campbell in January 1993 and has served as President and a Director since 1994, and Chief Executive Officer since 1997. Mr. Cleland has worked in the international derivatives industry since 1973, and has owned and managed firms engaged in global clearing, floor brokerage, trading and portfolio management. Mr. Cleland is currently a member of the Board of Directors of the National Futures Association, and previously served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Managed Funds Association and as a member of the Board of Governors of the COMEX, in New York. Mr. Cleland is a graduate of Victoria University in Wellington, New Zealand where he earned a Bachelor of Commerce and Administration degree. Mr Cleland is an associated person of Campbell.

Kevin M. Heerdt, joined Campbell in March 2003 as Executive Vice President—Research and was appointed Executive Vice President—Research and Information Technology in November 2003. His duties include risk management, research, and the development of quantitatively based hedge fund and options strategies, as well as providing managerial oversight of the information technology team. From February 2002 to March 2003, he was self-employed through Integrity Consulting. Previously, Mr. Heerdt worked for twelve years at Moore Capital Management, Inc., where he was a Director until 1999, and a Managing Director from 2000 to 2002. Mr. Heerdt holds a B.A. in Economics and in International Relations from the University of Southern California. Mr. Heerdt is an associated person of Campbell.

James M. Little, joined Campbell in April 1990 and has served as Executive Vice President—Business Development and a Director since 1992. Mr. Little holds a B.S. in Economics and Psychology from Purdue University. From 1989 to 1990, Mr. Little was a registered representative of A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. From 1984 to 1989, he was the Chief Executive Officer of James Little & Associates, Inc., a

commodity pool operator and broker-dealer. Mr. Little is the co-author of The Handbook of Financial Futures, and is a frequent contributor to investment industry publications. Mr. Little is an associated person of Campbell.

Craig A. Weynand, joined Campbell in October 2003 as Vice President and has served as General Counsel since November 2003. In this capacity, he is involved in all aspects of legal affairs and regulatory oversight, as well as managerial oversight of trade operations. From May 1990 to September 2003, Mr. Weynand was employed by Morgan Stanley, serving as Senior Trader for Morgan Stanley Futures and Currency Management Inc., a commodity trading advisor, until 1998 and as Vice President—Director of Product Origination & Analysis for the Morgan Stanley Managed Futures Department until his departure. Mr. Weynand holds a B.S. in International Business and Marketing and an M.B.A. in Economics from New York University, and a J.D. from the Fordham University School of Law. Mr. Weynand is a member of the New York State Bar and serves on the Government Relations Committee of the Managed Funds Association. Mr. Weynand is an associated person of Campbell.

C. Douglas York, has been employed by Campbell since November 1992, was appointed a Senior Vice President—Trading in 1997, and has served as Executive Vice President—Trading since 2003. His duties include managing daily trade execution for the assets under Campbell's management. From 1991 to 1992, Mr. York was the Global Foreign Exchange Manager for Black & Decker. He holds a B.A. in Government from Franklin and Marshall College. Mr. York is an associated person of Campbell.

Any principal of Campbell may trade futures and related contracts for his or her own accounts. In addition, Campbell manages proprietary accounts for its deferred compensation plan and for certain principals. Campbell has written procedures that govern proprietary trading by principals. Trading records for proprietary trading accounts are available for review by clients upon reasonable notice. Such trades may or may not be in accordance with the Campbell trading program described below.

Campbell trades the assets allocated to it by the partnership pursuant to its Financial, Metal & Energy Large Portfolio, which trades exclusively in futures and forward contracts, including foreign currencies, precious and base metals, energy products, stock market indices and interest rate futures. As of February 29, 2004, Campbell was managing approximately $6.7 billion of client assets pursuant to the Financial, Metal & Energy Large Portfolio and approximately $7.8 billion in all of its programs.

Campbell makes trading decisions using proprietary technical trading models, which analyze market statistics. There can be no assurance that the trading models currently being used will produce results similar to those produced in the past. Campbell's trading models are designed to detect and exploit medium-term to long-term price changes, while also applying proven risk management and portfolio management principles.

Campbell believes that utilizing multiple trading models provides an important level of diversification, and is most beneficial when multiple contracts in each market are traded. Every trading model may not trade every market. It is possible that one trading model may signal a long position while another trading model signals a short position in the same market. It is Campbell's intention to offset those signals to reduce unnecessary trading, but if the signals are not simultaneous, both trades will be taken and since it is unlikely that both positions would prove profitable, in retrospect, one or both trades will appear to have been unnecessary. It is Campbell's policy to follow trades signaled by each trading model independently of the other models.

Over the course of a medium-term to long-term trend, there are times when the risk of the market does not appear to be justified by the potential reward. In such circumstances, some of Campbell's trading models may exit a winning position prior to the end of a price trend. While there is some risk to this method (for example, being out of the market during a significant portion of a price trend), Campbell's research indicates that this is well compensated for by the decreased volatility of performance that may result.

Campbell's trading models may include trend-following trading models, counter-trend trading models, and trading models that do not seek to identify or follow price trends at all. Campbell expects to develop

additional trading models and to modify models currently in use and may or may not employ all such models for all clients' accounts. The trading models currently used by Campbell may be eliminated from use if Campbell ever believes such action is warranted.

While Campbell normally follows a disciplined systematic approach to trading, on occasion it may override the signals generated by the trading models, such as when market conditions dictate otherwise. While such action may be taken for any reason at any time at Campbell & Company's discretion, it will normally only be taken to reduce risk in the portfolio, and may or may not enhance the results that would otherwise be achieved.

Campbell applies risk management and portfolio management strategies to measure and manage overall portfolio risk. These strategies include portfolio structure, risk balance, capital allocation and risk limitation. One objective of risk and portfolio management is to determine periods of relatively high and low portfolio risk, and when such points are reached, Campbell may reduce or increase position size accordingly. It is possible, however, that this reduction or increase in position size may not enhance the results achieved over time.

From time to time, Campbell may increase or decrease the total number of contracts held based on increases or decreases in an account's assets, changes in market conditions, perceived changes in portfolio-wide risk factors, or other factors which may be deemed relevant.

Campbell estimates that, based on the amount of margin required to maintain positions in the markets currently traded, aggregate margin for all positions held in a client's account will range between 5% and 30% of the account's net assets. From time to time, margin commitments may be above or below this ranges.

The number of contracts that Campbell believes can be bought or sold in a particular market without unduly influencing price adversely may at times be limited. In such cases, a client's portfolio would be influenced by liquidity factors because the positions in such markets might be substantially smaller than the positions that would otherwise be taken.

Chesapeake was incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia in February 1988 for the purpose of offering advisory and investment portfolio management services to both retail and institutional investors in trading commodity futures contracts, options on futures contracts and commodities, spot and forward currency contracts, and swap and other derivative contracts, traded in U.S. and non-U.S. markets. On August 19, 1991, Chesapeake was merged into Chesapeake Capital Corporation, an Illinois corporation formed on August 13, 1991. References herein to "Chesapeake" refer to the Virginia corporation prior to August 19, 1991 and the Illinois corporation on and after August 19, 1991. Chesapeake Holding Company is a Virginia corporation that owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of Chesapeake Capital Corporation. Chesapeake has been registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor and as a commodity pool operator since June 20, 1988 and May 8, 1991, respectively, and has also been a member of the National Futures Association since June 20, 1988. Chesapeake's principal place of business is located at 500 Forest Avenue, Richmond, Virginia 23229. All business records will be kept at Chesapeake's principal place of business.

R. Jerry Parker, Jr. is the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of Chesapeake. Mr. Parker has overseen Chesapeake's operations and its trading since its inception. Mr. Parker received a Bachelor of Science degree in Commerce, with an emphasis in Accounting, from the University of Virginia in January 1980. Mr. Parker worked in the accounting field for four years after graduating from college and became a licensed Certified Public Accountant in Virginia in 1982. From November 1983 until January 1987, Mr. Parker was employed as an exempt commodity trading advisor by Mr. Richard J. Dennis, a principal and shareholder of Richard J. Dennis & Company, a Chicago-based commodity trading advisor and a commodity pool operator registered with the CFTC, in his "Turtle" training program. From January 1987 until February 1988, Mr. Parker traded for Mr. Thomas Dennis as an exempt commodity trading advisor. From November 1983 through February 1988, Mr. Parker had

complete discretionary trading authority over a futures portfolio of U.S. $1 million to U.S. $1.5 million. In February 1988, Mr. Parker ceased trading for Mr. Thomas Dennis and formed Chesapeake, which, as of January 31, 2003, managed approximately U.S. $1.0 billion (notional funds excluded) of client funds.

John M. Hoade is the President and the Secretary of Chesapeake. Mr. Hoade received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from Lynchburg College in 1978. From September 1976 through December 1990, Mr. Hoade was employed by Thurston Metals, Inc., located in Lynchburg, Virginia, in sales, marketing, and general management. Mr. Hoade joined Chesapeake in December 1990 to direct its operations and marketing efforts.

Robert S. Parker, Jr. is the Chief Legal Counsel of Chesapeake. Mr. Parker received his Bachelor of Science degree in Commerce, with an emphasis in Accounting, from the University of Virginia in 1965. Mr. Parker worked in the accounting field for two years and became a Certified Public Accountant in Virginia. He then attended law school at the College of William and Mary where he received a Juris Doctor degree in 1970. Mr. Parker has been engaged in the practice of law since then, with an emphasis in tax and business matters, including 13 years with Hunton & Williams, where Mr. Parker was a partner. Mr. Parker has been Chief Legal Counsel of Chesapeake since February 1996.

Warren K. Coleman is the Chief Financial Officer and a Managing Director of Chesapeake. Mr. Coleman received a Master of Business Administration in 1981 and Bachelor of Business Administration in 1979 from James Madison University. Mr. Coleman became a Certified Public Accountant in 1982 while working for the public accounting firm of Ernst & Young. From February 1982 until March 1998, Mr. Coleman was employed by Philip Morris U.S.A. His job duties at Philip Morris included Plant Controller, Senior Manager responsible for Capital Evaluation and Financial Analysis and Senior Manager responsible for financial software integration. Mr. Coleman joined Chesapeake in March 1998 to direct its financial operations as Chief Financial Officer.

Chesapeake and its principals may, from time to time, trade futures, forwards, and options contracts and securities for their own proprietary accounts. Such trades may or may not be in accordance with the Chesapeake trading program described below. Records for these accounts will not be made available to Spectrum Technical.

Prior to June 1, 1998, the assets allocated to Chesapeake by Spectrum Technical were traded pursuant to its Diversified Program and its Financial and Metals Program. Since June 1, 1998, the assets of Spectrum Technical allocated to Chesapeake have been traded pursuant to its Diversified 2XL Program. The Diversified 2XL Program emphasizes a wide range of diversification with a global portfolio of commodity futures contracts, options on futures contracts and commodities, spot and forward currency contracts, and swap and other derivative contracts, traded in U.S. and non-U.S. markets, including, but not limited to, agricultural products, precious and industrial metals, currencies, financial instruments, and stock, financial, and economic indices. Chesapeake will not trade cash commodities or swap contracts for the partnership without the general partner's consent. Chesapeake may trade on U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and markets. The decision to add or subtract markets from this program periodically shall be at the sole discretion of Chesapeake.

Chesapeake utilizes a variety of trading strategies and programs for its clients' private accounts and for Chesapeake-sponsored investment funds. The programs offered generally by Chesapeake to its clients to trade commodity futures contracts, options on futures contracts and commodities, spot and forward currency contracts, and swap and other derivative contracts for their private accounts (i.e., to those clients other than Chesapeake-sponsored investment funds) are the Diversified Program and the Diversified 2XL Program (the "Diversified Trading Programs"). The Diversified Program commenced trading in February 1988. The Diversified Program emphasizes a wide range of diversification by utilizing a global portfolio of commodity futures contracts, options on futures contracts and commodities, spot and forward currency contracts, and swap and other derivative contracts, traded in U.S. and non-U.S. markets, including, but not limited to, agricultural products, precious and industrial metals, currencies, financial instruments, and stock, financial, and economic indices. These futures interest contracts are traded on a highly leveraged basis. The Diversified 2XL Program, which Chesapeake trades for Spectrum Technical, began trading in

April 1994. The Diversified 2XL Program employs the same trading system as the Diversified Program, except that the Diversified 2XL Program is generally traded on an increased exposure basis generally equal to approximately two times the exposure or trading level typically applied to a fully-funded Diversified Program account (although at times a different level may be used and the partnership's returns may vary significantly from a 2:1 ratio with the gross returns of private accounts trading the Diversified Program). Ultimately, the appropriate exposure or trading level to be employed by the partnership in its trading, as determined at the sole discretion of Chesapeake, will be determined by the performance factors associated with the partnership and the partnership only, regardless of the intended performance relationship of the partnership to other accounts trading in other programs that may utilize more or less exposure. Since Chesapeake's trading strategies and programs are proprietary and confidential, the discussion below is of a general nature and it is not intended to be exhaustive.

As of February 29, 2004, Chesapeake was managing approximately $278.5 million of customer funds in the Diversified 2XL Program (notional funds excluded) and approximately $1.5 billion of client assets in all of its programs (notional funds excluded).

In general, Chesapeake analyzes markets, including price action, market volatility, open interest, and volume as a means of predicting market opportunity and discovering any repeating patterns in past historical prices. Chesapeake generally employs a computerized analysis of a large number of interrelated statistical and mathematical formulas and techniques—based on an extensive proprietary and confidential database of prices, volume, open interest, and various other market statistics—to search for patterns in data and to develop, use, and monitor trading strategies. Chesapeake places primary emphasis on technical analysis in assessing market opportunities.

Chesapeake's trading decisions are based on a combination of its systems, its market timing techniques, its trading discretion, judgment, and experience, and on market opportunities. Chesapeake's trading methodology is both systematic and strategic. Trading decisions require the exercise of strategic judgment by Chesapeake in evaluating its technical trading methods, in their possible modification from time to time, and in their implementation.

Chesapeake is free to use its discretion whether to follow any trading signals or parameters generated by its technical trading strategies and its Diversified Trading Programs. The decision not to trade certain markets or not to make certain trades indicated by Chesapeake's systems can materially affect performance. Under no circumstances is Chesapeake compelled to follow any of the trading indications generated by the Diversified Trading Programs.

Chesapeake has the right to employ any form or method of technical analysis that it deems appropriate in trading its Diversified Trading Programs. By way of example, the technical trading strategies and programs utilized by Chesapeake may be significantly revised from time to time by Chesapeake as a result of ongoing research and development, which seeks to devise new trading strategies and programs, as well as test its current technical strategies and programs. Chesapeake will not notify clients, such as the partnership, of such revisions or changes to its Diversified Trading Programs as they may occur.

Exchanges on which transactions may take place will include, but are not limited to, all exchanges in the United States, as well as non-U.S. exchanges which include, but are not limited to, the Belgian Futures and Options Exchange, the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange Ltd., the International Petroleum Exchange of London Ltd., the London Metal Exchange, the London Commodity Exchange, the Italian Derivatives Market, the Marché à Terme International de France, the Mercado Español de Futuros Financieros, the Eurex Deutschland, the Hong Kong Futures Exchange Ltd., the Montreal Exchange, the Tokyo Commodity Exchange, the Tokyo International Financial Futures Exchange, the Tokyo Stock Exchange, the Singapore International Monetary Exchange, the Sydney Futures Exchange Ltd., and the Winnipeg Commodity Exchange. In addition, Chesapeake continually monitors numerous markets, both U.S. and non-U.S., and initiates trades at any point it determines that a market is sufficiently liquid and tradable using the methods employed by Chesapeake.

Chesapeake renders advice regarding transactions in physical commodities, including exchange of futures for physical transactions. An exchange of futures for physical transaction is a transaction permitted

under the rules of many futures exchanges in which two parties exchange a cash market position for a futures market position (or vice versa) without making an open, competitive trade on the exchange. The prices at which such transactions are executed are negotiated between the parties.

Chesapeake does not currently, but may in the future, utilize swaps on behalf of the partnership with the general partner's consent. A swap transaction is an individually negotiated, non-standardized agreement between two parties to exchange cash flows (and sometimes principal amounts) measured by different interest rates, exchange rates, indices, or prices, with payments generally calculated by reference to a principal amount or quantity. Chesapeake may enter into swap transactions involving or relating to interest rates, currencies, commodities, or indices. Swaps may be utilized for a number of reasons, including to achieve greater exposure to markets in which Chesapeake is constrained by speculative position limits from taking additional positions in exchange-traded contracts, to access markets not accessible through exchange-traded instruments, and to allow customization of positions. Chesapeake may also trade other types of over-the-counter derivative contracts.

Chesapeake generally uses between 10% and 30% of the equity in a fully funded account as original margin for trading in the Diversified Program, but at times the margin-to-equity ratio can be higher. The low margin normally required in futures trading permits an extremely high degree of leverage; margin requirements for futures trading being in some cases as little as 2% of the face value (or "exposure") of the contracts traded. Therefore, the gross value of positions held in an account may be several times the value of such account. Consequently, even a slight movement in the prices of open positions in an account could result in immediate and substantial losses to the investor. The Diversified 2XL Program generally trades at approximately double the Diversified Program exposure requiring the use of double of the portion of equity Chesapeake generally uses as margin, which results in approximately double the ratio of the gross value of positions in relation to the value of an account.

The risk assumed and, consequently, the potential for profit experienced by a particular account at different times, and by different accounts at the same time, vary significantly according to the program(s) traded, the market conditions, the percentage gained or lost in such account, the size of such account, the brokerage commissions, the management fees and the incentive fees charged to such account, the contracts, if any, excluded from such account by the client, and when such account commenced trading. Accordingly, no investor should expect to achieve the same performance as that of any other account traded previously, simultaneously, or subsequently by Chesapeake.

Programs that exclude or emphasize certain markets often perform differently than programs utilizing different markets. On programs that differ in terms of leverage or exposure only (e.g., the Diversified Trading Programs), Chesapeake generally attempts to manage accounts in such programs such that the gross returns (before fees), positive or negative, are a multiple of each other based on the leverage differential (e.g., the Diversified 2XL Program gross returns, positive or negative, are generally intended to be approximately double those of the Diversified Program on an annual or year to date basis). However, many factors can, sometimes significantly, impact account performance and these performance relationships, including, but not limited to, differences in the timing of additions and withdrawals and the resulting adjustment trades, varying fills, changes in position size to reduce risk during losing periods by Chesapeake that impact an account in one program but not other account(s) in other programs that use proportionately higher or lower exposure, differences in brokerage commissions, and other factors. Accordingly, every program will underperform or overperform the anticipated multiple or fraction of a differently leveraged program.

Investors in investment fund accounts generally make additions or redeem units at net asset value per unit as of the opening of business on the first business day of each month. In order to provide the appropriate market exposure commensurate with a fund's equity after giving effect to net additions/redemptions, Chesapeake's general practice is to adjust positions as soon as possible after the close of business on the last trading date of the month. Market conditions may dictate the time period over which these trades can be effected. The performance of a fund account relative to the performance of other accounts trading in the same program or to accounts trading within programs that should perform at a level proportionately higher or lower than such account may be significantly different as a result of these

adjustment trades. Furthermore, there may be changes in net asset value per unit as a result of such adjustment trades. Based on the level of net additions/redemptions and Chesapeake's determination of liquidity or other market conditions, Chesapeake may also decide to make adjusting trades before the close of business on the last business day of the month. No assurance is given that Chesapeake will be able to avoid the performance discrepancies and the changes described above in connection with pool equity level changes. The use of discretion by Chesapeake in the application of this procedure may affect performance positively or negatively. Further, effecting trades prior to the close of business on the last business day of the month may cause brokerage commissions to be incurred and allocated in the month prior to the month in which the investors making additions participate in pool profits and losses.

John W. Henry & Company began managing assets in 1981 as a sole proprietorship and was later incorporated in the state of California as John W. Henry & Co., Inc. to conduct business as a commodity trading advisor. In 1997, JWH reincorporated in the state of Florida. JWH's offices are at 301 Yamato Road, Suite 2200, Boca Raton, Florida. JWH's registration as a commodity trading advisor became effective in November 1980. JWH is a member of the National Futures Association in this capacity. "JWH" is the registered trademark of John W. Henry & Company, Inc. The John W. Henry Trust, dated July 27, 1990, is the sole shareholder of JWH.

Mr. John W. Henry is chairman of the JWH Board of Directors and is trustee and sole beneficiary of the John W. Henry Trust dated July 27, 1990. He is also a member of the JWH Investment Policy Committee. In addition, he is a principal of Westport Capital Management Corporation, Global Capital Management Limited, and JWH Investment Management, Inc., all affiliates of JWH. Mr. Henry oversees trading program design and composition, reviews and approves research and system development proposals prior to implementation in trading, reviews and approves of decisions involving the strategic direction of the firm, and discusses trading activities with trading supervisors. JWH's corporate officers, rather than Mr. Henry, manage JWH's day-to-day operations. Mr. Henry is the exclusive owner of trading systems licensed to Elysian Licensing Corporation, a corporation wholly owned by Mr. Henry, and sublicensed by Elysian Licensing Corporation to JWH and utilized by JWH in managing investor accounts. Mr. Henry conducts his business responsibilities for JWH from Boca Raton, Florida, and Boston, Massachusetts.

Mr. Henry has served on the Board of Directors of the Futures Industry Association, the National Association of Futures Trading Advisors, and the Managed Futures Trade Association, and has served on the Nominating Committee of the National Futures Association. He has also served on a panel created by the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the Chicago Board of Trade to study cooperative efforts related to electronic trading, common clearing, and issues regarding a potential merger. Since the beginning of 1987, he has devoted, and will continue to devote, considerable time to activities in businesses other than JWH and its affiliates. From January 1999 until February 2002, Mr. Henry was chairman of the Florida Marlins Baseball Club LLC. Effective February 2002, Mr. Henry is Principal Owner of New England Sports Ventures LLC, which owns the Boston Red Sox baseball team, New England Sports Network, and certain real estate, including Fenway Park. He holds comparable positions with the individual business entities engaged in these activities. Mr. Henry is regularly involved in the business of New England Sports Ventures with professional management of the Red Sox (including its president and chief executive officer) and of the other entities owned by New England Sports Ventures.

Mr. Mark H. Mitchell is vice chairman, counsel to the firm and a member of the JWH Board of Directors. His duties include the coordination and allocation of responsibilities among JWH and its affiliates. Prior to joining JWH in January 1994, he was a partner at Chapman and Cutler in Chicago, where he headed the law firm's futures law practice from 1983 to 1993. He also served as general counsel of the MFA and general counsel of the National Association of Futures Trading Advisors.

Mr. Mitchell is currently a director of the MFA and a member of the National Futures Association Commodity Pool Operator/Commodity Trading Advisory Committee. In addition, he has served as a member of the National Futures Association Special Committee for the Review of a Multi-tiered Regulatory Approach to National Futures Association Rules, the MFA Government Relations Committee,

and the Executive Committee of the Futures Industry Association Law and Compliance Division. In 1985, Mr. Mitchell received the Richard P. Donchian Award for Outstanding Contributions to the Field of Commodity Money Management. He received an A.B. with honors from Dartmouth College and a J.D. from the University of California at Los Angeles, where he was named to the Order of the Coif, the national legal honorary society.

Dr. Mark S. Rzepczynski is the president and chief investment officer, and a member of the JWH Investment Policy Committee. He is responsible for day-to-day management of the firm. Dr. Rzepczynski is also a principal of Westport Capital Management Corporation, Global Capital Management Limited, and JWH Investment Management, Inc., all affiliates of JWH. He was Senior Vice President, Research & Trading at JWH from May 1998 through December 2001. Prior to joining JWH in May 1998, he was vice president and director of taxable credit and quantitative research in the fixed income division of Fidelity Management and Research from May 1995 to April 1998, where he oversaw credit and quantitative research recommendations for all Fidelity taxable fixed income funds. From April 1993 to April 1995, he was a portfolio manager and director of research for CSI Asset Management, Inc., a fixed-income money management subsidiary of Prudential Insurance. Dr. Rzepczynski is a board member of the Futures Industry Association. Dr. Rzepczynski has a B.A. cum laude, Honors in Economics from Loyola University of Chicago, and an A.M. and Ph.D. in Economics from Brown University.

Mr. Matthew J. Driscoll is a senior vice president, trading, and chief trader and a member of the JWH Investment Policy Committee. He is responsible for the supervision and administration of all aspects of order execution strategies and implementation of trading policies and procedures. Mr. Driscoll joined JWH in March 1991 as a member of the trading department. Since joining the firm, he has held positions of increasing responsibility as they relate to the development and implementation of JWH's trading strategies and procedures; he has played a major role in the development of JWH's 24-hour trading operation. He attended Pace University.

Mr. Kevin S. Koshi is a senior vice president, proprietary trading, and a member of the JWH Investment Policy Committee. He is responsible for the implementation and oversight of the firm's proprietary strategies and investments. Mr. Koshi joined JWH in August 1988 as a professional in the finance department, and since 1990 has held positions of increasing responsibility in the trading department. He received a B.S. in Finance from California State University at Long Beach.

Mr. David M. Kozak is a senior vice president, general counsel, and secretary to the corporation. He is also a principal of JWH Investment Management, Inc. and Westport Capital Management Corporation. Prior to joining JWH in September 1995, he had been a partner at the law firm of Chapman and Cutler, where he concentrated in commodity futures law with an emphasis on commodity money management.

Mr. Kozak is Chairman of the MFA's Government Relations Committee. He is also a member of the NFA's Membership Committee, as well as, the NFA's Special Committee on CPO/CTA Disclosure Issues, and the Special Committee for the Review of Multi-tiered Regulatory Approach to NFA Rules. He is currently chairman of the subcommittee on commodity trading advisor and commodity pool operator issues of the Futures Regulation Committee of the Association of the Bar of the City of New York. Mr. Kozak formerly served as the secretary and a director of the MFA, as well as having been a member of the MFA's Executive Committee. He received a B.A. from Lake Forest College, an M.A. from The University of Chicago, and a J.D. from Loyola University of Chicago.

Mr. Kenneth S. Webster, CPA is a senior vice president and chief operating officer. He is also a principal of Westport Capital Management Corporation, Global Capital Management Limited, JWH Investment Management, Inc., and JWH Securities, Inc. He is responsible for firm wide operations including management of the investment support, finance, information technology and administration departments. Since joining JWH in January 1995, Mr. Webster has held positions of increasing responsibility. Prior to his employment at JWH, Mr. Webster was the Controller of Chang Crowell Management, a registered CTA, from December 1991 to December 1994. From June 1987 to December 1991, Mr. Webster was employed by Coopers & Lybrand in their financial services audit practice. Mr. Webster received a BBA in Accounting from Pace University.

Mr. Julius A. Staniewicz is vice president, senior strategist and research manager, and a member of the JWH Investment Policy Committee. Since joining JWH in March of 1992, Mr. Staniewicz has held positions of increasing responsibility at the firm. These include long-term strategic planning in the areas of trading and investment strategies, and business development. Mr. Staniewicz received a B.A. in Economics from Cornell University.

Mr. Edwin B. Twist is a member of the JWH Board of Directors. He is also a principal of JWH Investment Management, Inc. Mr. Twist joined JWH as internal projects manager in 1991 and has been a director since 1993. His responsibilities include assisting with internal projects.

The following is a list of additional principals of JWH: Mr. Andrew D. Willard, vice president, information technology; Mr. Ted A. Parkhill, vice president, marketing; and Mr. William S. Dinon, vice president, director of natural sales.

JWH specializes in managing institutional and individual capital in the global futures, swaps, and forwards markets. JWH currently operates 11 investment programs.

JWH utilizes the Original Investment Program and the Financial and Metals Portfolio for Spectrum Technical.

The Original Investment Program. The Original Investment Program began trading client capital in October 1982 and was the first program offered by JWH. The Original Investment Program seeks to capitalize on long-term trends in a broad spectrum of worldwide financial and non-financial futures markets including interest rates, global stock indices, currencies, metals, energies, and agricultural markets. This program always maintains a position—long or short—in every market traded.

In 1992, a broad research effort was initiated to enhance the risk/reward ratios of the Original Investment Program without changing its trading philosophy. Global markets were added; sector allocations were shifted, with increased weighting given to financial markets; and some contracts were removed from the program. The quantitative model underlying the program was not changed. Beginning in October 1995, the position size in relation to account equity in this program was reduced approximately 25%. Today, the Original Investment Program is one of JWH's largest and historically best-performing programs, manifesting lower volatility since the above changes were implemented in 1992.

The Financial and Metals Portfolio. The Financial and Metals Portfolio, which began trading client capital in October 1984, is JWH's second longest running program. The program seeks to identify and capitalize on intermediate-term price movements in four worldwide market sectors: interest rates, currencies, non-U.S. stock indices, and metals. This program takes a position when trends are identified, but may take a neutral stance or liquidate open positions in nontrending markets. Beginning in August 1992, the position size in relation to account equity in this program was reduced approximately 50%. The quantitative model underlying the program was not changed. Since the changes were implemented in 1992, the Financial and Metals Portfolio has experienced lower volatility.

As of February 29, 2004, JWH was managing approximately $85 million of client assets pursuant to its Original Investment Program, approximately $393 million of client assets pursuant to its Financial and Metals Portfolio and approximately $2.5 billion in all of its programs.

Investment Philosophy. The JWH investment philosophy has been based, since the inception of the firm, on the premise that market prices, rather than market fundamentals, are the key aggregator of information necessary to make investment decisions and that market prices, which may at first seem random, are actually related through time in complex, but discernible ways. This philosophy is based on analysis of historical data that revealed that market adjustments sometimes form price trends that can be exploited for profit. JWH believes there is an inherent return opportunity in participating in price movement trends that its systematic and analytic models have identified. JWH trading programs may participate in either rising or falling trends; they do not have a directional bias nor do they try to forecast

or predict market turning points. Once a program has established a position in a market that has been identified as trending, no pre-set price target for profits is established given the highly variable nature of market trends.

JWH's understanding of the nature of markets is based on the hypothesis that investors' expectations adjust at different times and manifest themselves in long-term price trends. Markets do not adjust immediately to new information. JWH's investment decision process has been designed to analyze and exploit these trends. JWH maintains that changes in market prices initially react to new or emerging information or events, but the aggregate impact on price may be a lengthy process. While prices may at first represent an over or under reaction to new information, prices eventually will reflect all relevant information. In other words, anything that could possibly affect the market price of a commodity or financial instrument—including fundamental, political, or psychological factors—eventually will be reflected in the price of that commodity or instrument. The foundation for JWH's analysis is, therefore, a study of market price, rather than market fundamentals or the prediction of trends.

JWH believes that the price adjustments process takes time, since reactions of market participants to changing market dynamics initially may be inefficient; that is, investors may not react immediately to information because of differing evaluation processes, differing levels of risk tolerance, or uncertainty. Gradual price adjustments manifest themselves in long-term trends, which themselves can influence the course of events and from which profit opportunities can arise. JWH believes that such market inefficiencies can be exploited through a combination of trend detection and risk management.

Trend Detection. JWH's research is based on the belief that prices move in trends that are often highly complex and difficult to identify and that trends often last longer than most market participants foresee. JWH believes there is strong economic and statistical evidence to suggest that trends do exist in most markets although they may be difficult to detect. Yet these trend signals can be found through the use of systematic extraction methods. Since the firm's founding, JWH has consistently employed its analytical methods to identify short-term to long-term trends. Comprehensive research undertaken by the firm's founder, John W. Henry, led to the initial development of disciplined systematic quantitative models. JWH's computer models examine market data for systematic price behavior or price relationships that will characterize a trend. When price trends are identified, the JWH trading system generates buy and sell signals for implementing trades. The strict application of these signals is one of the most important aspects of JWH's investment process.

JWH considers that price is the combination of the signal plus "noise," where the signal is the trend information and the "noise" is market volatility. Prices are an aggregate of market information, but "noisy" price signals have to be filtered to discover an underlying price trend. The JWH systems examine market data for relationships among movements in prices, detecting frequencies or repetitive behavior hidden within thousands of pieces of raw price data. JWH's trading models seek to identify signals by separating short-term market noise from relevant information—and locating a directional opportunity that has favorable risk characteristics. JWH systems may dictate that positions be closed with a loss in order to provide downside protection, but the systems may also provide discipline to stay in markets that are quiescent for long periods of time in order to achieve possible long-term gain for investors. In either case, JWH investment decisions reflect the JWH trading models' assessment of the market itself, not an emotional response to recent economic or political data.

JWH models do not follow singular movements in price, characteristic of short-term volatility. Instead, the models seek to identify changes in systematic price behavior over a long period of time, which will characterize a directional opportunity. JWH trading is conducted with a money management perspective.

Risk Management. Given the noisy nature of price data, all market signals may not lead to profitable trades. Hence, significant emphasis is placed on risk management techniques to minimize the losses on any particular trade on the portfolio as a whole. Stop-losses are used and managed in a proprietary manner to balance the potential loss in any trade versus the opportunity for maximum profit. Depending on the model used, risk may be managed through variable position size or risk levels for any market. Additionally, modern portfolio techniques are used to construct the overall portfolio for a given program.

These techniques will account for the volatility and correlation for markets as well as behavior during specific market extremes. Portfolio adjustments will be made to account for systematic changes in the relationships across markets. Portfolios are managed to meet longer-term risk and volatility tolerances.

Potential Capital Preservation. JWH's overall objective is to provide absolute returns. JWH is an absolute return manager, insofar as it does not manage against a natural benchmark. Relative return managers, such as most traditional equity or fixed income managers, are measured on how they perform relative to some pre-determined benchmark. For these managers, this is a natural course of events, as the benchmark is a readily available alternative to the active management provided. JWH has no such investment benchmark, so its aim is to achieve returns in all market conditions, and is thus considered an absolute return manager. In markets with short-term volatility or where no trends exist—conditions which can result in flat or negative performance—JWH strives to preserve capital. Some of the JWH programs may take a neutral position (exit a market) rather than risk trading capital. While there can be no guarantee against losses, the JWH trading discipline is designed to preserve capital while waiting for opportunities where programs can generate profits over longer periods of time. Risk management on a market basis accounts for volatility and the fact that markets may turn against the prevailing trend. While JWH is looking for longer-term trends, the preservation of capital is paramount. If a predetermined amount of capital is lost, positions will be closed regardless of fundamental market conditions.

Disciplined Investment Process. JWH believes that an investment strategy can only be as successful as the discipline of the manager to adhere to its requirements in the face of market adversity. Unlike discretionary traders, whose decisions may be subject to behavioral biases, JWH practices a disciplined investment process. By quantifying the circumstances under which key investment decisions are made, the JWH methodology offers investors a consistent approach to markets, unswayed by judgmental bias.

Disciplined Adaptation to Changing Market Conditions. JWH maintains an absolute commitment to consistent portfolio construction and program integrity. JWH has not been persuaded to change the fundamental elements of the portfolios by short-term performance, although adjustments may be made over time. Nor, over the years, has JWH changed the basic methodologies that identify signals in the markets. JWH believes that its long-term track record has benefited substantially from its adherence to its models during and after periods of negative returns.

The dynamic elements of the JWH investment process involve periodic adaptation to changing market conditions and subjective discretionary decisions on such matters as portfolio weightings, leverage, position size, effective trade execution, capacity and entry into new markets—all of which depend on professional experience and market knowledge. These changes are made as warranted by JWH's research findings and in the context of JWH's underlying principles.

Research. Working in a collaborative effort with JWH's traders and the Investment Policy Committee, the firm's Research Department looks to improve the overall performance of investment models through analysis of the dynamic elements of the investment process. Research also refines risk management techniques and monitors capacity. It examines profit opportunities in markets not currently traded by JWH programs, and in new instruments as they become available.

Trade Placement. JWH's experienced traders work on a 24-hour rotation schedule, executing trades worldwide in markets that are the most liquid for the specific trade that is being made. Trades are executed by teams, with each member of the team fully responsible for the trade's fulfillment, and are recorded and reviewed for strict adherence to procedures.

Once trade signals are received, traders focus on the manner and speed with which the trade will be executed in an effort to minimize market disturbance at the best price.

Depending on market conditions, order size and other factors, traders will decide to execute a trade using a particular order type, which may include "market price," "market-at-discretion" or "market limit." Whether entering or exiting the markets, JWH Trading follows specific procedures designed to help minimize the impact of any immediate adverse price developments.

JWH trades electronically on behalf of its client accounts. JWH, in its discretion, may also continue to place orders by traditional means, including telephone and telecopy. JWH believes that electronic trading provides a faster method of accessing the variety of markets that it trades than the traditional method of

placing trade orders over the telephone. Electronic trading provides for greater order execution risk controls to be incorporated into electronic order placement which should reduce the potential for errors during the order placement process. Electronic trading also increases the overall level of confidentiality for JWH with respect to the marketplace and it will also prevent miscommunication of instructions between JWH and the executing brokers. Trade processing efficiency is another key benefit to electronic trading.

Investment Programs. JWH investment programs have different combinations of style, timing, and market characteristics. Investment style differences are primarily based on the number of directional phases that investment programs use for markets—long, short or neutral—and how position sizes are determined, whether static or dynamic. Timing—whether trends are recognized over a short to very long term period—is a distinguishing characteristic of JWH investment programs. JWH investment programs can also be distinguished by the markets they trade.

While some characteristics may overlap, each investment program has a distinctive combination of style, timing, and markets. This does not mean that one program will have higher returns than another will or that a certain set of characteristics is preferable for one type of market. At times, an investment program may, for certain markets, use a style different from its primary style.

JWH's historical performance demonstrates that, because trends often last longer than most market participants expect, significant returns can be generated from positions held over a long period of time. Therefore, market exposure to profitable positions is not changed based on the time horizon of the trade; positions held for two to four months are not unusual, and positions have been held for more than one year. Losing positions are generally reversed or eliminated relatively quickly, with most closing within a few days or weeks. However, if the JWH system detects a profitable underlying trend, a position trading at a loss may be retained in order to capture the potential benefits of participating in that trend. Throughout the investment process, risk controls designed to reduce the possibility of an extraordinary loss in any one market are maintained.

JWH at its sole discretion may override computer-generated signals and may at times use discretion in the application of its quantitative models, which may affect performance positively or negatively. This could occur, for example, when JWH determines that markets are illiquid or erratic, such as may occur cyclically during holiday seasons, or on the basis of irregularly occurring market events. Subjective aspects in JWH's application of its quantitative models also include the determination of position size in relation to account equity, timing of commencement of trading an account, the investment of assets associated with additions, redemptions, and reallocations, futures contracts used and contract months traded, and effective trade execution.

Proprietary research is conducted on an ongoing basis to refine the JWH investment strategies. While the basic philosophy underlying the firm's investment methodology has remained intact throughout its history, the potential benefits of employing more than one investment methodology, or in varying combinations, is a subject of continual testing, review, and evaluation. Extensive research may suggest substitution of alternative investment methodologies with respect to particular contracts; this may occur, for example, when the testing of a different methodology has indicated that its use might have resulted in improved historical performance. In addition, risk management research and investment program analysis may suggest modifications regarding the relative weighting among various contracts, modifying the style and/or timing used by an investment program to trade a particular contract, the addition or deletion of a contract traded by an investment program, or a change in position size in relation to account equity. However, most investment programs maintain a consistent portfolio composition to allow opportunities in as many major market trends as possible.

All cash in a JWH investment program is available for trading, although the amounts committed to margin will vary from time to time. As capital in each JWH investment program increases, additional emphasis and weighting may be placed on certain markets that have historically demonstrated the greatest

liquidity and profitability. Furthermore, the weighting of capital committed to various markets in the investment programs is dynamic, and JWH may vary the weighting at its discretion as market conditions, liquidity, position limit considerations, and other factors warrant. Spectrum Technical and Spectrum Currency will generally not be informed of such changes.

The JWH Investment Policy Committee is a senior-level advisory group, broadly responsible for evaluating and overseeing trading policies. The Investment Policy Committee provides a forum for shared responsibility, meeting periodically to discuss issues relating to implementation of JWH's investment process and its application to markets, including research on new markets and strategies in relation to JWH trading models. Typical issues analyzed by the Investment Policy Committee include liquidity, position size, capacity, performance cycles, and new product and market strategies. The Investment Policy Committee also makes the discretionary decisions concerning investment program selection, asset allocation, and position size in relation to account equity for the Strategic Allocation Program and the Currency Strategic Allocation Program. Composition of the Investment Policy Committee, and participation in its discussions and decisions by non-members, may vary over time. The Chairman participates in all Investment Policy Committee meetings and decisions. The Investment Policy Committee does not make day-to-day trading decisions.

Adjustments in position size in relation to account equity have been and continue to be an integral part of JWH's investment strategy. At its discretion, JWH may adjust the size of a position in relation to equity in the account that is taken in certain markets or entire investment programs. Such adjustments may be made at certain times for some investment programs but not for others. Factors which may affect the decision to adjust the size of a position in relation to account equity include ongoing research, program volatility, current market volatility, risk exposure, subjective judgment, and evaluation of these and other general market conditions. Such decisions to change the size of a position may positively or negatively affect performance and will alter risk exposure for an account. Adjustments in position size relative to account equity may lead to greater profits or losses, more frequent and larger margin calls, and greater brokerage expense. No assurance is or can be given that such adjustments will result in profits for client accounts. JWH reserves the right to alter, at its sole discretion and without notification to Spectrum Technical and Spectrum Currency, its policy regarding adjustments in position size relative to account equity.

Investors purchase or redeem units at net asset value on the close of business on the last business day of the month. In order to provide market exposure commensurate with the funds' equity on the date of these transactions, JWH may, in its sole discretion, adjust its investment of assets associated with additions and redemptions as near as possible to the close of business on the last trading date of the month. The intention is to provide for additions, redemptions, and reallocations at a net asset value that will be the same for each of these transactions, and to eliminate possible variations in net asset values that could occur as a result of inter-day price changes if, for example, additions were calculated on the first day of the subsequent month. Therefore, JWH may, at its sole discretion, adjust its investment of the assets associated with the addition, redemption, or reallocation as near as possible to the close of business on the last business day of the month to reflect the amount then available for trading. Based on JWH's determination of liquidity or other market conditions, JWH may decide to commence trading earlier in the day on, or before, the last business day of the month, or at its sole discretion, delay adjustments to trading for an account to a date or time after the close of business on the last day of the month. No assurance is given that JWH will be able to achieve the objectives described above in connection with fund equity level changes. The use of discretion by JWH in the application of this procedure may affect performance positively or negatively.

JWH may trade in physical or cash commodities for immediate or deferred delivery, including specifically gold bullion, as well as futures, options, swaps, and forward contracts when it believes that cash markets offer comparable or superior market liquidity or ability to execute transactions at a single

price. In addition, the CFTC does not comprehensively regulate cash transactions, which are subject to the risk of counterparty failure, inability, or refusal to perform with respect to such contracts. JWH will not trade physical or cash commodities for the Spectrum Series, other than in connection with exchange of futures for physical transactions, without the general partner's consent.

Historically, only thirty to forty percent of all trades made pursuant to JWH's programs have been profitable. Large profits on a few trades in positions that typically exist for several months have produced favorable results overall. The greatest cumulative percentage decline in daily net asset value that JWH has experienced since inception in any single program on a composite basis was nearly sixty percent. You should understand that similar or greater drawdowns are possible in the future.

There neither now exists nor has there previously ever been any material administrative, civil, or criminal action against JWH or its principals.

Principals of JWH serve on the boards of directors and committees of various organizations, both in and outside of the managed futures industry. In such capacities, these individuals have a fiduciary duty to the other organizations they serve, and they are required to act in the best interests of those organizations, even if those actions were to be adverse to the interests of JWH and its clients.

Mr. Henry devotes a substantial portion of his business time to ventures unrelated to JWH and futures trading, and from time to time certain JWH staff members may provide support services for those other business ventures. Those principals and others who supervise and manage JWH staff supporting other business ventures have a conflict of interest in allocating their time, and the time of certain staff members, between their duties to JWH and duties or commitments involving such other business ventures.

JWH and Mr. Henry may engage in discretionary trading for their own accounts, as long as such trading does not amount to a breach of fiduciary duty. Such trading will be for the purposes of testing new investment programs and concepts, as well as for proprietary profit. Proprietary trading may involve contract markets that are not traded for client accounts. The reasons for not trading a contract market for clients may include: the contract market does not trade reasonable volume and is not expected to grow such that JWH could trade significant size with appropriate liquidity; the contract markets are liquid but are highly correlated or redundant to existing markets or sectors traded for clients; or the contract markets have excessively high volatility associated with low liquidity and no historical trends. In the course of trading for their own accounts, JWH and Mr. Henry may take positions that are the same or opposite from Spectrum Technical's and Spectrum Currency's positions, due to testing a new quantitative model or investment program, an allocation system, and/or trading pursuant to individual discretionary methods. Trades for the accounts of JWH and Mr. Henry may on occasion receive better fills than Spectrum Technical's and Spectrum Currency's accounts. Records for these accounts will not be made available to you.

Employees and principals of JWH (other than Mr. Henry) are not permitted to trade in futures, options on futures, or forward contracts. However, such principals and employees may invest in investment vehicles that trade futures, options on futures, or forward contracts, when an independent trader manages trading in that vehicle, and in the JWH Employee Fund, L.P., for which JWH is the trading advisor. Records for these accounts will not be made available to Spectrum Technical or Spectrum Currency.

In addition to the Original Investment Program and the Financial and Metals Portfolio, JWH currently operates 9 other investment programs in four categories for U.S. and non-U.S. investors, none of which are used by JWH for Spectrum Technical.

The Global Diversified Portfolio. The Global Diversified Portfolio, which began trading client capital in June 1988, seeks to capitalize on intermediate-term price movements in a broad spectrum of worldwide financial and non-financial markets including interest rates, global stock indices, currencies, metals, energies, and agricultural commodity markets. This program uses the three-phase investment style.

JWH GlobalAnalytics® Family of Programs. Introduced in June 1997 as the firm's most broadly diversified investment program, JWH GlobalAnalytics® Family of Programs is the result of extensive research and testing by the firm. Unlike other JWH programs, which invest in intermediate- or long-term price movements, JWH GlobalAnalytics® invests in both long- and short-term price movements. The program invests in a broad spectrum of worldwide financial and non-financial markets, including interest rates, global stock indices, currencies, metals, energies, and agricultural commodity markets. This program uses a five-phase investment style.

The Global Financial and Energy Portfolio. The Global Financial and Energy Portfolio, which began trading client capital in June 1994, seeks to identify and capitalize on long-term price movements in five worldwide market sectors: interest rates, global stock indices, currencies, metals, and energies. This program uses the two-phase investment style. Beginning in April 1995, the position size in relation to account equity in this program was reduced approximately 50%. Since the change was implemented, the Global Financial and Energy Portfolio has experienced lower volatility. In 1997, the sector allocation for the program was expanded to include metals. The quantitative model underlying the program was not changed. Effective April 1, 2002, the name of the program was changed to the Global Financial and Energy Portfolio from the Global Financial Portfolio to reflect more accurately its trading.

The International Foreign Exchange Program. The International Foreign Exchange Program, which began trading client capital in August 1986, seeks to identify and capitalize on intermediate-term movements in a broad range of both major and minor currencies primarily trading on the interbank market. Positions are taken as outrights against the U.S. dollar, or non-dollar cross rates. This program uses the three-phase forex investment style.

The Worldwide Bond Program. The Worldwide Bond Program, which began trading client capital in July 1996, seeks to capitalize on intermediate-term trends by investing in the long-term portion of the worldwide interest rate markets. Although the Worldwide Bond Program concentrates in one sector, diversification is achieved by trading the interest rate markets of major industrialized countries. This program uses the three-phase investment style. Due to the limited number of markets traded, the Worldwide Bond Program may be less diversified than other JWH financial programs. Beginning in March 2000, the position size in relation to account equity was increased approximately 25% and was increased an additional 20% in June 2000. These two changes represent an over all position size increase of 50% since March 2000. The quantitative model underlying the program was not changed.

The G-7 Currency Portfolio. The G-7 Currency Portfolio, which began trading client capital in February 1991, seeks to identify and capitalize on intermediate-term price movements in the highly liquid

currencies of major industrialized nations. These currencies allow for trading outrights against the U.S. dollar or non-dollar cross rates. With the advent of the European Union single currency of 11 countries, the currency exposures formerly traded for Germany, France, and Italy are now executed in the euro. This program uses the three-phase forex investment style. Beginning in May 1998 the position size in relation to account equity in this program was increased approximately 50%. The quantitative model underlying the program was not changed.

The Dollar Program. The Dollar Program, which began trading client capital in July 1996, seeks to identify and capitalize on intermediate-term price movements in the currency markets, trading major currencies against the U.S. dollar. This program uses the three-phase investment style. Due to the limited number of markets traded in the Dollar Program, the program may be less diversified than other JWH foreign exchange programs. Beginning in July, 2001, the position size in relation to account equity was increased approximately 25%.

The Strategic Allocation Program. The Strategic Allocation Program is JWH's largest program. Its objective is capital appreciation with the reduction of the volatility and risk of loss that typically would be associated with an investment in any one JWH investment program. JWH currently operates 10 other investment programs; any and all of them may be included in the Strategic Allocation Program. JWH, through its Investment Policy Committee, allocates assets among different combinations of its investment programs which each have distinctive style, timing, and market characteristics. The allocation of the Strategic Allocation Program's assets among the investment programs, as well as the selection of the programs used for the Strategic Allocation Program, is dynamic, changing at the discretion of the Investment Policy Committee. While JWH's individual investment programs are technical, trend-following programs, the selection of programs as well as the allocation of assets among the programs in the Strategic Allocation Program are entirely discretionary. JWH is under no obligation to include any particular investment program in the Strategic Allocation Program. Generally, the maximum allocation to an individual program will not exceed 25% of an account's assets.

The Investment Policy Committee also monitors and adjusts on an ongoing basis the position size in relation to account equity at which the Strategic Allocation Program trades. Factors which may affect the decision to adjust position size include: ongoing program and portfolio research, portfolio volatility, recent market volatility, perceived risk exposure, and subjective evaluation of general market conditions. Position size can range from 50% to 150% of standard trading levels.

The Currency Strategic Allocation Program. The Currency Strategic Allocation Program, which began trading client capital in November 2002, accesses JWH's currency programs as well as the models for individual foreign exchange markets within JWH's non-currency programs to trade a broadly diversified portfolio of world currencies. Its objective is capital appreciation with the reduction of the volatility and risk of loss typically associated with investment in one JWH currency only investment program. JWH currently operates three currency only investment programs and trades currencies in six other investment programs; any and all of the programs or trading models may be included in the Currency Strategic Allocation Program. Allocations among programs and the selection of models are made at the discretion of the Investment Policy Committee in a manner generally similar to that applied to the Strategic Allocation Program. However, the timing and methods used for allocations in this program may not correspond to allocation changes in the Strategic Allocation Program. Maximum exposure to any one currency market will be 30%; discretionary adjustments to position size in relation to account equity can range from 50% to 200% of standard trading levels set annually by the Investment Policy Committee.

Winton Capital Management Limited organized in 1997, and is a United Kingdom company. Winton became registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor in January 1998 and is a member of the National Futures Association. Winton has its principal office at 1a St. Mary Abbot's Place, London W8 6LS, United Kingdom.

David Winton Harding is a director and a principal of Winton. Mr. Harding founded Winton in February 1997. Having graduated from Cambridge University with a First Class Honors Degree, he began his career in the financial industry in 1982. Between September 1982 and December 1984, he held various

positions as a UK Gilt trader and salesman at two UK stockbrokers: Wood MacKenzie and Johnson Matthey & Wallace. He then joined Sabre Fund Management Ltd., a CFTC-registered CTA located in London, as an assistant technical trader and researcher, and was later promoted to Director of Research. In December 1986, he moved to Brockham Securities Ltd, a privately owned sugar trading and managed futures company, to assist in the development and marketing of the firm's futures fund management services.

In February 1987, he left Brockham Securities Ltd and, together with colleagues Michael Adam and Martin Lueck, founded Adam, Harding and Lueck Ltd., a computer-driven, research based CTA. Adam, Harding and Lueck Ltd. became registered with the CFTC in February 1987. By 1989, this firm had grown into the UK's largest CTA, with more than $50 million under management. At that time, the principals sold a 51% stake to E D & F Man Group Ltd., one of the largest distributors of futures funds internationally.

Between 1989 and 1993, when assets under management rose from $50 million to $300 million, Mr. Harding headed up Adam, Harding and Lueck Ltd.'s quantitative research team, supervising about 15 full-time research staff, supported by a software team of around a dozen programmers. This team developed a multiplicity of quantitative trading strategies in addition to Adam, Harding and Lueck Ltd.'s successful trend-following trading approach. During this time, he was also involved in the company's international institutional marketing efforts, in particular in Europe, the Middle East, South East Asia, Japan and the U.S.

In 1993, Mr. Harding was invited to present a paper to a special symposium of London's prestigious Royal Society, on the subject "Making Money From Mathematical Models." This paper was subsequently incorporated into two books on the subject.

In September 1994, E D & F Man Group Ltd. bought out the minority shares owned by Mr. Harding and the original partners, and Adam, Harding and Lueck Ltd. was consolidated into E D & F Man Group Ltd.'s fund management division. Mr. Harding then formed and headed up a new division of E D & F Man Group Ltd., called E D & F Man Group Ltd. Quantitative Research, leading a research team that developed quantitative trading models primarily for use by E D & F Man Group Ltd.'s fund management companies. Mr. Harding left E D & F Man Group Ltd. in August 1996 to begin preparations for the launch of Winton, which he formed in February 1997.

Osman Murgian is a founding director and a principal of Winton. Educated in Brighton College in England, Mr. Murgian was also one of the original shareholders and directors of Adam, Harding and Lueck Ltd. Mr. Murgian lives in Nairobi, Kenya, and is the owner of or an investor in a number of international businesses ranging from real estate to transportation. Mr. Murgian has a beneficial interest of more than 10% of Winton's share capital. This interest is held by Festuca Investments Ltd, an Isle of Man investment holding company.

Martin John Hunt is a director and a principal of Winton. Mr. Hunt began his career in the UK managed futures industry in October 1983, at which time he was employed as a trainee trader for a trading advisor, Futures Fund Management Ltd. In January 1986, he was appointed manager of the trading operations for Sabre Fund Management, also a trading advisor. In February 1988, he joined Adam, Harding and Lueck Ltd., then a newly established trading advisor, where he was responsible for the company's trading operations. These trading operations were complex, and Mr. Hunt's role was to ensure the efficient execution of the firm's computer-generated futures and interbank orders on over $120 million of assets under management. These orders spanned more than 60 markets, 5 time zones and 15 exchanges worldwide.

In August 1991, Mr. Hunt assumed responsibility for marketing and operations at Royston Investments, Ltd, which at the time was a CFTC-registered CTA. In March 1994, he established himself as an independent marketing and compliance consultant to firms in the UK managed futures industry. These consultancy activities continued until February 1997, when he was recruited by David Harding to handle the formation, structuring and subsequent day-to-day running of Winton. At Winton, Mr. Hunt supervises the trading operations, as well as being directly involved in the marketing of Winton's investment management approach worldwide. Mr. Hunt also has responsibility for the firm's regulatory compliance.

Winton and its principals may, from time to time, trade futures, forwards, or options contracts for their own proprietary accounts. These accounts may take positions that are opposite, or ahead of, positions advocated for clients. Such trades may or may not be in accordance with the Winton trading programs described below. Although Winton maintains records of these trades, clients of Winton are not entitled to inspect these records except in certain limited circumstances.

Winton currently trades a portion of Spectrum Technical's assets to Winton's Diversified Trading Program which has been trading since 1997. The Winton Diversified Trading Program uses a statistically-derived systematic model to trade a diversified portfolio of approximately 95 futures contracts. The contracts traded cover a global range and are widely diversified across the financial and commodity sectors. Winton expects the margin requirements for the portion of Spectrum Technical's assets traded pursuant to Winton's Diversified Trading Program to average about 20% of those assets.

As of February 29, 2004 Winton Capital Management Limited was managing approximately $495 million pursuant to its Diversified Trading Program and approximately $501 million of client assets in all its programs (notional funds included).

Winton's investment technique consists of trading a portfolio of around 95 futures contracts on major commodity exchanges and forward markets worldwide, employing a computerized, technical, trend-following trading system developed by its principals. This system tracks the daily price movements from these markets around the world, and carries out certain computations to determine each day how long or short the portfolio should be to maximize profit within a certain range of risk. If rising prices are anticipated, a long position will be established; a short position will be established if prices are expected to fall.

The trading methods applied by Winton are proprietary, complex and confidential. As a result, the following discussion is of necessity general in nature and not intended to be exhaustive. Winton plans to continue the testing and reworking of its trading methodology and, therefore, retains the right to revise any methods or strategy, including the technical trading factors used, the markets traded and/or the money management principles applied.

A Technical Trend-Following System. Technical analysis refers to analysis based on data intrinsic to a market, such as price and volume. This is to be contrasted with fundamental analysis which relies on factors external to a market, such as supply and demand. The Diversified Trading Program uses no fundamental factors.

A trend-following system is one that attempts to take advantage of the observable tendency of the markets to trend, and to tend to make exaggerated movements in both upward and downward directions as a result of such trends. These exaggerated movements are largely explained as a result of the influence of crowd psychology or the herd instinct, amongst market participants.

A trend-following system does not anticipate a trend, but seeks to capture it at an appropriate point in time. In fact, trend-following systems are frequently unprofitable for long periods of time in particular markets or market groups, and occasionally they are unprofitable for spells of more than a year, even in large portfolios. However, over a span of years, Winton believes such an approach, applied to a sufficiently diversified portfolio of markets, has proven to be consistently profitable.

The Winton trading system works by capturing the probability of the size and direction of future price movements using sophisticated statistical indicators, or oscillators, derived from past price movements which characterize the degree of trending of each market at any time. Winton believes its application of advanced classical statistics to the understanding of market behavior provides it with an edge over other

trend following systems. Winton believes this enables its system to suffer smaller losses during the inevitable whipsaw periods of market behavior and thus take better advantage of the significant trends when they occur, by focusing more resources on them.

The system is developed using historical market prices in each contract ("in sample data"), and then tested on an independent period of market data ("out of sample data") to ensure that the observations have robust predictive power. This procedure seeks to avoid the risk of over optimising, which occurs when a system is allowed to fit itself to a historically-specific set of market conditions.

A Non Discretionary System. Trade selection is not subject to intervention by Winton's principals or traders and therefore is not subject to the influences of individual judgement. As a systemic trading system, the Winton model utilizes expert knowledge to analyze market data and direct trades, thus eliminating the risk of basing a trading program on one indispensable person. Equally important is the fact that non-discretionary systems can be tested in simulation for long periods of time and the model's empirical characteristics can be measured.

The system's output is rigorously adhered to in trading the portfolio and intentionally no importance is given to any external or fundamental factors. While it may be seen as unwise to ignore information of obvious value, such as that pertaining to political or economic developments, Winton believes the disadvantage of this approach is far outweighed by the advantage of the discipline that rigorous adherence to such a system instills. Significant profits are often made by the Winton system, by holding on to positions for much longer than conventional wisdom would dictate. An individual taking trading decisions, and paying attention to day-to-day events, could easily be deflected from the chance of fully capitalizing on such trends, when not adhering to such a system.

Markets Traded. The Winton system trades in all the easily accessible and liquid U.S. and non-U.S. futures and forward contracts that it practically can. Forward markets include major currencies and precious and base metals, the latter two categories being traded on the London Metal Exchange. Winton is constantly looking for new opportunities to add additional markets to the portfolio, thus further increasing the portfolio's diversification.

Diversification of Markets. Taking positions in a variety of unrelated markets has been shown, over time, to decrease system volatility. By employing a sophisticated and systematic schema for placing orders in a wide array of markets, Winton believes it can be demonstrated that there is a high expectation of an overall profit being realized after a sufficient period of time.

The trading strategy and account management principles described here are factors upon which Winton will base its trading decisions. Such principles may be revised from time to time by Winton as it deems advisable or necessary. Accordingly, no assurance is given that all of these factors will be considered with respect to every trade or recommendation made or that consideration of any of these factors in a particular situation will lessen risk of loss or increase the potential for profits.

Winton will select the type of order to be used in executing trades and may use any type of order permitted by the exchange on which the order is placed.

Winton may place individual orders for each account or a block order for all accounts in which the same commodity interest is being cleared through the same futures commission merchant. In the latter instance, Winton employs an objective price allocation procedure in which all accounts are listed by account number and then trades are assigned, with the highest number on the list receiving the highest buy and the highest sell and the lowest number on the list receiving the lowest buy and the lowest sell. On occasion, it may direct the futures commission merchant for the accounts to employ the neutral allocation system generally used by the futures commission merchant to assign trades or it may use an average price system in which each client in the block order will receive the average price which is computed by multiplying the price by the quantity executed at each price divided by the total quantity executed. Partial fills will be allocated in proportion to account size.

Set forth below in Capsule A is the past performance history of Winton's Diversified Trading Program. The footnotes following Capsule A are an integral part of the Capsule.

You are cautioned that the information set forth in the following Capsule performance summary is not necessarily indicative of, and may have no bearing on, any trading results that may be attained by Winton or Spectrum Technical in the future, since past results are not a guarantee of future results. There can be no assurance that Winton or the partnership will make any profits at all, or will be able to avoid incurring substantial losses. You should also note that interest income may constitute a significant portion of a commodity pool's total income and, in certain instances, may generate profits where there have been realized or unrealized losses from commodity trading.

"Inception of trading by commodity trading advisor" is the date on which Winton began trading client accounts.

"Inception of trading in program" is the date on which Winton began trading client accounts pursuant to the program shown.

"Number of open accounts" is the number of accounts directed by Winton pursuant to the program shown as of February 29, 2004.

"Aggregate assets overall" is the aggregate amount of assets in non-proprietary accounts under the management of Winton as of February 29, 2004.

"Aggregate assets in program" is the aggregate amount of assets in the program specified as of February 29, 2004.

"Worst peak-to-valley drawdown" means greatest cumulative percentage decline in month-end net asset value of the trading program due to losses sustained during a period in which the initial month-end net asset value of the trading program is not equaled or exceeded by a subsequent month-end net asset value of the program during the most recent five calendar years.

"Compound annual and year-to-date/period rate of return" presented in the composite performance capsules are calculated based on the "Fully-Funded Subset" method as prescribed by the CFTC. The rate of return is calculated by dividing the sum of net performance of the qualifying Fully-Funded Subset by the beginning net assets of the qualifying Fully-Funded Subset, except in periods of significant additions or withdrawals to the accounts in the qualifying Fully-Funded Subset. In such instances, the Fully-Funded Subset is adjusted to exclude accounts with significant additions or withdrawals that would materially distort the rate of return pursuant to the Fully-Funded Subset method. Returns are then compounded to arrive at the year-to-date rate of return.

Allied Irish is an Irish corporation registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor since January 1994 and is a member of the National Futures Association in that capacity. Allied Irish's business office is located at 85 Pembroke Road, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4. Allied Irish's ultimate parent company is Allied Irish Banks plc, Ireland's largest banking and financial services group. Allied Irish has been authorized by the Irish Financial Services Regulatory Authority (formerly known as Central Bank of Ireland) under the Investment Intermediaries Act, 1995.

As a commodity trading advisor, Allied Irish specializes in trading interest rate, currency, and equity index futures contracts, as well as foreign exchange on the interbank cash market. The primary focus of Allied Irish's futures trading is on the U.S. and European, futures exchanges with some participation in other markets. Foreign exchange trading covers the major currencies.

Gerry Grimes is Managing Director of Allied Irish, an associated person of Allied Irish and a member of the Institute of Bankers. He became registered as an associated person of Allied Irish in January 1994. For 10 years up to March 1988, Mr. Grimes was employed by the Central Bank of Ireland in the following investment management positions: Chief Dealer, Money Market Division; Chief Dealer, Management of Official External Reserves; and Chief Forex Dealer. He represented Ireland on sub-committees of the European Central Bank Governors Committee in Basle. He has experience in liquidity and interest rate management, investment of external reserves ($5 billion) and their currency allocation and the management of the Irish pound in the European Exchange Rate Mechanism. Mr. Grimes joined Gandon Securities as a trader in March 1988 where he traded a range of interest rate contracts, and was appointed a Director in October 1990. He was an associated person with Gandon Fund Management from July 1991 to September 1993. From mid 1991, he was responsible for the development of Gandon Fund Management's activities including the marketing and development of managed futures programs. He left Gandon Securities and Gandon Fund Management in September 1993 and joined Allied Irish that month. Mr. Grimes was a founding member of Allied Irish and is responsible for the overall management, development, and control of Allied Irish's activities. Between January and September 2002, Mr. Grimes was also responsible for trading a portion of the Worldwide Financial Futures Program.

Ian Kelly became Company Secretary of Allied Irish in August 1997. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland. He is Chief Operating Officer of Allied Irish and is responsible for financial control, compliance, and the back-office and I.T. operations of the company. He joined Allied Irish in August 1997. Prior to joining Allied Irish, he worked from July 1994 to August 1997 in AIB Capital Markets Plc., an investment bank, and before that he worked with Coopers & Lybrand, an accountancy firm, from 1987 to June 1994.

John O'Donnell became a non-executive Director of Allied Irish in March 2001. He is Head of Investment Banking in the Capital Markets Division of the AIB Group, a position he was appointed to in March 2001. Prior to this appointment he was Managing Director of AIB International Financial Services Limited, a subsidiary of the AIB Group, from January 1994 to December 1996 and was Managing Director of AIB Corporate Finance Limited, another subsidiary of the AIB Group, from December 1996 to March 2001. Mr. O'Donnell is a Fellow of both the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants and the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants.

John Parsons became a Director of Allied Irish in January 1995. He graduated from Queen's University, Belfast with a B.Sc. in Computer Science and Statistics in 1986, and went on to obtain a Master of Business Administration degree from Cardiff University, in 1987. Before joining Allied Irish, Mr. Parsons worked for SBC Warburg in London as a proprietary trader in the Fixed Interest & Treasury Division. Prior to that, he worked with the Bank of Ireland Group from January 1989 to March 1993, initially as a Portfolio Manager with the Bank's fund management group and ultimately as Head of European Government Bonds with the Bank's Treasury operation. Mr. Parsons trades a portion of the Worldwide Financial Futures Program and he is the sole trader of the Equity Program offered by Allied Irish.

David Thompson became a Director of Allied Irish in September 2002. He has a Certificate in Actuarial Practices and a Certificate in Investment Management from the Institute of Actuaries in London. Prior to joining Allied Irish, Mr. Thompson worked for Bank of Ireland Group as Head of Proprietary Trading (non-customer flow) between January 2001 and August 2002. Before that he was Head of their Euro Fixed Interest Trading Desk between June 1998 and January 2001 and prior to that worked as a proprietary trader on their fixed interest trading desk in Dublin (July 1995 to June 1998) and as a bond trader in their London office (March 1994 to July 1995). From 1987 to 1994 he worked for Eagle Star Insurance, initially as an actuarial programmer and ultimately as a foreign exchange and bond trader. Mr. Thompson trades a portion of the Worldwide Financial Futures Program.

Mr. Treble became a non-executive director of Allied Irish in October 2003 and currently has a pending registration as principal with the NFA. He is Managing Director of AIB Global Treasury, a position he has held since February 2002. Prior to this appointment, he was Managing Director of AIB

Treasury and International, from February 2001 to February 2002, and he held the position of General Manager, AIB Capital Markets Britain (Treasury & Corporate Banking) from August 1997 to February 2001. He has worked in AIB since 1982 and has an MBA in Financial Services.

Allied Irish and its principals may, from time to time, trade futures, forwards, and options contracts for their own proprietary accounts.

Allied Irish offers three trading programs, but will only trade the Worldwide Financial Futures Program for Spectrum Strategic. Trading for Spectrum Strategic will be at four times the leverage Allied Irish normally applies for the Worldwide Financial Futures Program. The two other trading programs offered by Allied Irish are the Foreign Exchange Program and the Equity Index Program.

The Worldwide Financial Futures Program is designed to provide returns using a multi-trader trading approach on a broad range of financial instruments. The capital is sub-allocated to a range of trading styles, including a portion traded by two individual traders, Mr. Parsons and Mr. Thompson. The allocation of capital to the individual traders and to the trading styles may be altered at the discretion of Allied Irish. A portion is traded using a systematic approach. Diversification is enhanced because no overall house view is imposed on the traders in the program, and this independence of operation is viewed as a key strength. There are the three elements to the current trading approvals.

Mr. Thompson's trading style is based on an understanding of the medium to longer term economic, political and demographic trends in the world. An analysis of value is conducted for all major asset classes and fitted to this fundamental framework to determine the likely direction and magnitude of trends in the major financial markets. The timing and size of trades is determined through a combination of technical analysis and assessment of market psychology and positioning. The aim of Mr. Thompson's approach is to enter trends early, building up the size of the position as the trade becomes profitable. Exit of the trades occurs when market sentiment in favour of the trade reaches an extreme, but price movements cease to justify the euphoria. Profitable trades can be run for months at a time, but may be held for shorter periods, depending on the strength of the trends involved.

Mr. Parsons' approach to trading markets is based on a fundamental analysis of economic, fiscal, and monetary developments in the world's major economies. Having compiled a set of expectations for the major interest rate, equity, and foreign exchange markets, Mr. Parsons then looks for significant levels of divergence relative to the market's expectations as a signal to enter a particular position. He uses technical analysis to help identify trends and trend changes as well as to seek to improve entry and exit levels.

A portion of the Worldwide Financial Futures Program is traded using a technical trading system. The system has been developed to be consistent with Allied Irish's investment approach to financial markets. The system differs from most trend following trading systems in that a profit objective is built into the trade from inception. The system utilizes a break-out oriented approach that attempts to initiate trading at low risk entry points where the market has a higher probability than average of participating in a medium-to long-term trend.

The futures contracts currently traded in the Worldwide Financial Futures Program include U.S., European, and Asian interest rate, currency, and stock index contracts. For most contracts, options may also be used from time to time. Options may be either bought or sold in this program.

It should be noted that in relation to currency futures on both the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the financial derivatives division of the New York Cotton Exchange, Allied Irish may convert spot transactions to futures contracts using the exchange for physicals mechanism.

As of February 29, 2004, Allied Irish was managing approximately $345 million (notional funds included) of client assets pursuant to the Worldwide Financial Futures Program and approximately $730 million of client assets in all of its programs (notional funds included).

The Foreign Exchange Program specializes in trading the inter-bank foreign exchange market. A fundamental assessment of market information is the main factor underlying the trading approach. To this end an assessment of the fundamental economic policy forces at work in different countries is first made. This is related to socio-political factors in play. A judgment is then made on how much of the economic and political influences are priced in following a review of international capital flows. In this regard consultation is made with a network of experts in the world's currency markets. Finally the price levels are examined in detail to determine appropriate trade parameters.

The program's objective is designed to minimize correlations with major global equity returns. The underlying investment approach is broadly similar to that taken in Allied Irish's other two programs in that the main inputs are an analysis of macroeconomic and global political trends. This program is traded by John Parsons and trades the major stock index futures.

The management of risk positions takes place at two levels within the programs—at the overall program level by the trading controller and at the position taking level where each trader uses his individual money management skills.

Given that the programs involve a multi-trader approach, a program controller role is adopted. Mr. Grimes is the trading controller for all three programs. This role involves the following: assessing the performance and risk of the programs from an overall level as distinct from a trader level; monitoring the traders' adherence to the risk parameters for each program as set out below; ensuring that the programs' overall objectives and those of individual traders are compatible; controlling the operations of the order desk and ensuring the positions are agreed between traders, order desk, back office, and counterparty. Mr. Grimes is also responsible for liaising with clients and conveying their views, wishes, and concerns to the trading team.

To control the levels of exposure a daily end-of-day position report including contract open positions, margin utilized by contract, and margin utilized by trader is produced for the Worldwide Financial Futures and Equity Index Programs. The report for the Foreign Exchange Program looks at positions in equivalent U.S. dollar amount versus underlying U.S. dollar equity invested.

For the Worldwide Financial Futures and Equity Index Programs, margin to equity is used to control position size while in the Foreign Exchange Program a gearing of equity is used to limit position size. Given the nature of the programs offered and the experience of the trading team, a limit of 6% margin to equity (including notional funds) is normally applied for the Worldwide Financial Futures and Equity Index Programs and a gearing of 3 times equity (including notional funds) for the Foreign Exchange Program.

Blenheim Capital Management, L.L.C. is a Delaware limited liability company which was formed to provide commodity trading advisory services to clients. Through a corporate reorganization in July 2001, Blenheim was merged with Blenheim Investments, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. The ownership and capitalization of Blenheim are materially the same as those which existed in Blenheim Investments, Inc. Additionally, Blenheim succeeds to all the assets and obligations of its predecessor. Blenheim is registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a commodity trading advisor and commodity pool operator, effective March 2, 1989, and is a member of the National Futures Association. Blenheim's address and telephone number are: Post Office Box 7242, Two Worlds Fair Drive, Somerset, New Jersey 08875-7242; (732) 302-0238.

Mr. Willem Kooyker is the Managing Member, Chairman and majority owner of Blenheim. He is registered with the CFTC as an associated person of Blenheim and a member of the National Futures

Association in that capacity. He is a former member of the Board of Directors of the NY Coffee, Sugar and Cocoa Exchange, a former president of the NY Cocoa Clearing Association, and a former member of the NY Mercantile Exchange. He received a BA cum laude in Economics from Baruch College in New York and an MBA in International Finance and Economics from New York University.

Mr. Kooyker began his trading career in the international commodities business in 1964 with Internatio-Muller in Rotterdam, The Netherlands, where eventually he became managing director of the International Trading Group. He stayed in this position until 1981, when he joined Commodities Corporation, Princeton, New Jersey, where he became President. At the time, Commodities Corporation was an active fund management company, operating predominantly in the futures markets. In October 1984, Mr. Kooyker started a new company, Tricon Holding Company, Ltd., a joint venture between Commodities Corporation and a group of Middle Eastern investors, which was a trading and consulting company in the futures as well as the physicals markets predominantly directed towards energy and industrial commodities. Tricon currently remains only active in the forest products industry, where it operates two sawmills in the western states of the United States. In January 1989, Mr. Kooyker started Blenheim, an independent fund management company and an advisor to several investment funds.

Concurrent, but separate from Blenheim, Mr. Kooyker is the largest beneficial owner, but not an officer, of Derivatives Portfolio Management, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company formed in 1993 to provide administrative, risk management, and consulting services to institutions, commodity pool operators, and individual fund managers engaged in the financial instruments, securities, and futures markets as well as the cash trading business. DPM is registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator, effective January 26, 1994, and is a member of the National Futures Association in that capacity. DPM has a wholly-owned subsidiary named DPM Brokerage, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed in 1999 to provide introduction and execution services to individual clients and private investors. DPM Brokerage is registered with the CFTC as an introducing broker, effective August 16, 1999 and is a member of the National Futures Association in that capacity. In 1996, Mr. Kooyker became a 50% shareholder in The Thornton Group, L.L.C., a consulting company to entrepreneurial startup enterprises.

Mr. Kooyker is registered with the CFTC as a principal and an associated person of Blenheim. He is also registered as a principal of DPM and DPM Brokerage.

Thomas M. Kopczynski is a Vice President of Blenheim. He is registered with the CFTC as a principal and an associated person and is a member of the NFA in that capacity. Mr. Kopczynski has been with Blenheim for ten years. He is an integral part of Blenheim's trading staff. His broad knowledge of the market sectors in which Blenheim trades, retained by extensive analysis and consultation with key industry contacts, facilitates continuous investment opportunities and diversification. Mr. Kopczynski holds a B.S. in Economics with a concentration in Statistics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Guy J. Castranova, is the Secretary of Blenheim and has held this position since its inception. He is the President and Chief Operating Officer of DPM and DPM Brokerage, as well as a Vice President and Controller of Tricon. Mr. Castranova has been with Tricon since October 1986 and is responsible for the risk management of all physicals trading as well as the administration of all general and consolidation accounting. Prior to joining Tricon, Mr. Castranova was an accountant with two energy firms.

In 1980 Mr. Castranova graduated from Saint Joseph's University with a BS degree in Accounting. He is registered as an associated person and principal of Blenheim, DPM, and DPM Brokerage, and is a member of the National Futures Association in those capacities.

Blenheim and its principals may, from time to time, trade futures, forwards, and options contracts for their own proprietary accounts. If either Blenheim or its principals engage in such trading, you will not be able to inspect such records. Such trades may or may not be in accordance with the Blenheim trading program described below.

As of February 29, 2004, Blenheim was managing approximately $106 million of client assets pursuant to its trading program.

The Global Markets Strategy—designed and developed by the management team of Blenheim. The objective of the Global Markets Strategy is to capture substantial profits through the establishment of risk-controlled, strategic investment positions in markets where Blenheim has identified an unsustainable level of market disequilibrium that has not been reflected in the current market price. The essence of Blenheim's trading approach is its ability to use discretion in formulating the most effective mix of trading methodologies, investment vehicles, and markets to maintain performance objectives. As trading opportunities are identified, Blenheim analyzes potential trading applications in order to achieve maximum capital appreciation with prudent risk management procedures.

Blenheim's portfolio is highly diversified and draws upon a potential of 35 markets, depending on the opportunities presented at any given time. The major markets traded by Blenheim include energy, industrials, precious metals, softs, grains, global fixed income, currencies and stock indices. Blenheim concentrates in those markets that, in its judgment and discretion, have a high degree of liquidity and a wide spectrum of historical price movement relative to other markets.

Positions established are typically in derivative instruments such as futures options and OTC transactions. Blenheim may, however, trade to a limited extent in illiquid instruments for which market quotations are not readily available. In addition, Blenheim may trade in securities that are related to the financial and commodities markets currently traded by the fund. However, Blenheim will not be trading securities for Spectrum Strategic.

Blenheim uses a global macro approach to investing, which utilizes fundamental, geopolitical and technical research and analysis in its evaluation of the markets. Fundamental analysis attempts to examine factors external to the trading market which affect the supply and demand for a particular investment instrument in order to predict future prices. The geopolitial considerations include governmental interference and potential political conflicts which may alter the normal flow of capital and goods.

Technical factors assume that market price patterns and price momentum, rather than external influences, indicate the supply and demand factors which are indicative of future price movements. Blenheim considers technical factors such as an instrument's recent price history, current prices of such instrument relative to price of other markets and their historical price relationships. Blenheim studies price charts to assess changes in market sentiment and examines volume and open interest to evaluate market liquidity.

The Blenheim traders regularly monitor worldwide economic and political trends in order to identify and evaluate possible market and price imbalances. Operating within a global framework, long-term macroeconomic indicators are assessed on a multinational, country-by-country and market specific basis. Factors such as fiscal/monetary policies and cross-border capital flows are evaluated for their potential impact on the equity, fixed income, currency and commodity markets. Additionally, Blenheim's trading group utilizes econometric signals, as well as numerous other market sentiment indicators, to take advantage of short-term trading opportunities.

Various techniques are employed in managing the portfolio and position volatility. In its discretionary trading, Blenheim generally initiates medium-sized positions at a market entry level. This initial position, generally considered the core strategic position, is typically initiated upon Blenheim's determination of an unsustainable level of market disequilibrium that has not been reflected in the current market price. Once market action begins to conform to Blenheim's initial assessment of price behavior, Blenheim will add to the original strategic position.

In addition to managing the individual positions, Blenheim will also evaluate the positions within the context of an account's portfolio. Separate strategic positions are evaluated for direct and indirect correlation characteristics in order to further anticipate and manage portfolio volatility. Despite these precautions, Blenheim's trading program may be volatile at times.

Diversification in an account's portfolio is a major consideration in its trading approach. While many of its trades are made on a short-term basis, Blenheim's basic strategy is to attempt to participate in long-term, major price movements.

The trading strategy of Blenheim has evolved and will continue to do so based on ongoing research, testing of data and trading experience. Prior to 1991, Blenheim traded almost exclusively in commodity markets, with a particular emphasis on energy products. Since then, Blenheim has become active in the global fixed-income, stock indices and currency markets as well. In the past, Blenheim had included non-discretionary systematic computerized analysis in its trading practices. This strategy was driven by a series of trading systems that produced a result that was an amalgam of numerous systemic processes. It was then traded in conjunction with the discretionary approach. Under separate funds, Blenheim also managed a purely financial strategy and a long-only commodity trading strategy incorporating physical commodities.

In this regard, Blenheim reserves the right to modify its trading approach to include any one or combination of trading methodologies it finds beneficial to its overall goals. These processes may include discretionary, systematic, or arbitage trading. Blenheim may use derivative instruments including futures, options, and forwards to reach its performance objectives. On rare occasions, Blenheim may withdraw from all markets.

Blenheim's diversified portfolio is actively traded on domestic and foreign markets. In the early 1990s, approximately thirty-five percent (35%) to forty-five percent (45%) of equity, including notional funds, was generally committed to margin on commodities positions. Recently the percentage has been between twenty-five percent (25%) and thirty-five percent (35%). In the future the percentage committed may, from time to time, be substantially higher or lower.

If particular opportunities present themselves based upon fundamental factors, Blenheim may increase the number of positions held. This will result in more capital needed to provide risk margin. Accordingly, within the overall parameters of Blenheim's money management rules, Blenheim employs no hard and fast formula as to the levels of capital committed to discretionary trading or any other trading strategy at any given time. The level of risk margin relative to equity committed to trading positions is expected to vary from period to period. The Blenheim traders will constantly monitor leverage in an effort to try to maximize its positive effects while trying to avoid overexposure to its potential negative characteristics. While there is no guaranty that this approach will be successful, Blenheim has used a consistent risk monitoring system for a number of years, one of the key components thereof involves monitoring the levels of risk margin to equity.

Blenheim may leverage the account of Spectrum Strategic differently than the standard account using the Global Market Strategy, but will not leverage the account at more than 50% above the leverage of a standard account.

Eclipse is a Delaware corporation organized in July 1983. Eclipse's main business address is 7700 Bonhomme, Suite 500, St. Louis, Missouri 63105. Eclipse has been registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading advisor since August 1986 and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacity.

Thomas W. Moller, the sole shareholder of Eclipse, has served as its President, CEO, and sole director since founding the firm. Mr. Moller received an undergraduate degree in Business and Economics from Vanderbilt University and a graduate degree in Accounting from the University of Kentucky. He was a Certified Public Accountant and has a background in financial planning and investment management. In 1980, as chief financial officer of a privately held company, he designed and implemented one of the first variable rate loan hedge programs using interest rate futures contracts. In 1982, he formed Interest Rate Management, Inc., another commodity trading advisor which provided interest-rate-hedging advisory and management services. Since 1986, Mr. Moller has devoted his time exclusively to Eclipse and is primarily involved in the areas of trading, research, and product development.

James R. Klingler, JD is Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary, and General Counsel. Mr. Klingler has a BA in Economics from Vanderbilt University and a JD from Vanderbilt University School of Law. He previously worked as an associate with the St. Louis law firm of Thompson Coburn (formerly Coburn & Croft) and as a staff attorney with Mercantile Bancorporation, also in St. Louis. From January 1991 to December 1997, he was Compliance Counsel and, subsequently, Associate Vice President with A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. Mr. Klingler joined Eclipse in January 1998.

Ronald R. Breitigam is Vice President—Trading with primary responsibility for the implementation of the firm's trading strategies. After graduating from Pacific Union College in 1982, Mr. Breitigam became an independent floor trader at the Mid-America Commodity Exchange. He served as an institutional broker with Thomson McKinnon (1984-1985) and PaineWebber (1986) and, in 1986, formed his own trading company to work full time implementing various proprietary futures and options trading strategies. Mr. Breitigam joined Eclipse in May 1989.

James W. Dille, PhD is Vice President—Research and Technology with responsibility for computer-based research, development, and operations. Dr. Dille has undergraduate and graduate engineering degrees from the University of Virginia. He also received a master's and doctorate from Harvard University in Applied Sciences, specializing in the areas of Decision and Control Theory and Computer Science. From 1987 through 1993, he worked for the Boeing Company (formerly, McDonnell Douglas) in the Training Systems and Flight Simulation divisions, where he was responsible for research in the areas of computer architectures and networking. He is an affiliate professor at Washington University in St. Louis, teaching courses in numerical analysis and the simulation and analysis of complex systems. Dr. Dille joined Eclipse in January 1994.

At this time, neither Eclipse nor its principals trade for their own account, but each reserves the right to do so in the future. If either Eclipse or its principals engage in such trading, you will not be able to inspect such records.

Eclipse currently offers one trading program, the Global Monetary Program. The program is designed primarily for institutions, commodity pools, and certain other qualified investors. The Global Monetary Program employs a systematic trading approach, using multiple trend-following and macroeconomically driven models.

Global Monetary Program: This "financial, metals and energy" program requires a minimum investment of $5 million and trades a global portfolio of futures and options on futures on interest rate instruments, currencies, stock indices, precious and base metals, and energy products, as well as interbank spot and forward currency markets. A key characteristic of this program is the extensive diversification achieved by applying multiple trading models to a wide variety of financial markets located throughout the world.

As of February 29, 2004, Eclipse was managing approximately $436 million of client assets pursuant to its trading program (notional funds included).

The trading program of Eclipse is systematic and its strategies are either macroeconomic or trend-following in nature, with the objective of capitalizing on intermediate- and long-term price trends. Eclipse makes all trading decisions pursuant to its proprietary trading, capital allocation, and risk management models. The Eclipse program makes use of multiple models to accentuate overall diversification. Macro-driven models generate trading signals through the quantitative analysis of environmental, macroeconomic, and intermarket data. Trend identification models use various technical and statistical analysis techniques to identify and evaluate price trends. Capital allocation models determine the percentage of trading capital allocated to various markets and trading models.

Eclipse's risk management models were developed with the objective of limiting losses, capturing profits, and conserving capital in choppy, sideways markets. The risk management principles which Eclipse employs include:

Decisions whether to trade a particular futures contract are based upon various factors, including liquidity, significance in terms of desired degrees of concentration, diversification, and profit potential, both historical and at a given time. These decisions are based upon output generated by a proprietary risk management program, but require the exercise of judgment by principals of Eclipse. The decision not to trade specific contracts for certain periods or to reduce the number of contracts traded may result at times in missing significant profit opportunities which otherwise would be captured by technical strategies. The specific contracts traded in each portfolio have been selected based on liquidity, historical volatility, and the degree of past directional movement. The actual number of contracts held at any particular point in time depends on a number of factors, including evaluation of market volatility and potential risk versus return. There are occasions when a trading model may indicate that no position is appropriate in a particular contract or contract group.

In addition to technical trading in futures contracts, Eclipse may also employ trading techniques such as spreads and straddles and may buy or sell futures options. Eclipse may alter its trading programs, including, without limitation, its trading strategies, commodity interests, and markets traded and trading principles if Eclipse determines that such change is in the best interest of the accounts which it manages.

SSARIS, a Delaware Limited Liability Company, was organized in May 2001. SSARIS's address is Financial Centre, 695 East Main Street, Suite 102, Stamford, Connecticut 06901. SSARIS has been registered as a commodity trading advisor since August 2001 and as a commodity pool operator since August 2001, and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacities.

SSARIS is a joint venture between State Street Global Alliance LLC, a limited liability company which is majority owned by State Street Global Advisors, Inc., and RTH Partners LLC, a limited liability company owned by the principals of The RXR Group, Inc. State Street Global Advisors, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation. SSARIS is affiliated with State Street Global Advisors, the investment management division of State Street Bank and Trust Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation.

Mr. Mark Rosenberg has served as the Chairman, a Director and the Chief Investment Officer of SSARIS since its formation in May 2001 and, as such, is the head of SSARIS's Investment Committee. Mr. Rosenberg is also the Chairman of SSARIS Management LLC. Mr. Rosenberg was the Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of RXR. Mr. Rosenberg has over thirty (30) years experience in the investment management industry. From August 1984 to July 1986, Mr. Rosenberg was employed by Prudential-Bache Securities, Inc., where he headed a group that specialized in institutional hedging and managed futures trading services. From December 1976 to July 1984, Mr. Rosenberg was employed by Merrill Lynch & Co. where he organized a group that was responsible for managing hedging and alternative investment strategies for Merrill's institutional clients. This entity became the Financial Futures and Options Group. Mr. Rosenberg's first job was on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange and subsequently the New York Mercantile Exchange, where he managed proprietary capital using a variety of quantitative techniques for Weis, Voisen & Cannon, a private investment boutique. Mr. Rosenberg is a fourth term Director of the Board of the Futures Industry Association, and arbiter for the NFA and is a member of the Financial Advisory Boards of both the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the COMEX Division of NYMEX. Mr. Rosenberg is also a Director of the Foundation of Finance and Banking Research. Mr. Rosenberg also is involved in several community activities. He has donated time to Domus House, a refuge for abandoned children, and various entrepreneurial projects targeting low-income families.

Mr. Peter A. Hinrichs has served as the Chief Financial Officer of SSARIS since its formation in May 2001 and is a member of SSARIS's Investment Committee. Mr. Hinrichs also is Chief Financial Officer of SSARIS Management LLC. Mr. Hinrichs was with RXR since its founding in 1983, where he was responsible for RXR's financial, administrative and operational functions. Mr. Hinrichs also was a member of RXR's Investment Committee. From September 1981 to July 1984, Mr. Hinrichs was employed by Merrill Lynch Futures Inc. in trading and administration and held a similar position at Prudential from July 1984 to August 1986. Mr. Hinrichs graduated from Curry College in 1981 with a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Management. He is active in his community as a Board member of Fountain House Inc., a non-profit rehabilitation center for the mentally ill, where he serves as an Investment Committee member. He also is active with a number of other charitable organizations.

Mr. James F. Tomeo has served as the Chief Operating Officer, a Senior Portfolio Manager and a Director of SSARIS since its formation in May 2001. Mr. Tomeo also is a member of SSARIS's Investment Committee and is responsible for portfolio management, strategic planning and product development. Mr. Tomeo served as Chief Operating Officer and a Senior Portfolio Manager of RXR and was a member of the firm's Investment Committee. Before joining RXR in 1986, Mr. Tomeo worked for Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette as an alternative investment consultant, and the LTV Corporation in New York. Mr. Tomeo was formerly an advisor to Institutional Investor on matters related to Japanese pension fund reform, is the former Chairman of the International Committee of the Managed Funds Association and is the US representative to the Education and Research Committee of the Alternative Investment Management Association. Mr. Tomeo graduated from Bucknell University in May 1980 with a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, the University of Hartford in 1987 with an MBA degree, and the Institute of International Studies and Training (Japanese business study program) in November 1988. He studied International Finance and Capital Markets at New York University.

Alan J. Brown has been a Director of SSARIS since July 2003. Mr. Brown is a principal of State Street Global Advisors, Group Chief Investment Officer of State Street Global Advisors Worldwide, Chairman of State Street Global Advisors UK, and Executive Vice President of State Street. He is also a member of State Street Global Advisor's Executive Management Group. Mr. Brown is a director of Advanced Investment Partners, European Direct Capital Management, Rexiter Capital Management, Boston Capital Management and Global Alliance, LLC. Mr. Brown is also a member of State Street Global Advisor's Executive Management Group. Prior to joining State Street Global Advisors UK in 1995, Mr. Brown was Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of PanAgora Asset Management Limited, and prior to that, Managing Director of Posthorn Global Asset Management in London. Mr. Brown began his career in the investment management business in 1974 at Morgan Grenfell, where he spent ten years. Mr. Brown holds a Masters degree in Physics from Cambridge University. Mr. Brown is on the board of the U.S. foundation for The Center for Economic Research and Graduate Education-Economic Institute attached to the Charles University in Prague.

Jay Cromarty has been a Director of SSARIS since March 2003. Mr. Cromarty is the President of Global Alliance and a Senior Principal of State Street Global Advisors. Among other duties, Mr. Cromarty provides strategic management and marketing support to all of the Global Alliance investment management businesses. Mr. Cromarty is a director of Advanced Investment Partners, Boston Capital Management and Residential Capital Management. Before joining Global Alliance in May 1998, Mr. Cromarty served as the Managing Director of Sales and Marketing for State Street Global Advisors' Private Asset Management group. Prior to joining State Street Global Advisors in 1996, Mr. Cromarty was Vice President of The Boston Company, Inc., Director of Marketing and Client Service at PanAgora Asset Management and Senior Vice President of NatWest Investment Management. Mr. Cromarty holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the University of Maine and a Masters of Business Administration degree in Finance and Marketing from Babson College.

Christopher M. Pope has been a Director of SSARIS Global Advisors and Director of Institutional Sales, Client Service, and Consultant Relations. Prior to joining State Street Global Advisors in 1988, Mr. Pope was responsible for marketing and client service at Travelers Investment Management Company and Travelers Keystone Fixed Income Advisors. Mr. Pope holds a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Pope is a charter member of the Certified Employee Benefit Specialist program.

Principals and employees of SSARIS are not permitted to trade futures, options on futures, or forward contracts for their own accounts. Principals and employees are, however, permitted to invest in funds traded by SSARIS.

SSARIS trades its allocation from Spectrum Global Balanced pursuant to a variation of its Balanced Portfolio known as the Global Multi-Strategy program. The development of the trading program utilized for Spectrum Global Balanced stems from RXR's work over the years with institutional clients. In 1986, RXR began managing a portfolio called the Institutional Balanced Portfolio program (now known as the Balanced Portfolio), which was composed of U.S. stock, bond and non-U.S. financial and commodity interests. Its objective was capital appreciation with controlled volatility, a concept pioneered by Professor John Lintner of Harvard University, who conducted research on the addition of managed futures to portfolios of U.S. stocks and bonds.

The philosophy for the investment program has its roots in Modern Portfolio Theory and the design of efficiently allocated portfolios. Effective June 1, 1998, RXR broadened the hedged equity and fixed income components to include participation in the world's major developed capital markets and increased the program's leverage to 1.4 times the original Balanced Portfolio Program. The resulting program is now known as the Global Multi-Strategy.

SSARIS's Global Multi-Strategy program allocates to hedged equity, hedged fixed income, and long/short global assets. It is diversified by both style (divergence and convergence strategies) and asset class (global stocks, bonds, currencies and real assets). The hedged equity component may be composed of positions in FTSE 100, DAX, Nikkei 225, and S&P 500 futures indices. The hedged fixed income exposure may include British Gilt, German Bund, Japanese & US Treasury futures. Real asset exposure is diversified across energy, precious metal, base metal, and agricultural markets. The investment program uses a multi-determinant model to rebalance the independent strategies. The global stock and bond exposure is managed using models which interpret macroeconomic, relative value, inflation, interest rate, and price-related data. Exposure within the long/short global asset sector is regulated by combining individual market expected return analysis with a system that asset weights each market according to relative volatility and correlation.

In the foreign exchange and commodity components, SSARIS analyzes price data to determine profit and risk potential. A proprietary asset allocation model is used to adjust exposure among approximately 40 markets so that no one market or sector can dominate performance. The investment program was designed to provide investors with a global investment alternative. Through the controlled use of futures and forward contracts, SSARIS manages both U.S. and non-U.S. capital markets, currency and commodity exposure in a single, integrated portfolio.

As of February 29, 2004, SSARIS was managing approximately $54 million of client assets pursuant to the program utilized for Spectrum Global Balanced and approximately $712 million in all of their programs.

Research and development calls on the talents of personnel from several areas within the company. SSARIS has developed macro-economic and technical models that can detect price movements resulting from daily market activity and major changes in global business cycles. Using this information, portfolio managers construct investment portfolios that address the specific actuarial assumptions of their clients.

No representation is made and no guarantee is given that Spectrum Global Balanced's objective will be realized or that SSARIS will achieve any particular level of performance or amount of profits in its trading for Spectrum Global Balanced's account. Losses incurred in the global and tangible assets component could cause Spectrum Global Balanced's account to substantially underperform accounts managed by asset allocation systems that do not include a managed futures component.

Prospective investors must recognize not only that the foregoing discussion attempts to present only the most basic framework describing the trading program employed for Spectrum Global Balanced, but also, due to the proprietary and confidential nature of all trading approaches, any description will inevitably be general in nature. Furthermore, SSARIS's trading methods are continually evolving, as are the markets themselves.

JWH makes trading decisions for Spectrum Currency pursuant to the International Foreign Exchange Program. The International Foreign Exchange Program, which began trading client capital in August 1986, seeks to identify and capitalize on intermediate-term movements in a broad range of both major and minor currencies primarily trading on the interbank market. Positions are taken as outrights against the U.S. dollar, or non-dollar cross rates. This program uses the three-phase forex investment style. For a detailed description of JWH, its principals, and trading systems, including the International Foreign Currency Program, see "The Trading Advisors—Morgan Stanley Spectrum Technical—3. John W. Henry & Company, Inc." beginning on page 93.


Martin P. Klitzner		Principal, Managing Director
Richard C. Slaughter		Principal, Managing Director
Dr. Gary B. Davis		Principal
Dr. John V. Forrest		Principal
Martin M. Ehrlich		Principal, Vice President
Marie Laufik		Principal, Vice President
Elissa Davis		Principal

The principals of Sunrise Capital Partners will make trading decisions for Spectrum Currency pursuant to the Currency Program. For a detailed description of Sunrise Capital Partners, its principals and trading systems, other than the Currency Program, which is discussed below, see "The Trading Advisors— Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select— 4. Sunrise Capital Management, Inc." beginning on page 75.

The Currency Program follows approximately ten different major and minor currency markets, which may include, but are not limited to, the Japanese yen, British pound, euro currency, Swiss franc, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Swedish krona, New Zealand dollar, Singapore dollar, and South African rand. The Currency Program trades currency futures contracts on the International Monetary Market Division of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and forward currency contracts in the interbank markets. In order to achieve adequate diversification for the Currency Program, major and minor currencies are traded as crossrates selectively against each other and/or as outrights against the U.S. dollar.

As of February 29, 2004, Sunrise Capital Partners was managing approximately $224 million of client assets pursuant to the Currency Program and approximately $2.2 billion of client assets in all of its programs (notional funds excluded).

If the conditions described below are satisfied, you may redeem your units in any partnership as of the last day of any calendar month and use the proceeds to purchase units of any of the other Spectrum Series partnerships. However, a Spectrum Series exchange will only be permitted as of the sixth month-end after you first became an investor in any Spectrum Series partnership, and as of the last day of each month thereafter. Each unit you purchase in a Spectrum Series exchange will be issued and sold at a price per unit equal to 100% of the net asset value of a unit as of the close of business on the exchange date. Any units you redeem in a Spectrum Series exchange will not be subject to a redemption charge. Units you acquire in a Spectrum Series exchange will be subject to redemption charges, but will be deemed to have the same purchase date as the units you exchanged for purposes of determining the applicability of any redemption charges. Thus, for example, if you hold units of Spectrum Strategic for 12 months, exchange those units for units of Spectrum Technical, then redeem any of those units 15 months later, you will not have to pay a redemption charge, because those units will be deemed to have been held for 27 months.

When you request a Spectrum Series exchange, additional conditions must be satisfied. First, the partnership from which you are redeeming must have assets sufficient to discharge its liabilities and redeem units. In order to effect a Spectrum Series exchange, you must send a subscription agreement to a Morgan Stanley branch office, and that agreement must be received by the general partner at least five business days prior to the applicable exchange date. In that agreement, you must acknowledge that you are still eligible to purchase units on the exchange date. You must exchange a minimum of 50 units in a Spectrum Series exchange, unless you are liquidating your entire interest in a partnership. A form of subscription agreement is annexed to this prospectus as Exhibit B, and additional copies of the subscription agreement may be obtained by written request to the general partner or from a local Morgan Stanley branch office.

In order to effect a Spectrum Series exchange, each partnership must have a sufficient number of units registered and qualified for sale under federal and applicable state securities laws pursuant to a current prospectus. While the general partner intends to maintain a sufficient number of registered units to effect series exchanges, it is under no obligation to do so. Therefore, the general partner cannot assure you that any units will be available for sale on an exchange date. Furthermore, states may impose significant burdens on, or alter the requirements for, qualifying units for sale. In that event, the general partner may not continue qualifying units for sale in those states, and residents of those states would not be eligible for a Spectrum Series exchange. In addition, states may impose more restrictive suitability and/or investment requirements than those set forth in the form of subscription agreement. Any such restrictions may limit the ability of residents of those states to effect a Spectrum Series exchange. In the event that not all subscription agreements can be processed because an insufficient number of units is available for sale on an exchange date, the general partner will allocate units in the manner it determines in its sole discretion. The general partner has not yet determined how it will allocate units in the event there are an insufficient number of units available on an exchange date.

Units of any new partnership in the Spectrum Series may be offered to investors pursuant to exercise of the Spectrum Series exchange right. Before purchasing units of a new partnership, you will be required to receive a copy of a prospectus and any supplement to this prospectus describing the new partnership and its units, and you will be required to execute a new subscription agreement to purchase units of that partnership.

Since a Spectrum Series exchange is equivalent to a redemption and an immediate reinvestment of the proceeds of the redemption, you should carefully review the portions of this prospectus describing redemptions and the tax consequences before effecting a Spectrum Series exchange.

Once you are an investor in a Spectrum Series partnership for at least six months, you may redeem all or part of your units, regardless of when such units were purchased. Redemptions may only be made in whole units, with a minimum of 50 units required for each redemption, unless you are redeeming your entire interest in a partnership. The general partner will redeem your units in the order in which they were purchased.

Redemptions will only be effective as of the last day of the month in which a request for redemption in proper form has been timely received by the general partner. A "request for redemption" is a letter in the form specified by the general partner that must be sent by you to a local Morgan Stanley branch office and received by the general partner at least 5 business days prior to the redemption date. A form of request for redemption is annexed to the limited partnership agreement, which agreement is annexed to this prospectus as Exhibit A. Additional copies of the request for redemption may be obtained by written request to the general partner or a local Morgan Stanley branch office.

If you redeem units, you will receive 100% of the net asset value of each unit redeemed as of the redemption date, less any applicable redemption charges. Since the general partner must receive your request for redemption at least five business days prior to the redemption date, you will not know the actual amount you are to receive prior to the redemption date. The "net asset value" of a unit is an amount equal to the partnership's net assets allocated to capital accounts represented by units, divided by the number of units outstanding. "Net assets" means the total assets of a partnership, including all cash and cash equivalents (valued at cost), accrued interest and amortization of original issue discount, and the market value of all open futures, forwards, and options positions and other assets of the partnership, less the total liabilities of the partnership, including, but not limited to, all brokerage, incentive and management fees, and extraordinary expenses, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied under the accrual basis of accounting. The market value of a futures contract traded on a U.S. exchange means the settlement price on the exchange on which that futures contract is traded on the day net assets are being determined. However, if a futures contract could not have been liquidated on that day because of the operation of daily limits or other rules of the exchange or otherwise, the settlement price on the first subsequent day on which the futures contract could be liquidated will be the market value of that futures contract for that day. The market value of a forward or futures contract traded on a foreign exchange or market means its market value as determined by the general partner on a basis consistently applied for each different variety of forward contract or futures interest.

If you redeem units on or prior to the last day of the twelfth month from the date of their purchase, those units will be subject to a redemption charge equal to 2% of their net asset value on the redemption date. If you redeem units after the last day of the twelfth month and on or prior to the last day of the twenty- fourth month from the date of their purchase, those units will be subject to a redemption charge equal to 1% of their net asset value on the redemption date. If you redeem units after the last day of the twenty-fourth month from the date of their purchase, those units will not be subject to a redemption charge. All redemption charges will be paid to Morgan Stanley DW and will not be shared with the financial advisor or additional selling agent who sold the units.

Your units will be exempt from redemption charges under the following circumstances:

The general partner will endeavor to pay redemptions within ten business days after the redemption date. A partnership may be forced to liquidate open futures, forward, and option positions to satisfy redemptions in the event it does not have sufficient cash on hand that is not required as margin on open positions, and may delay payment to limited partners requesting redemption of units of the proportionate

part of the net asset value of the unit represented by the sums for which sufficient cash is not available. See "Risk Factors—Partnership and Offering Risks—Restricted investment liquidity in the units" on page 13. When you redeem units, payment will be made by credit to your customer account with Morgan Stanley DW, or by check mailed to you if your account is closed. Your right to redeem units is contingent upon the redeeming partnership having assets sufficient to discharge its liabilities on the redemption date, and timely receipt by the general partner of your request for redemption as described above.

The terms and conditions applicable to redemptions in general, other than those prohibiting redemptions before the sixth month-end following the closing at which you first became an investor in a Spectrum Series partnership, and providing that redemptions may only be made as of the end of a calendar month, will also apply to redemptions effected on "special redemption dates." See "The Limited Partnership Agreements—Books and Records; Reports to Limited Partners" on page 126.

Morgan Stanley DW Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited

Morgan Stanley DW Inc., a Delaware corporation, acts as the partnerships' non-clearing commodity broker. Morgan Stanley DW, as the non-clearing commodity broker, holds each partnership's funds in customer segregated or secured accounts, and provides all required margin funds to the clearing commodity brokers. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, acts as the partnerships' clearing commodity broker and foreign currency forward counterparty, and Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited serves as the clearing commodity broker for trades that take place on the London Metal Exchange. Morgan Stanley DW monitors each partnership's futures positions that the clearing commodity brokers report they are carrying for any errors in trade prices or trade fill. Morgan Stanley DW also serves as the non-clearing commodity broker for all, and Morgan Stanley & Co. serves as the clearing commodity broker and foreign exchange counterparty for all but one, of the other commodity pools for which Demeter serves as general partner and commodity pool operator. Morgan Stanley International serves as the clearing commodity broker for the trades of such pools that take place on the London Metal Exchange.

Morgan Stanley DW is a financial services company which provides to its individual, corporate, and institutional clients services as a broker in securities, futures, and options, a dealer in corporate, municipal and government securities, an investment adviser, and an agent in the sale of life insurance and various other products and services. Morgan Stanley DW has its main business office at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. Morgan Stanley DW is a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, and other major securities exchanges. Morgan Stanley DW is registered with the CFTC as a futures commission merchant and is a member of the National Futures Association in such capacity. Morgan Stanley DW is also registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer and is a member of the NASD. Morgan Stanley DW and its affiliates currently service clients through a network of approximately 600 offices with approximately 12,000 financial advisors servicing individual and institutional client accounts.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is the clearing commodity broker for all trades for the partnerships, other than for those trades on the London Metal Exchange. Morgan Stanley & Co. has its main business office at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. Morgan Stanley & Co. is registered as a futures commission merchant, is a member of the National Futures Association, and is a member of most major U.S. and foreign commodity exchanges. Morgan Stanley & Co. is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer and is a member of the NASD.

Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, a United Kingdom corporation, acts as the partnerships' clearing commodity broker solely with regard to any trading on the London Metal Exchange. Morgan Stanley International has its main business office at 25 Cabot Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 4QA, England, is regulated by the United Kingdom Securities and Futures Authority as a member firm, and is a member of the London Metal Exchange and other securities and commodities exchanges worldwide.

Morgan Stanley, the parent company of Morgan Stanley DW, Morgan Stanley & Co. and Morgan Stanley International, is a worldwide financial services firm, employing, directly and through its subsidiaries, more than 51,000 people worldwide in offices throughout the United States and 27 foreign

countries. Morgan Stanley is a publicly-traded company listed on the New York Stock Exchange; its common stock had a market value of approximately $66 billion at February 29, 2004. At that date, Morgan Stanley had leading market positions in its three primary businesses (securities, asset management and credit services), and it ranked among the top asset managers globally, with over $495 billion in assets under management.

The partnerships' brokerage arrangements with Morgan Stanley DW, Morgan Stanley & Co. and Morgan Stanley International are discussed in "Conflicts of Interest—The brokerage arrangements with affiliates of the general partner were not negotiated at arm's-length or reviewed by any independent party for fairness" on page 15, "—Customer agreements with the commodity brokers permit actions which could result in losses or lost profit opportunity" on page 17, and "Description of Charges—Commodity Brokers" beginning on page 23.

The general partner will review at least annually the brokerage arrangements of each partnership to ensure that those arrangements are fair, reasonable, and competitive, and represent the best price and services available, taking into consideration:

Each customer agreement sets forth a standard of liability for the commodity broker and provides for indemnities of the commodity broker. See "Fiduciary Responsibility and Liability" beginning on page 18.

At any given time, the commodity brokers are involved in numerous legal actions, some of which seek significant damages.

On January 11, 1999 the SEC brought an action against 28 NASDAQ market makers, including Morgan Stanley & Co., and 51 individuals, including one current and one former trader employed by Morgan Stanley & Co., for certain conduct during 1994. The core of the charges against Morgan Stanley & Co. concerns improper or undisclosed coordination of price quotes with other broker-dealers and related reporting, recordkeeping, and supervisory deficiencies in violation of Sections 15(b)(4)(E), 15(c)(1) and (2) and 17(a) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rules 15c1-2, 15c2-7 and 17a-3 promulgated thereunder. Without admitting or denying the charges, Morgan Stanley & Co., consented to the entry of a cease and desist order and to the payment of a civil penalty of $350,000, disgorgement of $4,170, and to submit certain of its procedures to an independent consultant for review. In addition, one current and one former trader employed by Morgan Stanley & Co. accepted suspensions of less than two months each and were fined $25,000 and $30,000, respectively.

On April 6, 2000, Morgan Stanley & Co., along with 16 other firms, entered into an industry-wide settlement with the SEC, IRS and the Department of Justice (intervening on behalf of a qui tam plaintiff) to resolve litigation and investigations relating to "yield burning" allegations. At the core of the "yield burning" litigation and investigations were allegations that, from 1990 to 1994, escrow providers excessively marked up securities sold to escrow accounts in connection with advance refunding transactions on behalf of municipal bond issuers. The practice was alleged to benefit the escrow provider to the detriment of either the United States Treasury or the municipal issuer. The industry-wide settlement

required 17 firms to pay a total of over $139 million (over $120 million to the United States Treasury and over $18 million directly to municipal issuers). Without admitting or denying any wrongdoing, Morgan Stanley & Co. consented to the entry of an order directing that it cease and desist from violating Sections 17(a)(2) and 17(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 and requiring it to pay $2.45 million to the United States Treasury. No payment to municipal issuers was required.

On July 14, 2003, the Massachusetts Securities Division filed an administrative complaint alleging that Morgan Stanley DW Inc. filed false information in response to an inquiry from the Massachusetts Securities Division pertaining to mutual fund sales practices. On August 11, 2003, the Massachusetts Securities Division filed an administrative complaint, alleging that Morgan Stanley DW Inc. failed to make disclosures of incentive compensation for proprietary and partnered mutual fund transactions. On November 25, 2003, the Massachusetts Securities Division filed an administrative complaint, alleging that a former branch manager engaged in securities fraud and dishonest conduct in promoting the sales of proprietary mutual funds. Morgan Stanley DW Inc. answered the first two complaints on August 4 and September 16, 2003, respectively. Hearings on all of these matters are scheduled to commence on May 17, 2004.

On September 15, 2003, Morgan Stanley DW Inc. and one of its officers entered into a settlement with the NASD pursuant to a Letter of Acceptance, Waiver and Consent. The Letter of Acceptance, Waiver and Consent alleges violations of applicable NASD rules in connection with various sales contests conducted from October 1999 to December 2002. Under the terms of the settlement, Morgan Stanley DW Inc. and its officer neither admitted nor denied the allegations of the Letter of Acceptance, Waiver and Consent and accepted a censure and the imposition of monetary fines in the amounts of $2 million and $250,000, respectively.

On November 17, 2003, Morgan Stanley DW Inc. consented, without admitting or denying the findings, to the entry of an order by the Securities and Exchange Commission that resolved the Securities and Exchange Commission's investigations into certain practices relating to Morgan Stanley DW Inc.'s offer and sale of shares of certain registered investment companies from January 1, 2000 to the date of the order. Pursuant to the order, Morgan Stanley DW Inc. will: (a) distribute for the benefit of certain customers who purchased shares of mutual funds through Morgan Stanley DW Inc. pursuant to the marketing arrangements between Morgan Stanley DW Inc. and certain mutual fund complexes the amount of $50 million; (b) place on its website disclosures relating to certain marketing programs pursuant to which it offered and sold certain mutual funds; (c) prepare a Mutual Fund Bill of Rights that discloses, among other things, the differences in fees and expenses associated with the purchase of different classes or proprietary mutual fund shares; (d) prepare a plan by which certain customers' proprietary Class B shares can be converted to Class A shares; (e) retain an independent consultant to review, among other things, the adequacy of Morgan Stanley DW Inc.'s disclosures with respect to such marketing programs and other matters in connection with Morgan Stanley DW Inc.'s offer and sale of shares of mutual funds and compliance with the order; and (f) adopt the recommendations of the independent consultant. The number of purchase transactions of Class B shares that will be eligible to convert shares is approximately 8,000. The ultimate financial impact on Morgan Stanley DW Inc. of these conversions will depend on many variables, including the number of eligible purchasers who elect to convert to Class A shares (which carry different fees) and the terms of the conversion (which must be acceptable to the independent consultant).

During the five years preceding the date of this prospectus, other than as described above, there have been no material criminal, civil, or administrative actions pending, on appeal, or concluded against the commodity brokers, the general partner, or any of their principals, which the general partner believes would be material to an investor's decision to invest in the partnerships.

This section of the prospectus summarizes all material provisions of the limited partnership agreement of each partnership that are not discussed elsewhere in the prospectus. A form of the limited partnership agreements is annexed to the prospectus as Exhibit A. Each limited partnership agreement is identical, except as noted otherwise below or in Exhibit A.

Spectrum Select was formed on March 21, 1991; Spectrum Technical, Spectrum Strategic, and Spectrum Global Balanced were each formed on April 29, 1994; and Spectrum Currency was formed on October 20, 1999. Each partnership was formed under Delaware law. The fiscal year of each partnership begins on January 1 of each year and ends on the following December 31.

The units that you purchase and pay for in this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable. You may be liable to a partnership for liabilities that arose before the date of a redemption or Spectrum Series exchange. Your liability, however, will not exceed the sum of your unredeemed capital contribution, undistributed profits, if any, any distributions and amounts received upon a redemption or deemed received on a Spectrum Series exchange, together with interest on any such amount. However, a partnership will not make a claim against you for any amounts received in connection with a redemption of units or a Spectrum Series exchange unless the net assets of the partnership are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the partnership that arose before any distributions were made to you. The general partner will be liable for all obligations of a partnership to the extent that the assets of the partnership are insufficient to pay those obligations.

You will not participate in the management or operations of a partnership. Under each limited partnership agreement, the general partner is solely responsible for managing the partnership.

The general partner may use a partnership's funds only to operate the business of that partnership. The general partner may hire an affiliate to perform services for the partnership if the general partner determines that the affiliate is qualified to perform the services, and can perform those services under competitive terms that are fair and reasonable. Any agreement with an affiliate must be for a term not in excess of one year and be terminable by the partnership without penalty upon 60 days' prior written notice.

You will have a capital account in each partnership in which you invest, with an initial balance equal to the amount you paid for units of the partnership. The general partner also has a capital account. Each partnership's net assets will be calculated monthly, and your capital account will be adjusted as necessary to reflect any increases or decreases that may have occurred since the preceding month. Profits and losses will be shared by the general partner and limited partners in proportion to the size of their respective capital accounts. For a description of the federal tax allocations, see "Material Federal Income Tax Considerations—Partnership Taxation—Allocation of Partnership Profits and Losses" on page 133.

While you may transfer or assign your units, the transferee or assignee may not become a limited partner without the written consent of the general partner. You may only withdraw capital or profits from a partnership by redeeming units. The general partner may withdraw any portion of its interest in a partnership that exceeds the amount required under the limited partnership agreement without prior notice to or consent of the limited partners. In addition, the general partner may withdraw or assign its entire interest in a partnership if it gives 120 days' prior written notice to the limited partners. If a

majority of the limited partners elect a new general partner or partners to continue the business of the partnership, the withdrawing general partner must pay all reasonable expenses incurred by the partnership in connection with its withdrawal.

Any transfer or assignment of units by you will take effect at the end of the month in which the transfer or assignment is made, subject to the following conditions. A partnership is not required to recognize a transfer or assignment until it has received at least 30 days' prior written notice from the limited partner. The notice must be signed by the limited partner and include the address and social security or taxpayer identification number of the transferee or assignee and the number of units transferred or assigned. A transfer or assignment of less than all units held by you cannot occur if as a result either party to the transfer or assignment would own fewer than the minimum number of units required for an investment in the partnership (subject to certain exceptions relating to gifts, death, divorce, or transfers to family members or affiliates). The general partner will not permit a transfer or assignment of units unless it is satisfied that the transfer or assignment would not be in violation of Delaware law or applicable federal, state, or foreign securities laws; and notwithstanding the transfer or assignment, the partnership will continue to be classified as a partnership rather than as an association taxable as a corporation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. No transfer or assignment of units will be effective or recognized by a partnership if the transfer or assignment would result in the termination of that partnership for federal income tax purposes, and any attempt to transfer or assign units in violation of the limited partnership agreement will be ineffective. The limited partner must pay all costs, including any attorneys' and accountants' fees, related to a transfer or assignment.

Each limited partnership agreement may be amended by the general partner and by limited partners owning more than 50% of the units of that partnership. In addition, the general partner may make certain amendments to a limited partnership agreement without the consent of the limited partners, including any amendment that is not adverse to the limited partners or is required by the staff of the SEC, the CFTC, any other federal agency, any state "Blue Sky" official, or other governmental official, or to comply with applicable law. However, no amendment may be made to a limited partnership agreement without the consent of all partners affected if that amendment would reduce the capital account of any partner, modify the percentage of profits, losses, or distributions to which any partner is entitled, or change or alter the provisions of the limited partnership agreement relating to amendments requiring the consent of all partners.

Upon written request to the general partner delivered either in person or by certified mail, you or your authorized attorney or agent may obtain a list of the names and addresses of, and units owned by, all limited partners in your partnership, provided that you pay reasonable duplicating and postage costs. Limited partners owning at least 10% of the units of a partnership may request a meeting to consider any matter upon which limited partners may vote. Upon receipt of such a request, the general partner must call a meeting of that partnership, by written notice sent by certified mail or delivered in person within 15 days of such request. The meeting must be held at least 30 but not more than 60 days after the mailing by the general partner of notice of the meeting. The notice must specify the date, a reasonable place and time, and the purpose of the meeting.

At any meeting of the limited partners, the following actions may be taken upon the affirmative vote of limited partners owning more than 50% of the units:

Any of the foregoing actions may also be taken by limited partners without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, by means of written consents signed by limited partners owning the required number of units. Notice of any actions taken by written consent must be given to non-consenting limited partners within seven business days.

The books and records of each partnership are maintained at its principal office for at least five years. You or your authorized attorney or agent will have the right during normal business hours to inspect and copy the books and records of each partnership of which you are a limited partner. Alternatively, you may request that copies of the books and records be sent to you, provided that you pay all reasonable reproduction and distribution costs. The partnership will retain copies of subscription documentation in connection with purchases and exchanges of units for at least six years.

Within 30 days after the close of each calendar month, the general partner will provide such financial and other information with respect to each partnership as the CFTC and National Futures Association, from time to time, may require, together with information concerning any material change in the brokerage commissions or fees payable by the partnerships to any commodity broker. You will also receive within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year an annual report containing audited financial statements for the partnerships. Annual reports will provide a detailed statement of any transactions with the general partner or its affiliates and of fees, commissions, and any compensation paid or accrued to the general partner or its affiliates. By March 15 of each year, the partnership will provide you with the tax information necessary for you to prepare your federal income tax return. The net asset value of each partnership's units, which is estimated daily by the general partner, will be promptly supplied to you upon written request.

A written notice, including a description of limited partners' redemption and voting rights, will be mailed to the limited partners of a partnership within seven business days if any of the following events occur:

If you receive a notice as to a 50% decrease in net asset value per unit, that notice will also advise you that a "special redemption date" will take place when limited partners may redeem their units in the same manner as described under "Redemptions" beginning on page 119 for regular redemption dates. Further, following the close of business on the date of the 50% decrease giving rise to that notice, the partnership will liquidate all existing positions as promptly as reasonably practicable, and will suspend all futures, forwards, and options trading through the special redemption date. The general partner will then determine whether to reinstitute futures, forwards, and options trading or to terminate the partnership.

In addition, subject to limits imposed under state guidelines incorporated in the limited partnership agreements, no increase in any of the management, incentive, or brokerage fees payable by the partnerships, or any of the caps on fees, may take effect until the first business day following a redemption date. In the event of such an increase:

Each limited partner expressly agrees that in the event of his death, he waives on behalf of himself and his estate the furnishing of any inventory, accounting, or appraisal of the assets of the partnership and any right to an audit or examination of the books of the partnership.

Morgan Stanley DW is offering units pursuant to a selling agreement with the partnerships and the general partner. This offering is being conducted in accordance with the provisions of Rule 2810 of the Conduct Rules of the NASD. With the approval of the general partner, Morgan Stanley DW may appoint additional selling agents to make offers and sales of the units. These additional selling agents may include any securities broker which is a member in good standing of the NASD, as well as any foreign bank, dealer, institution, or person ineligible for membership in the NASD that agrees not to make any offers or sales of units within the U.S. or its territories, possessions, or areas subject to its jurisdiction, or to U.S. citizens or residents. Any such non-NASD member must also agree to comply with applicable provisions of the Conduct Rules of the NASD in making offers and sales of units.

Morgan Stanley DW is offering the units on a "best efforts" basis without any agreement by Morgan Stanley DW to purchase units. The general partner may in the future register additional units of any partnership with the SEC. There is no maximum amount of funds which may be contributed to a partnership. The general partner may in the future subdivide or combine outstanding units of any partnership, in its discretion, provided that any subdivision or combination will not affect the net asset value of any limited partner's interest in the partnership.

Each partnership has agreed to indemnify its trading advisors in connection with the offer and sale of units with respect to any misleading or untrue statement or alleged misleading or untrue statement of a material fact or material omission or alleged omission unrelated to its trading advisor(s). Each partnership has also agreed to indemnify Morgan Stanley DW, the general partner and any additional sellers in connection with the offer and sale of units. See "Fiduciary Responsibility and Liability" beginning on page 18.

Units of each partnership are being offered for sale at monthly closings held on the last day of each month. Units will be offered and sold at the net asset value of a unit of the partnership on the date of the monthly closing. Since you must subscribe for units prior to the month end closing date, you will not know the actual per unit purchase price until after the monthly closing has occurred. The sale amount will be delivered to the partnership that sold the unit.

During the continuing offering, if your subscription is not immediately rejected by the general partner, your subscription funds will be transferred to, and held in escrow by, JPMorgan Chase Bank, New York, New York. These subscription funds held in escrow will be invested in the escrow agent's interest-bearing money market account, and will earn the interest rate then paid by the bank on that account. If the general partner accepts your subscription, at the applicable month-end closing the escrow agent will pay your subscription funds to the appropriate partnership(s) and pay any interest earned on those funds to

Morgan Stanley DW. Morgan Stanley DW in turn will credit your Morgan Stanley DW customer account with the interest. If the general partner rejects a subscription, the escrow agent will promptly pay the rejected subscription funds and any interest earned to Morgan Stanley DW, and Morgan Stanley DW will then credit your Morgan Stanley DW customer account with those amounts, and the funds will be immediately available for investment or withdrawal. If you closed your Morgan Stanley DW customer account, any subscription returned and interest earned will be paid by check. Interest will be earned on subscription funds from the day of deposit with the escrow agent to the day that funds are either paid to the appropriate partnership(s) in the case of accepted subscriptions or paid to Morgan Stanley DW in the case of rejected subscriptions. At all times during the continuing offering, and prior to each closing, subscription funds will be in the possession of the escrow agent, and at no time will the general partner hold or take possession of the funds.

Except as described below, qualified employees of Morgan Stanley DW will receive from Morgan Stanley DW (payable solely from its own funds) a gross sales credit equal to 3% of the net asset value per unit as of the closing for each unit sold by them and issued at the closing. In addition, Morgan Stanley DW will continue to compensate such employees who continue to render services to limited partners with a gross sales credit of up to 86% of the brokerage fees received by Morgan Stanley DW from a partnership each month that are attributable to outstanding units sold by them. This compensation will begin:

In all cases, qualified Morgan Stanley DW employees will receive continuing compensation until the applicable partnership terminates or the unit is redeemed, whichever comes first.

No part of this compensation will be paid by the partnership and, accordingly, net assets will not be reduced as a result of such compensation.

Each person receiving continuing compensation must be a Morgan Stanley DW employee at the time of receipt of payment and must be registered as an associated person with the CFTC and be a member of the National Futures Association in such capacity only after either having passed the Series 3 or Series 31 examination or having been "grandfathered" as an associated person qualified to do commodity brokerage under the Commodity Exchange Act and the CFTC's regulations. These employees must also perform additional services, including:

The additional compensation paid by Morgan Stanley DW may be deemed to be underwriting compensation. In addition, certain officers and directors of the general partner may receive compensation as employees of Morgan Stanley DW based, in part, on the amount of brokerage fees paid by the partnerships to Morgan Stanley DW. The selling agreement among Morgan Stanley DW, the general partner, and the partnerships provides that this compensation may only be paid by Morgan Stanley DW as long as continuing services are provided. Any limited partner may telephone, write, or visit a financial advisor at a Morgan Stanley branch office to avail himself of such services.

Morgan Stanley DW will not pay its employees the 3% initial gross sales credit described above with respect to units purchased pursuant to a Spectrum Series exchange or non-Spectrum Series exchange. Such employees will, however, receive continuing gross sales credits with respect to brokerage fees received by Morgan Stanley DW from a partnership at the applicable rate.

In the case of an investor who previously redeemed units in a Spectrum Series or non-Spectrum Series partnership and paid a redemption charge or held those units for at least 24 months, and invests in the Spectrum Series within 12 months of the redemption of the old units, the Morgan Stanley DW employee will not receive the initial gross sales credit of 3% but will receive a monthly gross sales credit of up to 86% of the brokerage fees received by Morgan Stanley DW from the partnership each month that are attributable to such units commencing the first month after the units are issued.

Morgan Stanley DW may at any time implement cash sales incentive and/or promotional programs for its employees who sell units. These programs will provide for Morgan Stanley DW, and not any partnership or the general partner, to pay Morgan Stanley DW's employees bonus compensation based on sales of units. Any sales or promotional program will be approved by the NASD prior to its start.

All units redeemed within twelve months from the date such units were issued are subject to a redemption charge equal to 2% of the amount redeemed. Assuming all units purchased pursuant to this offering are redeemed within twelve months and the net asset value at the time of redemption has not changed since the date of purchase, Morgan Stanley DW will receive underwriting compensation in the form of these redemption payments equal to 2 percent of the offering proceeds. The aggregate of all compensation paid to employees of Morgan Stanley DW from the initial 3% gross sales credit, the redemption charges received by Morgan Stanley DW, and any sales incentives will not exceed 10% of the proceeds of the sale of units.

Morgan Stanley DW may compensate any qualified additional selling agents for each unit sold by it by paying a selling commission, from Morgan Stanley DW's own funds, as determined by Morgan Stanley DW and the additional selling agents, but not to exceed 3% of the net asset value of the unit sold. Additional selling agents who are properly registered as futures commission merchants or introducing brokers with the CFTC and are members of the National Futures Association in such capacity may also receive from Morgan Stanley DW, payable from Morgan Stanley DW's own funds, continuing compensation for providing to limited partners the continuing services described above. This additional compensation paid by Morgan Stanley DW may be up to 42% of the brokerage fees generated by outstanding units sold by additional selling agents and received by Morgan Stanley DW as commodity broker for each partnership (except for employees of affiliates of Morgan Stanley DW, who will be compensated at the same rate as employees of Morgan Stanley DW). Additional selling agents may pay all or a portion of such additional compensation to their employees who have sold units and provide continuing services to limited partners if those employees are properly registered with the CFTC and are members of the National Futures Association. Additional compensation paid by Morgan Stanley DW may be deemed to be underwriting compensation.

The minimum initial subscription for most subscribers is $5,000, except that the minimum initial subscription is $2,000 in the case of an IRA. The minimum initial subscription for eligible subscribers purchasing units pursuant to a non-Spectrum Series exchange, is the lesser of:

Such minimum initial subscription may be for units of one partnership, or may be divided among two or more partnerships, provided that:

If you already own units in a partnership and you wish to make an additional investment in the same partnership or make an investment in any other Spectrum Series partnership, you may subscribe for units at a monthly closing with a minimum investment in that partnership of:

In order to make your first purchase of units of a partnership, other than by means of an exchange, you must complete, sign, and deliver to Morgan Stanley DW a subscription agreement which will authorize the general partner and Morgan Stanley DW to transfer the full subscription amount from your Morgan Stanley DW customer account to the partnership's Escrow Account. If your subscription agreement is received by Morgan Stanley DW and not immediately rejected, you must have the appropriate amount in your Morgan Stanley DW customer account on the first business day following the date that your subscription agreement is received by Morgan Stanley DW. Morgan Stanley DW will deduct the subscription amount from your customer account and transfer funds into escrow with the escrow agent on that date. If you do not have a Morgan Stanley DW customer account or an account with an affiliate of Morgan Stanley DW, or do not have sufficient funds in your existing Morgan Stanley DW customer account, you should make appropriate arrangements with your Morgan Stanley financial advisor, or contact your local Morgan Stanley branch office. Do not mail any payment to the general partner, as it will be returned to you for proper placement with the Morgan Stanley branch office where your account is maintained.

In the case of a Spectrum Series exchange or a non-Spectrum Series exchange, you must complete, sign, and deliver to your Morgan Stanley financial advisor a subscription agreement, which will authorize the general partner to redeem all or a portion of your interest in a partnership or another commodity pool for which the general partner serves as general partner and commodity pool operator, subject to terms of the applicable limited partnership agreement, and to use the proceeds, after deducting any applicable redemption charges, to purchase units in one or more of the partnerships.

In accordance with an NASD rule, Morgan Stanley DW will not subscribe for units on your behalf if it has discretionary authority over your customer account, unless it gets prior written approval from you.

If you subscribe by check, units will be issued subject to the collection of the funds represented by the check. If your check is returned unpaid, Morgan Stanley DW will notify the general partner, and the relevant partnership will cancel the units issued to you represented by the check. Any losses or profits sustained by the partnership allocable to the cancelled units will be allocated among the remaining partners. In the limited partnership agreements, each limited partner agrees to reimburse a partnership for any expense or loss (including any trading loss) incurred in connection with the issuance and cancellation of any units issued to the limited partner.

Subscriptions for units are generally irrevocable by subscribers. However, you may revoke your subscription agreement and receive a full refund of the subscription amount and any accrued interest, or revoke the redemption of units in the other commodity pool in the case of an exchange, within five business days after execution of the subscription agreement or no later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of the applicable monthly closing, whichever comes first, by delivering written notice to your Morgan Stanley financial advisor. There may be other rescission rights under applicable federal and state securities laws. The general partner may reject any subscription, in whole or in part, in its sole discretion.

A sample form of the subscription agreement is annexed to this prospectus as Exhibit B. A separate copy of the subscription agreement accompanies this prospectus or you may obtain one, after delivery of this prospectus, from a local Morgan Stanley branch office. You will not receive any certificate evidencing units, but you will be sent confirmations of purchases in Morgan Stanley DW's customary form.

Once you are an investor in a partnership, you may make additional cash purchases of units of that partnership without executing a new subscription agreement, by completing a subscription agreement update form, a sample of which is annexed to this prospectus as Exhibit C, and by contacting your Morgan Stanley financial advisor and authorizing your financial advisor to deduct the additional amount you want to invest from your Morgan Stanley DW customer account. Those amounts will be held in escrow, and applied towards the purchase of units, in the same manner as initial purchases described above. However, if a new prospectus has been issued since the date of your immediately prior subscription agreement, you will be required to complete a new subscription agreement update form. Further, your Morgan Stanley financial advisor will be required to confirm to the general partner that the information you provided, and the representations and warranties you made, in your original subscription agreement, including, in particular, that you satisfy applicable minimum financial suitability requirements, are still true and correct. You may not use the subscription procedure described in this paragraph to purchase additional units in a partnership by way of an exchange, or to purchase units of a partnership in which you are not currently an investor; in either of those cases, you must execute a new subscription agreement.

Units might or might not be a suitable investment for an employee benefit plan. If you are a person with investment discretion on behalf of an employee benefit plan, before proceeding with a purchase of units, you should determine whether the purchase of units is permitted under the governing instruments of the plan, and is appropriate for that particular plan in view of its overall investment policy, the composition and diversification of its portfolio, and the other considerations discussed below.

As used in this section, the term "employee benefit plans" refers to plans and accounts of various types, including their related trusts, which provide for the accumulation of a portion of an individual's earnings or compensation, as well as investment income earned thereon, typically free from federal income tax until such time as funds are distributed from the plan. These plans include corporate pension and profit-sharing plans, such as so-called "401( k)" plans, "simplified employee pension plans," so-called "Keogh" plans for self-employed individuals (including partners), and, for purposes of this discussion, individual retirement accounts, as described in Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Notwithstanding the general requirement that investors in one or more partnerships must invest a minimum of $5,000, a minimum purchase requirement of $2,000 has been set for IRAs. The minimum

subscription for any one of the partnerships must be at least $1,000. Greater minimum purchases may be mandated by the securities laws and regulations of certain states, and each investor should consult the subscription agreement to determine the applicable investment requirements.

If the assets of an investing employee benefit plan were to be treated, for purposes of the reporting and disclosure provisions and certain other of the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as including an undivided interest in each of the underlying assets of a partnership, an investment in units would in general be an inappropriate investment for the plan. A U.S. Department of Labor regulation defines "plan assets" in situations where employee benefit plans purchase equity securities in investment entities such as a partnership. The regulation provides that the assets of an entity will not be deemed to be "plan assets" of an employee benefit plan which purchases an equity security of the entity if the equity security is a "publicly-offered security." A "publicly-offered security" is one which is:

The units currently meet, and it is expected that the units will continue to meet, the criteria of the Regulation.

The general partner believes, based upon the advice of its legal counsel, that income earned by the partnerships will not constitute "unrelated business taxable income" under Section 512 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to employee benefit plans and other tax-exempt entities. Although the Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable private letter rulings to taxpayers in somewhat similar circumstances, other taxpayers may not use or cite such rulings as precedent. If you have investment discretion on behalf of an employee benefit plan, you should consult a professional tax adviser regarding the application of the foregoing matters to the purchase of units.

Units may not be purchased with the assets of an employee benefit plan if the general partner, Morgan Stanley DW, any additional selling agents, any trading advisor, or any of their respective affiliates either:

Subscribing for units does not create an IRA or other employee benefit plan. If you are considering the purchase of units on behalf of an IRA or other employee benefit plan, you must first ensure that the plan has been properly established in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and ERISA and the regulations and administrative rulings thereunder, and that the plan has been adequately funded. Then, after all of the considerations discussed above have been taken into account, the trustee or custodian of a plan who decides to or who is instructed to do so may subscribe for units in one or more of the partnerships, subject to the applicable minimum subscription requirement per partnership.

Acceptance of subscriptions on behalf of IRAs or other employee benefit plans is in no respect a representation by the general partner, Morgan Stanley DW, any additional selling agents, any partnership, or any trading advisor that the investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by plans generally or any particular plan, or that the investment is appropriate for plans generally or any particular plan.

The general partner has been advised by counsel, Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, that in its opinion, the following summary correctly describes the material federal income tax consequences to a U.S. taxpayer who invests in a partnership. The opinions appearing in this section are the opinions of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, except as otherwise specifically noted. The following summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, rulings thereon, regulations promulgated thereunder, and existing interpretations thereof, any of which could be changed at any time and which changes could be retroactive. The federal income tax summary and the state and local income tax summary that follow, in general, relate only to the tax implications of an investment in the partnerships by individuals who are citizens or residents of the U.S. Except as indicated below or under "Purchases by Employee Benefit Plans-ERISA Considerations," the summaries do not address the tax implications of an investment in the partnerships by corporations, partnerships, trusts, and other non-individuals. Moreover, the summaries are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning, particularly since certain of the tax consequences of owning an interest in the partnerships may not be the same for all taxpayers, such as non-individuals or foreign persons, or in light of an investor's personal investment circumstances. A complete discussion of all federal, state, and local tax aspects of an investment in each partnership is beyond the scope of the following summary, and prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors on these matters.

The general partner has been advised by its legal counsel, Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, that in its opinion under current federal income tax law, each partnership will be classified as a partnership and not as an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation. This opinion is based upon the facts set forth in this prospectus, including that a principal activity of each partnership consists of buying and selling futures, options, and forward contracts, and at least 90% of the partnership's gross income during each year consists of gains from such trading and interest income. No ruling has been requested from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to classification of each partnership and the general partner does not intend to request such a ruling.

If a partnership were treated as an association (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation, income or loss of the partnership would not be passed through to its partners, and the partnership would be subject to tax on its income at the rates applicable to corporations without deduction for any distributions to its partners. In addition, all or a portion of any distributions by the partnership to its partners could be taxable to the partners as dividends or capital gains. The discussion that follows assumes that each partnership will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Partners, rather than a Partnership, are Subject to Federal Income Tax. None of the partnerships will pay federal income tax. Except as provided below with respect to certain nonresident aliens, each limited partner will report his distributive share of all items of partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit for the partnership's taxable year ending within or with the partner's taxable year. A limited partner must report and pay tax on his share of partnership income for a particular year whether or not he has received any distributions from the partnership in that year. The characterization of an item of profit or loss will usually be determined at the partnership level.

Syndication Expenses. None of the partnerships nor any partner thereof will be entitled to any deduction for syndication expenses (i.e., those amounts paid or incurred in connection with issuing and marketing units). There is a risk that some of the brokerage fees paid to Morgan Stanley DW could be treated as a nondeductible payment by the partnerships of syndication expenses.

Allocation of Partnership Profits and Losses. In general, each limited partnership agreement allocates items of ordinary income and expense pro rata among the partners based upon their respective capital accounts as of the end of the month in which such items are accrued. Net recognized capital gain or loss is generally allocated among all partners based upon their respective capital accounts. However, net

recognized capital gain or loss is allocated first to partners who have redeemed units in the partnership during a taxable year to the extent of the difference between the amount received on the redemption and the allocation account as of the date of redemption attributable to the redeemed units. Any remaining net recognized capital gain or loss is next allocated among all those partners whose capital accounts differ from their allocation accounts based on the respective differences for each partner.

The special allocation of each partnership's net gain or loss upon a redemption of units, which retains the same character as in the hands of the partnership, may alter the character of a redeeming limited partner's income (by reducing the amount of long-term capital gain recognized upon receipt of redemption proceeds) and may accelerate the recognition of income by the limited partner.

These allocation provisions are designed to reconcile tax allocations to economic allocations. However, the general partner cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service will not challenge the allocations, including each partnership's tax allocations in respect of redeemed units.

If the allocation provided by each limited partnership agreement is not respected by the Internal Revenue Service for federal income tax purposes, the amount of income or loss allocated to the partners for federal income tax purposes may be increased or reduced or the character of the income or loss may be modified.

Because of the special allocation of partnership gain or loss upon a redemption of units, the amounts received upon the partial or complete redemption of a limited partner's units normally will not result in additional taxable income or loss to the limited partner. However, distributions by a partnership and amounts received upon the partial or complete redemption of a limited partner's units will be taxable to the limited partners to the extent cash distributions by a partnership or amounts received upon redemption by a limited partner exceed the partner's adjusted tax basis in his units. Such excess will be taxable to him as though it were a gain from a sale of the units. A loss will be recognized upon a redemption of units only if, following the redemption of all of a limited partner's units, the partner has any tax basis in his units remaining. In such case, the limited partner will recognize loss to the extent of the remaining basis. See "Redemptions." Generally, if a limited partner is not a "dealer" with respect to his interest in the partnership and he has held his interest in the partnership for more than one year, the gain or loss would be long-term capital gain or loss.

Nature of Partnership Income. Each partnership does not expect to hold its futures, forwards, or options for sale to customers. For federal income tax purposes substantially all of the profit and loss generated by each partnership from its trading activities is expected to be capital gain and loss, which in turn may be either short-term, long-term, or a combination thereof. Nevertheless, certain foreign currency transactions could result in ordinary gain or loss, as discussed below. Further, interest paid to a partnership will be taxable currently to the limited partners as ordinary income. Thus, during taxable years in which little or no profit is generated from trading activities, a limited partner may still have interest income.

Mark-to-Market. Section 1256 contracts held at the end of a partnership's taxable year will be treated as having been sold for the fair market value on the last day of the taxable year, and gain or loss will be taken into account for the year. Gain or loss with respect to a Section 1256 contract is generally treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of the gain or loss, and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of the gain or loss. Section 1256 contracts include regulated futures contracts which are futures contracts traded on regulated U.S. and certain foreign exchanges; foreign currency contracts that are traded in the interbank market and relate to currencies for which positions are also traded through regulated futures contracts; and U.S. and certain foreign exchange-traded options on commodities, including options on regulated futures contracts, debt securities, and stock indices. While the partnerships expect that a majority of their trading activities will be conducted in Section 1256 contracts, the partnerships also expect that a portion of their trading activities will be conducted in contracts that do not presently qualify as Section 1256 contracts, such as positions in futures contracts on most foreign exchanges and foreign currency forward contracts that do not relate to currencies for which positions are also traded through regulated futures contracts.

Section 988. Currency gain or loss with respect to foreign currency forward contracts that do not relate to currencies for which positions are also traded through regulated futures contracts and futures contracts traded on most foreign exchanges may be treated as ordinary income or loss under Internal Revenue Code of 1986 Section 988. Each partnership has elected to treat these contracts as Section 1256 contracts (i.e., marked-to-market at year end). Pursuant to this election, gain or loss with respect to these contracts is treated as entirely short-term capital gain or loss.

Subject to certain limitations, a limited partner, other than a corporation, estate, or trust, may elect to carry back net Section 1256 contract losses to each of the three preceding years. Net Section 1256 contract losses carried back to prior years may only be used to offset net Section 1256 contract gains. Generally, such losses are carried back as 40% short-term capital losses and 60% long-term capital losses. Capital assets not marked to market under Section 1256, such as any non-currency forward contracts, are not subject to the 60/40 tax regime for Section 1256 contracts, and gain or loss on sale generally will be long-term only if such property has been held for more than one year.

Straddles. If a partnership incurs a loss upon the disposition of any position which is part of a "straddle" (i.e., two or more offsetting positions), recognition of that loss for tax purposes will be deferred until the partnership recognizes the gain in the offsetting position of the straddle (or successor position, or offsetting position to the successor position). Interest and other carrying charges allocable to positions which are part of a straddle must be capitalized, rather than deducted currently. Certain modified "short sale" rules may apply to positions held by a partnership so that what might otherwise be characterized as long-term capital gain would be characterized as short-term capital gain or potential short-term capital loss as long-term capital loss.

For purposes of applying the above rules restricting the deductibility of losses with respect to offsetting positions, if a limited partner takes into account gain or loss with respect to a position held by the partnership, the limited partner will be treated as holding the partnership's position, except to the extent otherwise provided in regulations. Accordingly, positions held by a partnership may limit the deductibility of realized losses sustained by a limited partner with respect to positions held for his own account, and positions held by a limited partner for his own account may limit his ability to deduct realized losses sustained by a partnership. Thus, straddles may not be used to defer gain from one taxable year to the next. Reporting requirements generally require taxpayers to disclose all unrecognized gains with respect to positions held at the end of the taxable year. The above principle, whereby a limited partner may be treated as holding partnership positions, may also apply to require a limited partner to capitalize (rather than deduct) interest and carrying charges allocable to property held by him.

Where the positions of a straddle are comprised of both Section 1256 and non-Section 1256 contracts, a partnership will be subject to the mixed straddle rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The appropriate tax treatment of any gains and losses from trading in mixed straddles will depend on what elections a partnership makes. Each partnership has elected to place all of its positions in a "mixed straddle" account which is marked-to-market daily. Under a special account cap, not more than 50% of net capital gain may be long-term capital gain, and not more than 40% of net capital loss may be short-term capital loss.

Limitations on Deductibility of Partnership Losses. The amount of partnership loss, including capital loss, which a limited partner will be entitled to take into account for federal income tax purposes is limited to the tax basis of his units, except in the case of certain limited partners including individuals and closely-held C corporations, for which he is "at risk" with respect to the units as of the end of the partnership's taxable year in which such loss occurred.

Generally, a limited partner's initial tax basis will be the amount paid for each unit. A limited partner's adjusted tax basis will be his initial tax basis reduced by the limited partner's share of partnership distributions, losses, and expenses and increased by his share of partnership income and gains. The amount for which a limited partner is "at risk" with respect to his units in a partnership is generally equal to his tax basis for the units, less: any amounts borrowed in connection with his acquisition of the units for which he is not personally liable and for which he has pledged no property other than his units; any amounts borrowed from persons who have a proprietary interest in the partnership; and any amounts borrowed for which the limited partner is protected against loss through guarantees or similar arrangements.

Because of the limitations imposed upon the deductibility of capital losses referred to below, a limited partner's share of a partnership's net capital losses, if any, will not materially reduce his federal income tax on his ordinary income. In addition, certain expenses of a partnership might be deductible by a limited partner only as itemized deductions and, therefore, will not reduce the federal taxable income of a limited partner who does not itemize his deductions. Furthermore, an individual who is subject to the alternative minimum tax for a taxable year may not realize any tax benefit from such itemized deductions.

Limitations on Deductibility of Passive Losses. The partnerships' income will not be treated as a "passive activity" for purposes of the limitation on the deduction of passive activity losses.

Limited Deduction of Certain Expenses. Certain miscellaneous itemized deductions, such as expenses incurred to maintain property held for investment, are deductible only to the extent that they exceed 2% of the adjusted gross income of an individual, trust, or estate. The amount of certain itemized deductions allowable to individuals is further reduced by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 3% of the individual's adjusted gross income in excess of a certain threshold amount and (ii) 80% of such itemized deductions. Moreover, such investment expenses are miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not deductible by a non-corporate taxpayer in calculating its alternative minimum tax liability. Based upon the current and contemplated activities of the partnerships, the general partner has been advised by its legal counsel that, in such counsel's opinion, the expenses incurred by the partnerships in their futures, forwards, and options trading businesses should not be subject to the 2% "floor" or the 3% phaseout, except to the extent that the Internal Revenue Service promulgates regulations that so provide. However, that advice is not binding on a court or the Internal Revenue Service, and the Internal Revenue Service could assert, and a court could agree, that such expenses of the partnerships (including incentive fees) are investment expenses which are subject to these limitations.

Tax Liability Will Exceed Distributions. Under federal tax laws, a limited partner must report and pay tax on his share of any partnership income each year, even though the general partner does not intend to make any distributions from the partnerships.

Tax on Capital Gains and Losses. In general, for individuals, trusts, and estates, "long-term capital gains" are currently taxed at a maximum marginal tax rate of 20% and "short-term capital gains" and other income are currently taxed at a maximum marginal tax rate of 38.6%. Corporate taxpayers are currently subject to a maximum marginal tax rate of 35% on all capital gains and income.

The excess of capital losses over capital gains is deductible by an individual against ordinary income on a one-for-one basis, subject to an annual limitation of $3,000 ($1,500 in the case of married individuals filing a separate return). Excess capital losses may be carried forward.

Net losses from Section 1256 contracts are treated as 60% long-term capital loss and 40% short-term capital loss. Such losses may, at the individual taxpayer's election, be carried back to each of the preceding three years and applied against gains from Section 1256 contracts.

Alternative Minimum Tax. The alternative minimum tax for individuals is imposed on "alternative minimum taxable income" in excess of certain exemption amounts. Alternative minimum taxable income consists of taxable income determined with certain adjustments and increased by the amount of items of tax preference. Alternative minimum taxable income may not be offset by certain interest deductions, including (in certain circumstances) interest incurred to purchase or carry units in the partnerships. Corporations are also subject to an alternative minimum tax. The extent to which the alternative minimum tax will be imposed will depend on the overall tax situation of each limited partner at the end of such taxable year.

Limitation on Deductibility of Interest on Investment Indebtedness. Interest paid or accrued on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment is investment interest. Such interest is generally deductible by non-corporate taxpayers only to the extent it does not exceed net investment income. A limited partner's distributive share of net partnership income and any gain from the disposition of units will be treated as investment income, except that a limited partner's net capital gain from the disposition of units is not investment income unless the limited partner waives the benefit of the preferential tax rate on the gain. It is not clear whether a limited partner's distributive share of partnership net capital gain constitutes investment income where such gain is taxed at the maximum rate for capital

gains. Interest expense incurred by a limited partner to acquire his units generally will be investment interest. Any investment interest disallowed as a deduction in a taxable year solely by reason of the limitation above is treated as investment interest paid or accrued in the succeeding taxable year.

Taxation of Foreign Limited Partners. A nonresident alien individual, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (a "foreign limited partner") generally should not be deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business solely by virtue of an investment in the partnerships; provided that such foreign limited partner is not a "dealer" in commodities and, in the case of an individual, does not have certain present or former connections with the U.S. (e.g., is not present in the U.S. more than 182 days during his or her taxable year, or, in certain limited circumstances, a prior taxable year) and provided further, that such foreign limited partner is not engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. during the taxable year or, in certain limited circumstances, a prior taxable year to which income, gain, or loss from the partnerships is treated as "effectively connected." Capital gains earned by the partnerships and allocated to such a foreign limited partner will, as a general rule, not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation or withholding, but may be subject to taxation by the jurisdiction in which the foreign limited partner is resident, organized or operating. In the event that a partnership were found to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business, a foreign limited partner would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return for such year and pay tax at full U.S. rates. In the case of a foreign limited partner which is a foreign corporation, an additional 30% "branch profits" tax might be imposed. Furthermore, in such event the partnerships would be required to withhold taxes from the income or gain allocable to such a foreign limited partner under Section 1446 of the Code.

A foreign limited partner is not subject to U.S. tax on certain interest income, including income attributable to (i) original issue discount on Treasury bills that have a maturity of 183 days or less or (ii) commercial bank deposits, provided, in either case, that such foreign limited partner is not engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. during a taxable year. Additionally, a foreign limited partner not engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. is not subject to U.S. tax on interest income (other than certain so-called "contingent interest") attributable to obligations issued after July 18, 1984 that are in registered form if the foreign limited partner timely provides the relevant partnership with an IRS Form W-8BEN.

Prospective foreign limited partners who are engaged in a U.S. trade or business or who act as dealers in commodities may be subject to U.S. income tax and should consult their tax advisors before investing in a partnership.

The estate of a deceased foreign limited partner may be liable for U.S. estate tax and may be required to obtain an estate tax release from the Internal Revenue Service in order to transfer the units of such foreign limited partner.

Foreign persons should consult their own tax advisers before deciding whether to invest in the partnerships.

Tax Elections. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986 provides for optional adjustments to the basis of partnership property upon distributions of partnership property to a partner (Section 734) and transfers of units, including transfers by reason of death (Section 743), provided that a partnership election has been made pursuant to Section 754. As a result of the complexities and added expense of the tax accounting required to implement such an election, the general partner does not presently intend to make such an election for any of the partnerships. Therefore, any benefits which might be available to the partners by reason of such an election will be foreclosed.

Tax Returns and Information. The partnerships will file their information returns using the accrual method of accounting. Within 75 days after the close of each partnership's taxable year, the partnership will furnish each limited partner, and any assignee of the units of a limited partner, copies of the partnership's Schedule K-1 indicating the limited partner's distributive share of tax items and any additional information as is reasonably necessary to permit the limited partners to prepare their own federal and state tax returns.

Partnership's Taxable Year. Each partnership has the calendar year as its taxable year.

Unrelated Business Taxable Income of Employee Benefit Plan Limited Partners and Other Tax-Exempt Investors. Income allocated to a limited partner which is an employee benefit plan or other tax-exempt entity should not be subject to tax under Section 511 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, provided that the units purchased by such plans and entities are not "debt-financed."

However, if a partnership were to purchase physical commodities with borrowed funds (whether upon delivery under a futures or forward contract or otherwise) and to sell those commodities at a gain, the gain would likely constitute unrelated business income. The partnerships are entitled to engage in such leveraged purchases of physical commodities. Tax exempt investors should see "Purchases by Employee Benefit Plans—ERISA Considerations" above.

All partners are required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to report all the partnership items on their own returns consistently with the treatment by the partnership, unless they file a statement with the Internal Revenue Service disclosing the inconsistencies. Adjustments in tax liability with respect to partnership items will be made at the partnership level. The general partner will represent each partnership during any audit and in any dispute with the Internal Revenue Service. Each limited partner will be informed by the general partner of the commencement of an audit of a partnership. In general, the general partner may enter into a settlement agreement with the Internal Revenue Service on behalf of, and binding upon, limited partners owning less than a 1% profits interest if the partnership has more than 100 partners. However, prior to settlement, such a limited partner may file a statement with the Internal Revenue Service stating that the general partner does not have the authority to settle on behalf of the limited partner.

The period for assessing a deficiency against a partner in a partnership with respect to a partnership item is the later of three years after the partnership files its return or, if the name and address of the partner does not appear on the partnership return, one year after the Internal Revenue Service is furnished with the name and address of the partner. In addition, the general partner may consent on behalf of each partnership to the extension of the period for assessing a deficiency with respect to a partnership item. As a result, a limited partner's federal income tax return may be subject to examination and adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service for a partnership item more than three years after it has been filed.

All of the foregoing statements are based upon the existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the regulations promulgated thereunder and the existing administrative and judicial interpretations thereof. The general partner cannot assure you that legislative, administrative, or judicial changes will not occur which will modify such statements.

The foregoing statements are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning, particularly since certain of the federal income tax consequences of purchasing units may not be the same for all taxpayers. The partnerships' tax returns could be audited by the Internal Revenue Service and adjustments to the returns could be made as a result of such audits. If an audit results in adjustment, limited partners may be required to file amended returns and their returns may be audited. Accordingly, prospective purchasers of units are urged to consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situation under federal law and the provisions of applicable state, local, and foreign laws before subscribing for units.

In addition to the federal income tax consequences for individuals described under "Material Federal Income Tax Considerations" above, the partnerships and their limited partners may be subject to various state and local taxes. Certain of these taxes could, if applicable, have a significant effect on the amount of tax payable in respect of an investment in the partnerships. A limited partner's distributive share of the realized profits of a partnership may be required to be included in determining his reportable income for state or local tax purposes. Furthermore, state and local tax laws may not reflect recent changes made to the federal income tax law and, therefore, may be inconsistent with the federal income treatment of gains and losses arising from the partnerships' transactions in Section 1256 contracts. Accordingly, prospective limited partners should consult with their own tax advisers concerning the applicability of state and local taxes to an investment in the partnerships.

The general partner has been advised by its legal counsel, Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, that in such counsel's opinion, the partnerships should not be liable for New York City unincorporated business tax. Limited partners who are nonresidents of New York State will not be liable for New York State personal income tax on such partners' income from the partnerships, but may be liable for such tax to the extent such limited partners' allocable share of income attributable to the partnerships' transactions involves tangible personal property. Likewise, limited partners who are nonresidents of New York City will not be liable for New York City earnings tax on the partners' income from the partnerships. New York City residents may be subject to New York City personal income tax on the partners' income from the partnerships. No ruling from the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance or the New York City Department of Finance has been, or will be, requested regarding such matters.

Legal matters in connection with the units being offered hereby, including the discussion of the material federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of units, have been passed upon for each partnership and the general partner by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, 100 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038. Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP also has acted as counsel for Morgan Stanley DW in connection with the offering of units. Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP may advise the general partner with respect to its responsibilities as general partner of, and with respect to matters relating to, the partnerships.

The statements of financial condition of Morgan Stanley Spectrum Select L.P., Morgan Stanley Spectrum Technical L.P., Morgan Stanley Spectrum Strategic L.P., Morgan Stanley Spectrum Global Balanced L.P., and Morgan Stanley Spectrum Currency L.P., including the schedules of investments, as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related statements of operations, changes in partners' capital, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, as well as the statements of financial condition of Demeter Management Corporation as of November 30, 2003 and 2002 included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein, and is included in reliance upon such report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Deloitte & Touche LLP also acts as independent auditors for Morgan Stanley.

The partnerships filed registration statements relating to the units registered with SEC. This prospectus is part of the registration statements, but the registration statements include additional information.

You may read any of the registration statements, or obtain copies by paying prescribed charges, at the SEC's public reference rooms located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549; 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279; and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. For further information on the public reference rooms, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statements are also available to the public from the SEC's Web site at "http://www.sec.gov."

PART TWO
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Morgan Stanley Spectrum Series April 28, 2004

This prospectus is in two parts: a Disclosure Document and a Statement of Additional Information. These parts are bound together and may not be distributed separately.

Futures contracts are standardized contracts made on a domestic or foreign exchange that call for the future delivery of specified quantities of various commodities at a specified price, time, and place. The following are some of the commodities traded on an exchange:

The futures markets have undergone dramatic changes during the past three decades. According to statistics provided by the Futures Industry Association, in 1980 and 2004 activity in futures markets was divided as follows:

** Activity reported with regard to Currencies does not include trading activity which takes place on the Interbank forward currency market.

A market participant can make a futures contract to buy or sell a commodity. The contractual obligations may be satisfied either by taking or making, as the case may be, physical delivery of an approved grade of the commodity or by making an offsetting sale or purchase of an equivalent but opposite futures contract on the same, or a mutually offsetting, exchange prior to the designated date of delivery.

For example, if we sell one contract of December 2004 wheat on a commodity exchange, we may fulfill the contract at any time prior to the December 2004 delivery date by purchasing one contract of December 2004 wheat on the same exchange.

The difference between the price at which the futures contract is sold or purchased and the price paid for the offsetting purchase or sale, after allowance for brokerage commissions, constitutes the profit or loss to the trader. Certain futures contracts, such as those for stock or other financial or economic indices approved by the CFTC or Eurodollar contracts, settle in cash (irrespective of whether any attempt is made to offset such contracts) rather than delivery of any physical commodity.

An option on a futures contract or on a physical commodity gives the buyer of the option the right to take a position of a specified amount at a specified price of a specific commodity (the "striking," "strike," or "exercise" price) in the underlying futures contract or commodity.

The buyer of a "call" option acquires the right to take a long position (i.e., the obligation to take delivery of a specified amount at a specified price of a specific commodity) in the underlying futures contract or commodity.

The buyer of a "put" option acquires the right to take a short position (i.e., the obligation to make delivery of a specified amount at a specified price of a specific commodity) in the underlying futures contract or commodity.

The purchase price of an option is referred to as its "premium." The seller (or "writer") of an option is obligated to take a futures position at a specified price opposite to the option buyer if the option is exercised. Thus, the seller of a call option must stand ready to sell (take a short position in the underlying futures contract) at the striking price if the buyer should exercise the option. The seller of a put option, on the other hand, must stand ready to buy (take a long position in the underlying futures contract) at the striking price.

A call option on a futures contract is said to be "in-the-money" if the striking price is below current market levels, and "out-of-the-money" if the striking price is above current market levels. Conversely, a put option on a futures contract is said to be "in-the-money" if the striking price is above current market levels, and "out-of-the-money" if the striking price is below current market levels.

Options have limited life spans, usually tied to the delivery or settlement date of the underlying futures contract. An option that is out-of-the-money and not offset by the time it expires becomes worthless. Options usually trade at a premium above their intrinsic value (i.e., the difference between the market price for the underlying futures contract and the striking price), because the option trader is speculating on (or hedging against) future movements in the price of the underlying contract. As an option nears its expiration date, the market and intrinsic value typically move into parity. The difference between an option's intrinsic and market values is referred to as the "time value" of the option. See "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—Options trading can be more volatile than futures trading" beginning on page 10.

Contracts for the future delivery of certain commodities may also be made through banks or dealers pursuant to what are commonly referred to as "forward contracts." A forward contract is a contractual right to purchase or sell a specified quantity of a commodity at or before a specified date in the future at a specified price and, therefore, it is similar to a futures contract. In forward contract trading, a bank or dealer generally acts as principal in the transaction and includes its anticipated profit (the "spread" between the "bid" and the "asked" prices), and in some instances a mark-up, in the prices it quotes for forward contracts. Unlike futures contracts, forward contracts are not standardized contracts; rather, they are the subject of individual negotiation between the parties involved. Because there is no clearinghouse system applicable to forward contracts, forward contracts are not fungible, and there is no direct means of "offsetting" a forward contract by purchase of an offsetting position on the same exchange as one can a futures contract. In recent years, the terms of forward contracts have become more standardized and in some instances such contracts now provide a right of offset or cash settlement as an alternative to making delivery on the contract. See "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—The unregulated nature of the forwards markets creates counterparty risks that do not exist in futures trading on exchanges" on page 12.

The two broad classes of persons who trade futures, forwards, and options contracts are "hedgers" and "speculators." Commercial interests, including farmers, that market or process commodities, and financial institutions that market or deal in commodities, including interest rate sensitive instruments, foreign currencies, and stocks, which are exposed to currency, interest rate, and stock market risks, may use the futures markets for hedging. Hedging is a protective procedure designed to minimize losses that may occur because of price fluctuations occurring, for example, between the time a processor makes a contract to buy or sell a raw or processed commodity at a certain price and the time he must perform the contract. The futures markets enable the hedger to shift the risk of price fluctuations to the speculator. The speculator risks his capital with the hope of making profits from price fluctuations in futures, forwards, and options contracts. Speculators rarely take delivery of commodities, but rather close out their positions

by entering into offsetting purchases or sales of futures, forwards, and options contracts. Since the speculator may take either a long or short position in the futures, forwards, and options markets, it is possible for him to make profits or incur losses regardless of whether prices go up or down. The partnerships will trade for speculative rather than for hedging purposes.

A kite manufacturer from Iowa received an order for 30 million kites from a distributor in Tokyo. Delivery was to be made in 18 months and the manufacturer would be paid in yen. Since he couldn't possibly know what the dollar/yen exchange rate would be in 18 months, the kite manufacturer used futures contracts to hedge his currency risk and lock in an exchange rate. In that way, he guaranteed his price. There would be no surprises upon delivery. In selling away his risk, he acted as a hedger.

At the same time, a managed futures fund trading advisor used a highly sophisticated trading program that indicated a favorable trend for the dollar vs. the yen. The advisor purchased a futures contract. If the advisor's program were reading the market trends accurately and the trend developed, he would sell the contract and earn a profit. In buying a contract for potential profit, he acted as a speculator.

The moral of the story? Some use the futures markets to manage business risk and others to profit. Both are vital in this dynamic marketplace.

Futures exchanges provide centralized market facilities for trading futures contracts and options (but not forward contracts). Members of, and trades executed on, a particular exchange are subject to the rules of that exchange. Among the principal exchanges in the United States are the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the New York Mercantile Exchange, and the New York Board of Trade.

Each futures exchange in the United States has an associated "clearinghouse." Once trades between members of an exchange have been confirmed, the clearinghouse becomes substituted for each buyer and each seller of contracts traded on the exchange and, in effect, becomes the other party to each trader's open position in the market. Thereafter, each party to a trade looks only to the clearinghouse for performance. The clearinghouse generally establishes some sort of security or guarantee fund to which all clearing members of the exchange must contribute; this fund acts as an emergency buffer that enables the clearinghouse to meet its obligations with regard to the "other side" of an insolvent clearing member's contracts. Clearinghouses require margin deposits and continuously mark positions to market to provide some assurance that their members will be able to fulfill their contractual obligations. Thus, a central function of the clearinghouses is to ensure the integrity of trades, and members effecting futures transactions on an organized exchange need not worry about the solvency of the party on the opposite side of the trade; their only remaining concerns are the respective solvencies of their commodity broker and the clearinghouse.

Foreign futures exchanges differ in certain respects from their U.S. counterparts. In contrast to United States exchanges, certain foreign exchanges are "principals' markets," where trades remain the liability of the traders involved, and the exchange does not become substituted for any party. See "Regulations" below and "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—Trading on foreign exchanges presents greater risks to each partnership than trading on U.S. exchanges" on page 11.

The CFTC and U.S. futures exchanges have established limits, referred to as "speculative position limits" or "position limits," on the maximum net long or net short speculative position that any person or group of persons (other than a hedger, which the partnerships are not) may hold, own, or control in certain futures or options contracts. Among the purposes of speculative position limits is to prevent a "corner" on a market or undue influence on prices by any single trader or group of traders. The CFTC has jurisdiction to establish position limits with respect to all commodities and has established position limits

for all agricultural commodities. In addition, the CFTC requires each United States exchange to submit position limits for all commodities traded on such exchange for approval by the CFTC. However, position limits do not apply to many currency futures contracts. Position limits do not apply to forward contract trading or generally to trading on foreign exchanges. See "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—The partnerships are subject to speculative position limits" on page 12.

Most United States futures exchanges (but generally not foreign exchanges or banks or dealers in the case of forward contracts) limit the amount of fluctuation in futures interests contract prices during a single trading day by regulation. These regulations specify what are referred to as "daily price fluctuation limits" or more commonly "daily limits." The daily limits establish the maximum amount that the price of a futures or options contract may vary either up or down from the previous day's settlement price. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular futures or options market, no trades may be made at a price beyond the limit. See "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—Market illiquidity may cause less favorable trade prices" on page 11.

Futures exchanges in the United States are subject to regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act by the CFTC, the governmental agency having responsibility for regulation of futures exchanges and trading on those exchanges.

The CFTC also regulates the activities of "commodity trading advisors" and "commodity pool operators" and has adopted regulations with respect to certain of such persons' activities. The CFTC requires a commodity pool operator (such as the general partner) to keep accurate, current, and orderly records with respect to each pool it operates. The CFTC may suspend the registration of a commodity pool operator if the CFTC finds that the operator has violated the Commodity Exchange Act or regulations thereunder and in certain other circumstances. Suspension, restriction, or termination of the general partner's registration as a commodity pool operator would prevent it, until such time (if any) as such registration were to be reinstated, from managing, and might result in the termination of, the partnerships. The Commodity Exchange Act gives the CFTC similar authority with respect to the activities of commodity trading advisors, such as the trading advisors. If the registration of a trading advisor as a commodity trading advisor were to be terminated, restricted, or suspended, the trading advisor would be unable, until such time (if any) as such registration were to be reinstated, to render trading advice to the relevant partnership. The partnerships themselves are not registered with the CFTC in any capacity.

The Commodity Exchange Act requires all "futures commission merchants," such as Morgan Stanley DW and Morgan Stanley & Co., to meet and maintain specified fitness and financial requirements, segregate customer funds from proprietary funds and account separately for all customers' funds and positions, and to maintain specified books and records open to inspection by the staff of the CFTC. The partnerships have no present intention of using any introducing brokers in their trading.

The Commodity Exchange Act also gives the states certain powers to enforce its provisions and the regulations of the CFTC.

You are afforded certain rights for reparations under the Commodity Exchange Act. You may also be able to maintain a private right of action for certain violations of the Commodity Exchange Act. The CFTC has adopted rules implementing the reparation provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act which provide that any person may file a complaint for a reparations award with the CFTC for violation of the Commodity Exchange Act against a floor broker, futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, and their respective associated persons.

Pursuant to authority in the Commodity Exchange Act, the National Futures Association has been formed and registered with the CFTC as a "registered futures association." At the present time, the National Futures Association is the only non-exchange self-regulatory organization for commodities professionals. National Futures Association members are subject to National Futures Association standards relating to fair trade practices, financial condition, and consumer protection. As the self-regulatory body of the commodities industry, the National Futures Association promulgates rules governing the conduct of commodity professionals and disciplines those professionals who do not comply with such standards. The

CFTC has delegated to the National Futures Association responsibility for the registration of commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators, futures commission merchants, introducing brokers, and their respective associated persons and floor brokers. Morgan Stanley DW, the general partner, Morgan Stanley & Co., and the trading advisors are all members of the National Futures Association (the partnerships themselves are not required to become members of the National Futures Association).

The CFTC has no authority to regulate trading on foreign commodity exchanges and markets. See "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—Trading on foreign exchanges presents greater risks to each partnership than trading on U.S. exchanges" on page 11.

"Initial" or "original" margin is the minimum amount of funds that a futures trader must deposit with his commodity broker in order to initiate futures trading or to maintain an open position in futures contracts. "Maintenance" margin is the amount (generally less than initial margin) to which a trader's account may decline before he must deliver additional margin. A margin deposit is like a cash performance bond. It helps assure the futures trader's performance of the futures contracts he purchases or sells. Futures contracts are customarily bought and sold on margins that represent a very small percentage (ranging upward from less than 2%) of the purchase price of the underlying commodity being traded. Because of such low margins, price fluctuations occurring in the futures markets may create profits and losses that are greater, in relation to the amount invested, than are customary in other forms of investment or speculation. The minimum amount of margin required in connection with a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which such contract is traded, and may be modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. See "Risk Factors—Trading and Performance Risks—The partnerships' trading is highly leveraged" on page 10.

Brokerage firms, such as Morgan Stanley DW, Morgan Stanley & Co., and Morgan Stanley International, carrying accounts for traders in futures contracts may not accept lower, and generally require higher, amounts of margin as a matter of policy in order to afford further protection for themselves. The commodity brokers presently intend to require each partnership to make margin deposits equal to the exchange minimum levels for all futures contracts.

Trading in the currency forward contract market does not require margin, but generally does require the extension of credit by a bank or dealer to those with whom the bank or dealer trades. Since each partnership's trading will be conducted through a commodity broker, each partnership will be able to take advantage of the commodity brokers' credit lines with several participants in the interbank market. The commodity brokers will require margin with respect to a partnership's trading of currency forward contracts.

Margin requirements are computed each day by a trader's commodity broker. When the market value of a particular open futures contract position changes to a point where the margin on deposit does not satisfy maintenance margin requirements, a margin call is made by the commodity broker. If the margin call is not met within a reasonable time, the broker may close out the trader's position. With respect to a partnership's trading, that partnership, and not its limited partners personally or any other partnership, will be subject to margin calls.

Developing a comprehensive financial plan entails evaluating options and acting upon those options. In this fast-paced and ever-changing financial environment, selecting from the broad array of investments available can be difficult and time-consuming. Astute investors often turn to professional money managers for the expertise and guidance needed to map out a successful investment strategy. Morgan Stanley, a global leader in financial management, has developed the Spectrum Series of partnerships to provide professional money management in the futures, forwards, and options markets.

An investment in a partnership is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. The general partner and Morgan Stanley DW believe that managed futures investments (such as the partnerships) can provide you with the potential for long-term capital appreciation (with commensurate risk), but are appropriate

only for the aggressive growth portion of your comprehensive financial plan. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10. Taking the risks into consideration, this investment does offer the following potential advantages.

If you are not prepared to make a significant investment or spend substantial time trading various futures, forwards, and options, you may still participate in these markets through an investment in a Spectrum Series partnership, obtaining diversification from more traditional investments in stocks, bonds, and real estate. The general partner believes, on the basis of the past experience of the partnerships, that the profit potential of a partnership does not depend upon favorable general economic conditions, and that a partnership is as likely to be profitable during periods of declining stock, bond, and real estate markets as at any other time; conversely, a partnership may be unprofitable during periods of generally favorable economic conditions.

Managed futures investments can serve to diversify your portfolio and smooth overall portfolio volatility. Modern Portfolio Theory is the academic affirmation of the value of diversification. Modern Portfolio Theory was developed in the 1950s by Nobel Laureates William Sharpe and Harold Markowitz. These two pioneers developed a framework for efficiently diversifying assets within a portfolio. They suggested that investing in any asset class with positive returns and low correlation to other assets improves the overall risk/reward characteristics of the entire portfolio. In 1983, Dr. John H. Lintner of Harvard University focused on the concepts of Modern Portfolio Theory in a study about portfolio diversification. Specifically, Modern Portfolio Theory was utilized to evaluate the addition of a managed futures component to a diversified portfolio comprised of 60% stocks and 40% bonds. The results of Lintner's work demonstrated that by including a variety of assets, such as commodities, in a hypothetical portfolio, an investor may lower the portfolio's overall volatility or risk. Lintner's findings were further supported by the works of Dr. Thomas Schneeweis of the University of Massachusetts, Amherst, in his 1999 study, "The Benefits of Managed Futures." Dr. Schneeweis concluded that "while ... the correlation between managed futures and most traditional investments is approximately zero, when asset returns are segmented according to whether the traditional asset rose or fell, managed futures are often negatively correlated in months when traditional asset returns are negative while being positively correlated when traditional asset returns are positive."

The partnerships' combined benefits of growth potential (with commensurate risk) and diversification can potentially reduce the overall volatility of your portfolio, while increasing profits. Whether you are able to lower the overall volatility of your portfolio with managed futures investments will depend in part on the characteristics of your portfolio. Depending on these characteristics, the addition of a managed futures investment could increase or decrease the overall volatility and risk of your portfolio. By combining asset classes, you may create a portfolio mix that provides the potential to offer the greatest possible return within acceptable levels of volatility. While past performance is no guarantee of future results, managed futures investments, such as the partnerships, may profit (with commensurate risk) from futures, forwards, and options market moves, with the potential to enhance your overall portfolio.

The trading advisors' speculative trading techniques will be the primary factor in the partnerships' success or failure. You should note that there are always two parties to a futures, forward, or option contract; consequently, for any gain achieved by one party on a contract, a corresponding loss is suffered. Therefore, due to the nature of futures, forwards, and options trading, only 50% of contract interests held by all market participants can experience gain at any one time. Brokerage commissions and other costs of trading may reduce or eliminate any gain that would otherwise be achieved.

Few stock and bond investors sell short, so most benefit only when prices are rising. However, managed futures investors profit when they accurately identify sustainable trends, up or down. Thus, whether the futures and forwards markets are rising or declining, managed futures may generate attractive returns. They can, in turn, lose money in either direction as well.

The first step toward a sound financial future is to establish your investment objectives. Based on your financial goals, requirements, and investment preferences, your Morgan Stanley financial advisor can help you determine the combination of asset classes as well as the type of trading advisor(s) that most suits your investment profile.

Asset allocation is the next critical step to help you achieve your investment objectives. Asset allocation refers to the division of investment dollars over a variety of asset classes in order to reduce overall volatility

through portfolio diversification, while increasing the long-term performance potential of an investment portfolio. A fully diversified portfolio should contain cash, income, growth, and aggressive growth investments.

Managed futures investments are designed to fit into a total financial plan as aggressive growth vehicles with the potential for long-term capital appreciation (with commensurate risk). Because their performance does not correlate directly with traditional investments, managed futures can truly enhance diversification in a well-balanced portfolio.

The table below is an empirical example of how different assets can react to business cycles. In each case, the asset class is represented by a recognized industry index for that asset.

For the analyses used in this table, the performance of independent indices has been used to represent seven asset classes: U.S. stocks, U.S. Treasury bonds, U.S. corporate bonds, international stocks, global stocks, managed futures, and public managed futures funds. The respective indices used are the Standard and Poor's 500 Stock Index, the Lehman Brothers Treasury Bond Index, the Citigroup Corporate Bond Index, the Morgan Stanley Capital International ("MSCI") EAFE Index, the MSCI World Index, the Barclay CTA Index, and the CISDM Public Fund Index.

The S&P 500 Index and the Citigroup Corporate Bond Index are compiled assuming dividends and interest are re-invested.

The S&P 500 Index is based on a portfolio of 500 stocks (consisting of 23 energy, 33 materials, 59 industrials, 87 consumer discretionary, 37 consumer staples, 47 health care, 84 financials, 82 information technology, 12 telecom services, and 36 utilities). The weights of the stocks in the portfolio at a given time reflect the stocks' total market capitalization. The S&P 500 Index accounts for approximately 80% of the market capitalization of all stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

The Lehman Brothers Treasury Bond Index consists of all existing U.S. Treasury bond issues.

The Citigroup Corporate Bond Index is a benchmark of investment grade fixed rate corporate issues with maturities of at least one year and in minimum outstanding amounts of $100 million. The corporate issues encompass such industry sectors as Manufacturing, Service, Energy, Consumer, Transportation, Industrial-Other, Utility, and Finance.

The MSCI EAFE Index is comprised of approximately 1,000 companies, representing a market structure of 21 European and Pacific based countries covering 59 industries. The index is used to represent international equities.

The MSCI World Index is comprised of more than 1,500 companies, representing a market structure of 23 countries around the world. The index is used to represent global equities, including U.S. and Canadian markets.

The Barclay CTA Index provides a benchmark of performance of commodity trading advisors. In order to qualify for inclusion in the Barclay CTA Index, a commodity trading advisor must meet the following criteria: (1) the commodity trading advisor must have four years of prior performance history; and (2) in cases where a commodity trading advisor who is in the Barclay CTA Index introduces an additional program, this additional program is added to the Index only after its second year of trading. In 2004, there were 386 commodity trading advisor programs which were included in the calculation of the Barclay CTA Index.

The CISDM Public Fund Index averages managed futures fund performance for public funds. CISDM indices are dollar or equity weighted to reflect performance. To qualify for inclusion in CISDM's fund indices, an investment product must appear in CISDM's fund performance tables. CISDM imposes no minimum size restriction on the funds and/or pools that it tracks. As of February 29, 2004, there were 55 public funds included in the calculation of the CISDM Public Fund Index.

The S&P 500 Index, Citigroup Corporate Bond Index, and MSCI EAFE Index performance data for stocks, corporate bonds, and international stocks, respectively, are provided by Strategic Financial Solutions, LLC, Memphis, TN. The MSCI World Index performance data for global stocks are provided by Morgan Stanley Capital International Inc., New York, NY. The Lehman Brothers Treasury Bond Index and the Barclay CTA Index performance data for U.S. Treasury bonds and managed futures, respectively, are provided by the Barclay Trading Group Ltd., Fairfield, IA. The CISDM Public Fund Index performance data for public managed futures funds was provided by Managed Account Reports, LLC, New York, NY. Performance of any of these indices (which, by definition, are averages of many individual investments) may not be representative of any specific investment within that index's asset class.

the partnerships), and the CISDM Public Fund Index includes funds with trading advisors and fee structures that differ from the partnerships. Also, the partnerships' trading strategies may be different from the trading strategies employed by the trading advisors included in the Barclay CTA Index and the public managed futures funds included in the CISDM Public Fund Index. Accordingly, while the Barclay CTA Index is believed to be representative of managed futures in general, and the CISDM Public Fund Index is believed to be representative of public managed futures funds in general, the performance of the partnerships may differ from the performance reflected in such indices.

Managed futures have historically demonstrated the ability to perform independently of traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds. This is referred to as non-correlation, or the potential for managed futures to perform when traditional markets such as stocks and bonds may experience difficulty performing. Of course, managed futures funds will not automatically be profitable during unfavorable periods for these traditional investments, and vice versa. The degree of non-correlation of any given managed futures fund will vary, particularly as a result of market conditions, and some funds will have a significantly lesser degree of non-correlation (i.e., greater correlation) with stocks and bonds than others. To the extent the performance of managed futures and the performance of traditional markets are non-correlated, managed futures may or may not perform as well when traditional markets are performing well. Spectrum Global Balanced, a fund whose trading strategy is to offer a balanced portfolio through exposure to the stock and bond markets in addition to the futures markets, should be distinguished from other managed futures funds. Since the Spectrum Global Balanced trading strategy is in part to gain exposure to the stock and bond markets, it does not result in the same degree of non-correlation to the stock and bond indices and in that way differs from the other managed futures funds that Morgan Stanley DW offers.

The factors that influence the stock and bond markets can affect the futures markets in different ways and to varying degrees. In this connection, an article in the June 8, 1998 issue of Business Week, "Commodities are Cheap—Time to Leap?" discusses the risks and potential rewards of investing in managed futures funds, noting the low correlation of their performance to stocks and bonds.

The following charts were prepared by the general partner to illustrate the correlation of the performance results of each partnership to that of the S&P 500 Index and the Citigroup Corporate Bond Index. Investors are cautioned that the performance information set forth in the following charts is not necessarily indicative of, and may have no bearing on, any trading results that may be attained by a partnership in the future.

Correlation measures how closely related two data series are, in this case, returns on asset classes. More specifically, the correlation coefficient measures the direction and extent of the linear relationship between two data series. Correlation coefficient values range from 1 to -1. A value greater than 0 implies a positive linear relationship (positive correlation). A value less than 0 implies an inverse linear relationship (negative correlation). A value of 0 implies no linear relationship (no correlation). The following tables and charts were prepared by the general partner to illustrate the correlation coefficient of each partnership's performance results to those of the S&P 500 Index and the Citigroup Corporate Bond Index for the periods specified. The charts also show the number of months the monthly returns of the partnerships were positive or negative with, or different from, the monthly returns of these two indices. Investors are cautioned that the performance information set forth in the following charts is not necessarily indicative of, and may have no bearing on, any trading results that may be attained by a partnership in the future.

The following chart was prepared by the general partner to illustrate the performance of managed futures against that of stocks from January 1980 through February 29, 2004, using the recognized market indices of each asset. Each bar shows index returns during successive 12-month holding periods. The Notes on the next page are an integral part of the following chart.

Stocks are represented by the S&P 500 Index, provided by Strategic Financial Solutions, LLC, Memphis, TN; managed futures are represented by the Barclay CTA Index, provided by Barclay Trading Group Ltd., Fairfield, IA. Each bar represents the asset class performance derived from successive 12-month hypothetical holding periods or windows. (A 12-month holding period is defined as a period of 12 consecutive months, e.g., from January 1989 to December 1989; the next would be from February 1989 to January 1990, etc.) Performance of any of these indices (which, by definition, are averages of many individual investments) may not be representative of any specific investment within that index's asset class.

By overlaying returns, investors can see the potential benefits of a diversified portfolio that includes both traditional and alternative investments. There are many times when both the managed futures and stock indices showed positive performance. Obviously, though, there is no investment that only appreciates. There are 35 periods when managed futures showed negative returns, while stocks experienced 58 periods of negative returns during the studied time frame. While not a guarantee of future results, this chart provides a clear indication of the non-correlated aspect of managed futures. This non-correlation enables investors with managed futures to potentially lower the overall volatility of their portfolios.

The performance information of the asset classes above does not reflect the effect of fees identical to those to be paid by the partnerships, including management, incentive, and brokerage fees. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Note that while the Barclay CTA Index reflects results net of actual fees and expenses, it includes accounts with trading advisors and fee structures that differ from public managed futures funds (such as the partnerships). Also, the partnerships' trading strategies may be different from the trading strategies employed by the trading advisors included in the Barclay CTA Index. Accordingly, while the Barclay CTA Index is believed to be representative of managed futures in general, the performance of public managed futures funds as a subclass, or individually (in particular, the partnerships), may differ.

The diversification story supporting managed futures is compelling, as the chart below shows. Since 1980, in every instance where stocks or bonds have declined more than 10%, the managed futures index has risen.

The following chart was prepared by the general partner to illustrate the risk/return characteristics of a portfolio consisting of different combinations of domestic stocks, corporate bonds, international equities, and/or managed futures, based on the performance of recognized market indices of each asset over the period January 1980—February 2004. The Notes on the next page are an integral part of the following chart.

Improved Portfolio Efficiency
January 1980 through February 2004
U.S. Stocks/Bonds/International Equities/Managed Futures

Stocks are represented by the S&P 500 Index, corporate bonds are represented by the Citigroup Corporate Bond Index, and international equities are represented by the MSCI EAFE Index, each provided by Strategic Financial Solutions, LLC, Memphis, TN; managed futures are represented by the Barclay CTA Index, provided by the Barclay Trading Group Ltd., Fairfield, IA. Performance of any of these indices (which, by definition, are averages of many individual investments) may not be representative of any specific investment within that index's asset class.

Professional money management is one of the most significant benefits a managed futures investment can offer. A professional trading advisor has several advantages over an individual investor.

In considering the advantages of utilizing a professional trading advisor, you also should consider the fees a trading advisor will be paid to manage a partnership's account. Depending on the partnership, the annual management fees range from 1.25% to 3.0% of the average month-end net assets of a partnership managed by the trading advisor, and incentive fees range from 15.0% to 20.0% of trading profits.

The general partner has carefully selected the advisors responsible for managing the Spectrum Series utilizing a quantitative and qualitative due diligence process. In addition, the general partner examines trading activity and performance reports daily and conducts on-site due diligence visits and ongoing research and development.

Each of the trading advisors for the partnerships was chosen by the general partner based upon a strict selection process, including such criteria as performance history, experience, personnel, and due diligence. The performance history and trading experience of the trading advisors chosen for the partnerships span a range of 5 to 25 years, and each trading advisor employs experienced personnel. Additionally, the general partner monitors daily each trading advisor's activities on behalf of a partnership and periodically conducts on-site due diligence visits to remain abreast of each trading advisor's continuing efforts toward research and development. This selection process is described below.

In order for a trading advisor to be selected by the general partner, a qualitative and quantitative due diligence process is undertaken, considering the factors described below. The general partner's primary objective in the selection process is to allocate assets to trading advisors with well-established performance histories and whom it believes have the potential to continue to be successful in the future.

Monitoring is an important second phase in the due diligence process. The general partner has invested significant resources into its proprietary Fund Management System, a comprehensive computerized management system. This sophisticated system produces daily control reports generated from actual trading data and enables the general partner to closely monitor the activity and performance of trading advisors relative to their historical profile.

Monitoring also occurs on a periodic basis by discussing with the trading advisors their performance relative to profile and peer trading advisors, recent market conditions, and trading opportunities. Ongoing research and development and continued on-site due diligence visits are conducted. While the due diligence process cannot guarantee future success, the general partner believes the process can provide the basis for sound decision-making and can increase the potential for future success.

Trading advisors are analyzed by a combination of quantitative measures and qualitative factors, including:

Adding managed futures investments to a traditional portfolio of stocks and bonds can provide qualified investors with access to major world economic markets. At any given time, managed futures investments can participate in a broad array of markets, selected from among approximately 75 global futures and forward markets on approximately 20 exchanges worldwide.

PARTICIPATION IN APPROXIMATELY 75 MARKETS WORLDWIDE
plus Energies, Agriculturals, and Metals
UNITED STATES	UNITED KINGDOM	FRANCE	GERMANY

Bonds, Bills, & Notes Dollar S&P 500	FTSE 100 Long Gilt Pound Short Sterling	CAC 40 Notional Bond Pibor	Bund DAX

MAJOR FUTURES MARKETS TRADED
Managed futures give investors access to a wide range of complex and sophisticated investments from around the world. Markets traded may include, but are not limited to, the following:

Each partnership normally trades a portfolio of diverse futures, forwards, and options, but may trade a greater or lesser number of futures, forwards, and options from time to time. Each limited partner will obtain greater diversification in futures, forwards, and options traded than would be possible trading individually, unless substantially more than the minimum investment described herein were committed to the futures, forwards, and options markets.

At the sixth month-end after a person first becomes a limited partner in any of the Spectrum Series partnerships, and each calendar month thereafter, a limited partner may shift his investment among the partnerships. This permits a limited partner to select one or more partnerships which best suit his investment needs and objectives, which may change from time to time. A limited partner is not required to pay any redemption charges in connection with a Spectrum Series exchange.

Trading decisions for each partnership will be made by trading advisors retained by the general partner. The trading approaches employed on behalf of each partnership by its trading advisors are not available for investments as small as the required minimum investment in each partnership. A limited partner's investment in each partnership is allocated among the trading advisors for such partnership. This permits a limited partner to receive the benefits from different trading systems being employed by such partnership. A limited partner can further diversify his professional trading management by dividing his investment among one or more of the partnerships. For example, an investor owning units of all five partnerships in the Spectrum Series would have the benefit of having his investment managed by eleven trading advisors.

Unlike an individual who invests directly in futures, forwards, and options, an investor in a partnership cannot be individually subject to margin calls and cannot lose more than the amount of his/her unredeemed capital contribution, his/her share of undistributed profits, if any, and, under certain circumstances, any distributions and amounts received upon redemption, or deemed received on an exchange of units, and interest thereon.

Many commodity brokers permit accounts above a certain size to deposit margin for futures, forwards, and options in the form of interest-bearing obligations, such as U.S. Treasury bills, rather than cash, thus enabling the account to earn interest on funds being used for futures trading, or such brokers pay interest at U.S. Treasury bill rates on a portion of the cash deposited in the account. Each partnership deposits its assets in separate commodity trading accounts with the commodity brokers. Morgan Stanley DW credits each partnership at each month-end with interest income as if 80% (100%, in the case of Spectrum Global Balanced) of each partnership's average daily net assets for the month were invested at a prevailing rate on U.S. Treasury bills. Generally, an individual trader would not receive any interest on the funds in his commodity account unless he committed substantially more than the minimum investment required for the partnerships. While the partnerships are credited with interest by Morgan Stanley DW on the respective percentage of their assets deposited as margin as described above, the form of margin posted, whether cash or interest-bearing obligations (such as U.S. Treasury bills), does not reduce the risks inherent in the trading of futures, forwards, and options.

The partnerships are structured so as to provide limited partners with numerous services designed to alleviate the administrative details involved in engaging directly in futures, forwards, and options trading, including monthly and annual financial reports (showing, among other things, the net asset value of a unit, trading profits or losses, and expenses), and all tax information relating to the partnerships necessary for limited partners to complete their federal income tax returns.

The tables on the following pages contain summary performance information and certain other data for each partnership, supplementing the information in Part I of this prospectus.

Spectrum Select uses the technically-based, aggressive, trend-following trading systems of EMC Capital Management, Inc., Graham Capital Management, L.P., Northfield Trading L.P., Rabar Market Research, Inc., and Sunrise Capital Management, Inc., to participate in a diversified portfolio of futures and currency markets.

EMC uses an aggressive systematic trading approach that blends several independent methodologies designed to identify emerging trends and follow existing trends. This program seeks significant returns in favorable market periods, while accepting a commensurate decline in unfavorable market cycles.

Northfield uses a purely technical approach utilizing price action itself as analyzed by clients, numerical indicators, pattern recognition, or other techniques designed to provide information about market direction.

Rabar uses a systematic approach with discretion, limiting the equity committed to each trade, market and sector. Rabar's trading program uses constant research and analysis of market behavior.

Sunrise's investment approach attempts to detect a trend, or lack of a trend, with respect to a particular market by analyzing price movement and volatility over time. Sunrise's trading system consists of multiple, independent and parallel systems, each designed to seek out and extract different market inefficiencies over different time horizons.

Graham's trading programs rely primarily on technical rather than fundamental information as the basis for their trading decisions. Graham's programs are based on the expectation that they can, over time, successfully anticipate market events using quantitative mathematical models to determine their trading activities, as opposed to attempting properly to forecast price trends using subjective analysis of supply and demand.

Note: The closer the value to zero, the lower the correlation to the indexes compared.

The S&P 500 Index, Citigroup Corporate Bond Index and MSCI EAFE Index performance data for stocks, corporate bonds, and international stocks, respectively, are provided by Strategic Financial Solutions, LLC, Memphis, TN. The CISDM Public Fund Index performance data for managed futures is provided by Managed Account Reports LLC, New York, N.Y.

Risk Considerations: Typically, managed futures investments are speculative, involve a high degree of risk, have substantial charges and are suitable only for the risk capital portion of an investor's portfolio. Before investing in any partnership and in order to make an informed decision, you should read the Spectrum Series prospectus carefully for complete information, including charges, expenses, and risks. Financial Advisors should also read the prospectus before discussing managed futures with clients.

Spectrum Technical is managed by Campbell & Company, Inc., Chesapeake Capital Corporation, John W. Henry & Company, Inc. and Winton Capital Management Limited. These four Trading Advisors employ a combination of investment approaches.

Campbell uses a highly disciplined systematic investment approach designed to detect and react to price movements in the futures and forward markets. Campbell's core systematic approach has been used successfully for over twenty years.

The trading methodology employed by Chesapeake is based on the analysis of interrelated mathematical and statistical formulas, including the technical analysis of historical data, used to determine optimal price support and resistance levels and market entry and exit points. This trading system was designed in the 1980's and is continually updated based on research.

JWH's trading programs use historical data and proprietary systems to detect emerging price trends. Positions are established under strict guidelines and are retained in markets where price movements have exceeded the expectations of most fundamental investors.

Winton employs a computerized, technical, trend following trading system developed by its principals. This system tracks the daily price movements from these markets around the world, and carries out certain computations to determine each day how long or short the portfolio should be to maximize profit within a certain range of risk.

Note: The closer the value to zero, the lower the correlation to the indexes compared.

Spectrum Strategic is managed by Allied Irish Capital Management, Ltd., Blenheim Capital Management, LLC and Eclipse Capital Management, Inc. All three trading advisors employ a fundamental investment approach that evaluates key economic indicators such as supply and demand levels and geopolitical conditions, as well as certain technical factors.

Allied Irish employs multiple investment professionals using a discretionary trading approach. Several strategies are applied to investments in a broad range of financial instruments.

Blenheim's program has a strong global concentration using a discretionary trading approach. Investments are made in markets in which the trading advisor has a clear understanding of fundamental factors and geopolitical forces that influence price behavior.

Eclipse employs a systematic trading approach using multiple trend-following and macroeconomic-driven models. A key characteristic of the Eclipse trading program is the extensive diversification achieved by applying multiple trading models to a wide variety of financial markets located throughout the world.

Note: The closer the value to zero, the lower the correlation to the indexes compared.

Spectrum Global Balanced follows the tenets of Modern Portfolio Theory and offers a balanced portfolio that participates in global stocks, global bonds, and alternative investments within managed futures. Since the Spectrum Global Balanced trading strategy is in part to gain exposure to the stock and bond markets, it does not result in the same degree of non-correlation to the stock and bond indices and in that way differs from the other managed futures funds that Morgan Stanley offers.

Within global stock and global bond components of the fund, SSARIS Advisors, LLC analyzes various fundamental information, such as growth data, labor wage rates, central bank interest rate policies and inflation, to determine its approaches to these markets.

Within the global currency and commodity components of the Fund, SSARIS employs a technical trend-following trading system to analyze price data, determine profit and risk potential and initiate trades overall.

SSARIS uses a computer-based model to reallocate assets among various market sectors within each of the independent strategies.

The returns achieved by Spectrum Global Balanced will tend to be more highly correlated to the performance of global stock and global bond markets than will be the returns derived within other funds in the Spectrum Series.

Note: The closer the value to zero, the lower the correlation to the indexes compared.

Spectrum Currency, managed by John W. Henry & Company, Inc. and Sunrise Capital Partners, LLC, is structured to exclusively trade a portfolio of diverse world currencies. Each trading advisor implements a technical, trend-following program to participate in international currencies, primarily in the forward dealer markets, futures contracts, and may also trade in spot (cash) currency markets.

JWH employs the International Foreign Exchange Program, which seeks to identify and capitalize on intermediate-term price movements in a broad range of both major and minor currencies primarily trading on the interbank market. Positions are taken as outrights against the U.S. dollar, or non-dollar cross rates.

Sunrise's Currency Program follows approximately ten different major and minor currency markets, which may include, but are not limited to, the Japanese yen, British pound, Euro, Swiss franc, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Swedish krona, New Zealand dollar, Singapore dollar, and South African rand. In order to achieve adequate diversification for the Currency Program, major and minor currencies are traded as cross-rates selectively against each other and/or as outrights against the U.S. dollar.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE
Australian dollar
British pound
Canadian dollar
Czech koruna
Danish kronor
Euro
Greek drachma
Hong Kong dollar
Japanese yen
Mexican peso
New Zealand dollar
Norwegian krone
Singapore dollar
South African rand
Swedish krona
Swiss franc
Thai baht

Note: The closer the value to zero, the lower the correlation to the indexes compared.

The following charts were prepared by the general partner to illustrate the change in fund assets from the inception of trading in each partnership through February 29, 2004, to reflect each partnership's performance and net additions of capital.

The following charts were prepared by the general partner to illustrate the monthly performance, on a net asset value basis, of each partnership versus that of the CISDM Public Fund Index, from the inception of trading through February 29, 2004. The CISDM Public Fund Index represents the dollar-weighted average performance of public managed futures funds. To qualify for inclusion in the CISDM Public Fund Index, an investment product must appear in CISDM's fund performance tables. CISDM imposes no minimum size restrictions on the public managed futures funds that it tracks. As of February 29, 2004, there were 55 public managed futures funds included in the calculation of the CISDM Public Fund Index.

Spectrum Technical vs. CISDM Public Fund Index
Historical Performance Comparison

Spectrum Strategic vs. CISDM Public Fund Index
Historical Performance Comparison

Spectrum Global Balanced vs. CISDM Public Fund Index
Historical Performance Comparison

The following charts were prepared by the general partner to illustrate the performance, on a rate of return basis, of each partnership versus that of the CISDM Public Fund Index, from the inception of trading through February 29, 2004.

Spectrum Select vs. CISDM Public Fund Index
Historical Performance Comparison (Rate of Return)